142
ORDER 6000.22A I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES December 30,1996 DEPARTMENT OFTRANSPORTATION FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION Distribution: A-]FAF-~ (MAX); x(AF)-~; ~~-604 Initiated By: AOS-260

I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    1

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

ORDER 6000.22A I

MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES

December 30,1996

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION

Distribution: A-]FAF-~ (MAX); x(AF)-~; ~~-604 Initiated By: AOS-260

Page 2: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

12/30/96 6000.22A

FOREWORD

1; PURPOSE.

a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to the acceptance, maintenance, and inspection of FAA-owned and leased analog lines. It also provides information on methods and techniques that enable maintenance and technical person- nel to achieve optimal performance from the equipment and transmission services. This order augments informa- tion available in instruction books and other handbooks, and complements, the latest edition of Order 6000.15, General Maintenance Handbook for Airway Facilities.

b. This handbook implements Configuration Control Decisions (CCD): N13252, Modification to Form 6000-9, Two-Point Private Line Performance Record-- Voice Grade; N10386, Clarification of Leased Landlines Standards and Tolerances; N10274, Change Order 6000.22, Maintenance of Two-Point Private Lines; and N11284, Order 6000.22 (Chg l-8) Maintenance of Two- Point Private Lines.

2. DISTRIBUTION. This order is distributed to se- lected offices and services within Washington headquar- ters, the William J. Hughes Technical Center, and the Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center; to the branch level within the regional Airway Facilities divisions; and to all Airway Facilities field offices.

3. CANCELLATION. l&is handhok cancels Order 6000.22, Maintenance of Analog Lines, dated August 9,1976.

4. MAJOR CHANGES. Major changes included in this revised Order 6000.22 are:

a. An updated and revised list of the types of analog lines used within the FAA.

b. A revised list of circuit parameters that includes only those most useful and necessary in determining overall circuit quality.

c. A reduction in periodic circuit maintenance where there is real-time and continuous monitoring.

d. Details on use of Automatic Line Test Equipment (ALTE) and responders as well as acceptance of auto- mated testing printouts.

e. Parameters and tolerances for composite analog lines.

5. MAINTENANCE AND MODIFICATION POLICY.

a. Order 6000.15, this handbook, and the applicable equipment instruction books shall be consulted and used together by the maintenance technician in all duties and activities for the maintenance of analog lines. These three documents shall be used as the official source of mainte- nance policy and direction authorized by Operational Support. References located in the appropriate para- graphs of this handbook entitled Chapter 3, Standards and Tolerances, Chapter 4, Periodic Maintenance, and Chap- ter 5, Maintenance Procedures, shall indicate to the user whether this handbook and/or the equipment instruction book shall be consulted for a particular standard, key inspection element or performance parameter, perform- ance check, maintenance task, or maintenance procedure.

b. The latest edition of Order 6032.1, Modifications to Ground Facilities, Systems, and Equipment in the Na- tional Airspace System, contains comprehensive policy and direction concerning the development, authorization, implementation, and recording of modifications to facili- ties, systems, and equipment in commissioned status. It supersedes all instructions published in earlier editions of maintenance handbooks and related directives.

6. FORMS LISTING. Instructions for the use of the following forms are contained in this order.

a. FAA Form 6000-14, Performance Record-Analog Lines, will be used in acceptance and line performance

Page i

Page 3: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A

validation. These forms are available as NSN 0052-00- 916-2000, unit of issue: PD.

b. Automatic Line Test Equipment (ALTE) and vendor-generated computerized testing system p&touts may be filed alone or may be attached to FAA Form 6000-14 in station files.

George W. Terre11 Program Director for Operational Support

Page ii

12130196

7.RECOMMENDATIONSFORIMPROVEMENT. Preaddressed comment sheets are provided at the back of this handbook in accordance with the latest edition of Order 1320.58, Equipment and Facility Directives- Modification and Maintenance Technical Handbooks. Users are encouraged to submit recommendations for improvement.

Page 4: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1

Page iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS

Paragraph Page

100. Objective....................................................................................................................... 1101. Reserved.

SECTION 1. ANALOG LINE INFORMATION

102. Service Specifications in Effect ..................................................................................... 1103.-106. Reserved.

SECTION 2. MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES

107. Safety............................................................................................................................ 3108. Certification................................................................................................................... 3109. Coordination of Maintenance Activities.......................................................................... 3110. Reporting Irregularities, Interruptions, and Outages ...................................................... 4111. Troubleshooting ............................................................................................................ 5112. NAS Change Proposals ................................................................................................ 5113. Precautions When Using Test Tones ............................................................................ 6114.-199. Reserved.

CHAPTER 2. TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

200. Purpose ........................................................................................................................ 7201. Reserved.

SECTION 1. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

202. System Overview .......................................................................................................... 7203. Analog Transmission Services ...................................................................................... 9204.-219. Reserved.

SECTION 2. DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES

220. Perspective ................................................................................................................... 12221.-229. Reserved.

**

Page 5: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 2 4/12/2002

Page iv

SECTION 3. ANALOG PERFORMANCE AND TEST PARAMETERS

Paragraph Page

230. Parameters Used in Analog Maintenance and Testing.................................................. 13231. In-Service Monitoring .................................................................................................... 21232.-299. Reserved.

CHAPTER 3. STANDARDS AND TOLERANCES

300. General ..................................................................... ..................................................... 25301. Notes and Conditions......................................................... ............................................ 25302. Reserved.303. Voice Grade 6 (VG-6)(LINCS, BWM, and FAATSAT) ................................................... 27304. Voice Grade 8 (VG-8)(LINCS, BWM, and FAATSAT)......................... ........................... 27305. FTS2000 .................................................................... .................................................... 28306. RCL and LDRCL VF Lines Via Analog Multiplex ............................................................ 29307. RCL and LDRCL VF Lines Via DS-1 Channel Bank....................................................... 29308. Other FAA Leased Lines...................................................... .......................................... 30309. FAA Composite Lines ........................................................ ............................................ 32310. Grounds and Leakage........................................................ ............................................ 34311. Voice Grade Adaptive Differential Pulse Code ............................................................... 34

Modulation (VG-ADPCM)(FAATSAT)312. Voice Grade Compressed (VG-COMPRESSED)(FAATSAT)................... ..................... 35313.-399. Reserved.

CHAPTER 4. PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

SECTION 1. PERFORMANCE CHECKS

400. General ..................................................................... ..................................................... 35401. Full Period Line Monitoring.................................................... ......................................... 35402.-406. Reserved.407. WITHDRAWN BY CHG 2........................................ ....................................................... 35408. Annually .................................................................... ..................................................... 35409. As Required ................................................................. .................................................. 36410.-420. Reserved.

SECTION 2. OTHER MAINTENANCE TASKS

421.-499. Reserved.

**

Page 6: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1

Page v

CHAPTER 5. MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

Paragraph Page

500. General .......................................................................................................................... 37501. Basic Maintenance Procedure ................................................. ...................................... 37502. FAA Form 6000-14, Performance Record - Analog Lines ......................... ..................... 38503. Test Equipment Required ..................................................... ......................................... 42504. General Measuring Techniques................................................ ..................................... 45505.-509. Reserved.

SECTION 1. PERFORMANCE CHECK PROCEDURES

510. Monitor Check Procedure for the Leased Interfacility NAS Communications ................. 47System (LINCS) Newbridge System Status Display (SSD)

511. General Procedure When Using the ALTE ...................................... .............................. 48512. Annual Line Run Using ALTE ................................................. ....................................... 49513. “As Required” Testing Using ALTE............................................. ................................... 50514. Annual Line Run Using Manual Test Equipment.................................. .......................... 53515. “As Required” Testing Using Manual Test Equipment............................. ....................... 54516. Multipoint Line Performance Checks ........................................... .................................. 57517.-530. Reserved.

SECTION 2. SPECIAL MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

531. Composite Line Troubleshooting .............................................. ..................................... 58532. Compression Within the Network............................................... .................................... 58533.-599. Reserved.

CHAPTER 6. FLIGHT INSPECTION

600. General .......................................................................................................................... 59601.-699. Reserved.

CHAPTER 7. MISCELLANEOUS

700. Multipoint Lines............................................................................................................... 61701. ALTE Acceptance Masks..................................................... .......................................... 61702.-799. Reserved.

APPENDIX 1. GLOSSARY OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS TERMS (8 pages) **

**

* *

Page 7: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999

Page vi

LIST OF TABLES

Table Page

1-1. Contacts for Reporting Trouble....................................................................................... 52-1. Relationship of Power Ratios and Decibels ..................................... .............................. 102-2. TLP Example.................................................................................................................. 125-1. Test Equipment Characteristics ............................................... ...................................... 425-2. ALTE Description............................................................................................................ 44

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Figure Page

1-1. Coverage of Order 6000.22A ......................................................................................... 11-2. Composite Line Diagram ......................................... ...................................................... 32-1. Typical Telecommunications Line .................................................................................. 82-2. C-Message Weighting Response Curve ........................................................................ 112-3. C-Notch Filter Response Curve...................................................................................... 142-4. 3-kHz Flat Filter Response Curve .................................................................................. 152-5. Intermodulation Distortion Products................................................................................ 172-6. Phase Jitter.................................................. .................................................................. 182-7. P/AR Changes on a Typical Line.................................................................................... 202-8. Effects of Noise on P/AR......................................... ....................................................... 212-9. Typical In-Service and Out-of-Service Testing........................... .................................... 222-10. NMS View-Only Monitoring System ............................................................................... 232-11. Codex 9800 Network Management System............................. ...................................... 245-1. Sample of FAA Form 6000-14 With Entries (2 pages).................................................... 395-2. Typical REACT 2000/ALTE Deployment............................... ......................................... 435-3. Typical REACT 2000/ALTE Analog Testing Flowchart and Menus.............. .................. 517-1. ALTE Mask for LINCS VG-6 Lines................................... .............................................. 637-2. ALTE Mask for LINCS VG-8 Lines................................... .............................................. 647-3. ALTE Mask for FTS2000 Lines....................................................................................... 65

**

Page 8: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

88//1100//11999999 66000000..2222AA CCHHGG 11

CChhaapp 11PPaarr 110000 PPaaggee 11

CCHHAAPPTTEERR 11.. GGEENNEERRAALL IINNFFOORRMMAATTIIOONN AANNDD RREEQQUUIIRREEMMEENNTTSS

110000.. OOBBJJEECCTTIIVVEE.. TThhee oobbjjeeccttiivvee ooff tthhiiss hhaannddbbooookk iiss ttoopprroovviiddee tthhee nneecceessssaarryy gguuiiddaannccee ffoorr tthhee pprrooppeerr mmaaiinnttee--nnaannccee aanndd iinnssppeeccttiioonn ooff FFAAAA aannaalloogg ttrraannssmmiissssiioonn lliinneess..((TThhee tteerrmm aannaalloogg rreeffeerrss ttoo aann eelleeccttrriiccaall ssiiggnnaall tthhaatt vvaarriieessiinn aammpplliittuuddee oorr ffrreeqquueennccyy ddeeppeennddiinngg oonn cchhaannggeess iinn tthheeiinntteelllliiggeennccee iinnppuutt,, ggeenneerraallllyy aann aauuddiibbllee vvooiiccee oorr ttoonnee..))UUssee iinnffoorrmmaattiioonn aavvaaiillaabbllee iinn iinnssttrruuccttiioonn bbooookkss aanndd ootthheerrhhaannddbbooookkss,, ttooggeetthheerr wwiitthh tthhiiss hhaannddbbooookk ttoo pprroovviiddee tthheettoottaall iinnffoorrmmaattiioonn ffoorr mmaaiinntteennaannccee ooff aannaalloogg lliinneess.. TThhiisshhaannddbbooookk aaddddrreesssseess tthhee mmaaiinntteennaannccee ooff aannaalloogg ttrraannss--mmiissssiioonn lliinneess bbeettwweeeenn FFAAAA ddeemmaarrccaattiioonn ((ddeemmaarrcc)) ppooiinnttssaass sshhoowwnn iinn ffiigguurree 11--11.. FFAAAA ccoommmmuunniiccaattiioonnss ssyysstteemmss --bbootthh lleeaasseedd aanndd oowwnneedd -- pprroovviiddee aa ttrraannssmmiissssiioonn uuttiilliittyy ffoorrtthhee ssuuppppoorrtt ooff sseerrvviicceess ((ee..gg..,, aaiirr--ttoo--ggrroouunndd rraaddiioo ccoommmmuunnii--

ccaattiioonnss bbeettwweeeenn ccoonnttrroolllleerrss aanndd aaiirrccrraafftt)).. FFiigguurree 11--11 bbeelloowwddeeppiiccttss tthhee aarreeaa ooff ccoovveerraaggee ooff tthhiiss hhaannddbbooookk,, wwhhiicchh iiss oonntthhee ttrraannssmmiissssiioonn mmeeddiiaa pprroovviiddeedd bbeettwweeeenn tthhee ddeemmaarrccaattiioonnppooiinnttss llooccaatteedd wwiitthhiinn FFAAAA ffaacciilliittiieess.. TThhee mmaaiinntteennaannccee aannddooppeerraattiioonn ooff tthhee ccuussttoommeerr pprreemmiissee eeqquuiippmmeenntt ((CCPPEE)) oorrnneettwwoorrkk tteerrmmiinnaattiinngg eeqquuiippmmeenntt ((NNTTEE)) -- bbootthh llooccaatteedd oonntthhee ccuussttoommeerr ssiiddee ooff tthhee ddeemmaarrcc -- aarree aaddddrreesssseedd iinn ootthheerrFFAAAA hhaannddbbooookkss aanndd ppuubblliiccaattiioonnss.. TThhee tteerrmm aannaalloogg lliinneerreeffeerrss ttoo tthhee ffoorrmmaatt aappppeeaarriinngg oonn tthhee uusseerr ssiiddee ooff tthheeddeemmaarrcc ((rreeggaarrddlleessss ooff tthhee ttrraannssmmiissssiioonn mmeeddiiaa uusseedd wwiitthhiinntthhee nneettwwoorrkk)).. IInn ootthheerr wwoorrddss,, aann aannaalloogg lliinnee iiss iinn aannaallooggffoorrmmaatt oonn tthhee uusseerr ssiiddee ooff tthhee FFAAAA ddeemmaarrcc..

110011.. RREESSEERRVVEEDD..

FFIIGGUURREE 11--11.. CCOOVVEERRAAGGEE OOFF OORRDDEERR 66000000..2222AA

AArreeaa aaddddrreesssseedd wwiitthhiinn OOrrddeerr 66000000..2222AA

TTrraannssmmiissssiioonn MMeeddiiaa ((LLIINNCCSS,, FFTTSS22000000,, FFAAAATTSSAATT,,

RRCCLL,, eettcc..))

IInn ootthheerr FFAAAA oorrddeerrss IInn ootthheerr FFAAAA oorrddeerrss

SSEECCTTIIOONN 11.. AANNAALLOOGG LLIINNEE IINNFFOORRMMAATTIIOONN

110022.. SSEERRVVIICCEE SSPPEECCIIFFIICCAATTIIOONNSS IINN EEFFFFEECCTT..

aa.. LLIINNCCSS aanndd FFAAAATTSSAATT.. AAnnaalloogg ooppeerraattiioonnaalllliinneess aarree pprroovviiddeedd ttoo tthhee FFAAAA uunnddeerr tthhee LLeeaasseedd IInntteerr--ffaacciilliittyy NNaattiioonnaall AAiirrssppaaccee SSyysstteemm CCoommmmuunniiccaattiioonnssSSyysstteemm ((LLIINNCCSS)) aanndd FFAAAA TTeelleeccoommmmuunniiccaattiioonnssSSaatteelllliittee ((FFAAAATTSSAATT)) ccoonnttrraaccttss,, ccuurrrreennttllyy wwiitthh MMCCIITTeelleeccoommmmuunniiccaattiioonnss CCoorrppoorraattiioonn.. AAlltthhoouugghh tthhee

LLIINNCCSS aanndd FFAAAATTSSAATT ccoonnttrraaccttss hhaavvee pprroovviissiioonnss ffoorrbbootthh aannaalloogg aanndd ddiiggiittaall lliinneess,, tthhiiss hhaannddbbooookk oonnllyyaaddddrreesssseess aannaalloogg lliinneess..

((11)) VVooiiccee GGrraaddee TTyyppee 66 ((VVGG--66)) LLiinneess.. TTyyppiiccaallaapppplliiccaattiioonnss ooff VVGG--66 lliinneess aarree ttoo pprroovviiddee vvooiiccee aanndd lloowwbbiitt rraattee ddaattaa sseerrvviiccee ((99..66 kkiilloobbiittss ppeerr sseeccoonndd [[kkbb//ss]],, oorrsslloowweerr))..

UUsseerr EEqquuiippmmeenntt FFAAAA DDeemmaarrcc FFAAAA DDeemmaarrcc UUsseerr EEqquuiippmmeenntt

**

**

** **

**

**

Page 9: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

66000000..2222AA CCHHGG 11 88//1100//11999999

CChhaapp 11PPaaggee 22 PPaarr 110022

((22)) VVooiiccee GGrraaddee TTyyppee 88 ((VVGG--88)) LLiinneess.. TTyyppiiccaallaapppplliiccaattiioonnss ooff VVGG--88 lliinneess aarree ttoo pprroovviiddee vvooiiccee ggrraaddee ddaattaassuuppppoorrtt aatt ssppeeeeddss ggrreeaatteerr tthhaann 99..66 kkbb//ss..

((33)) TThhee DDeeffeennssee IInnffoorrmmaattiioonn TTeecchhnnoollooggyyCCoonnttrraaccttiinngg OOffffiiccee ((DDIITTCCOO)) aatt SSccootttt AAiirr FFoorrccee BBaassee nneeaarrBBeelllleevviillllee,, IIlllliinnooiiss,, iiss tthhee FFAAAA''ss ccoonnttrraaccttiinngg ooffffiiccee ffoorrlleeaasseedd tteelleeccoommmmuunniiccaattiioonnss..

((44)) MMCCII wwiillll pprroovviiddee mmuullttiippooiinntt lliinneess tthhrroouugghhLLIINNCCSS oorr FFAAAATTSSAATT wwhheenn oorrddeerreedd bbyy tthhee FFAAAA.. MMCCIIccaann aallssoo pprroovviiddee bbrrooaaddccaasstt lliinneess tthhrroouugghh FFAAAATTSSAATT,, iiffrreeqquuiirreedd..

bb.. FFTTSS22000000.. TThhee GGeenneerraall SSeerrvviicceess AAddmmiinniissttrraattiioonn((GGSSAA)) mmaannaaggeess tthhee FFeeddeerraall TTeelleeccoommmmuunniiccaattiioonn SSyysstteemm((FFTTSS22000000)) pprrooggrraamm ffoorr uussee bbyy aallll eelleemmeennttss ooff tthhee UUnniitteeddSSttaatteess FFeeddeerraall GGoovveerrnnmmeenntt.. TThhee GGSSAA hhaass nnaattiioonnaall ccoonnttrraaccttsswwiitthh AATT&&TT aanndd SSPPRRIINNTT ttoo pprroovviiddee aaddmmiinniissttrraattiivvee tteellee--ccoommmmuunniiccaattiioonnss ffoorr tthhee ggoovveerrnnmmeenntt.. TThhee FFAAAA uusseess tthheeAATT&&TT ccoonnttrraacctt ttoo pprroovviiddee iittss aaddmmiinniissttrraattiivvee ccoommmmuunniiccaa--ttiioonnss lliinneess aanndd ssoommee sseelleecctteedd ooppeerraattiioonnaall lliinneess..

cc.. OOtthheerr LLeeaasseedd LLiinneess.. PPrriioorr ttoo FFTTSS22000000 aanndd tthheeLLIINNCCSS,, tthhee FFAAAA oobbttaaiinneedd lleeaasseedd lliinneess ffrroomm nnuummeerroouussvveennddoorrss tthhaatt pprroovviiddeedd aallmmoosstt 2200 ddiiffffeerreenntt ttyyppeess ooff aannaalloogglliinneess..

((11)) LLiinnee TTyyppeess.. TThhiiss hhaannddbbooookk wwiillll ddooccuummeennttootthheerr ttyyppeess ooff lliinneess ssttiillll bbeeiinngg uusseedd bbyy tthhee FFAAAA ((ee..gg..,,sseerrvviiccee ttyyppee 11,, aanndd sseerrvviiccee ttyyppee 55;; CC--ccoonnddiittiioonneedd ttyyppeess11,, 22,, 33,, aanndd 44;; aanndd llaassttllyy DD--ccoonnddiittiioonneedd ttyyppeess 11 aanndd 66))..TThhiiss ccaatteeggoorryy ooff ootthheerr lleeaasseedd lliinneess iiss rraappiiddllyy sshhrriinnkkiinngg iinnqquuaannttiittyy,, aass wweellll aass vvaarriieettyy..

((22)) LLiinnee CCoonnddiittiioonniinngg.. WWiitthhiinn tthhee FFAAAA,, tthheerree aarreeoollddeerr eexxiissttiinngg lliinneess wwiitthh CC-- oorr DD--ttyyppee ccoonnddiittiioonniinngg bbuuttnnoo nneeww ccoonnddiittiioonneedd lliinneess wwiillll bbee lleeaasseedd.. OOnnee mmeetthhoodduusseedd ttoo iimmpprroovvee tthhee ppaassssbbaanndd cchhaarraacctteerriissttiiccss ooff aa lleeaasseeddtteelleepphhoonnee lliinnee aanndd tthheerreebbyy iinnccrreeaassee tthhee iinnffoorrmmaattiioonnccaappaacciittyy ooff aa tteelleepphhoonnee ssyysstteemm iiss ttoo pprroovviiddee ssppeecciiaallccoonnddiittiioonniinngg oonn tthhee lliinnee.. TToo oobbttaaiinn hhiigghh--ssppeeeedd ddaattaa oonntthheessee ffeeww,, oollddeerr,, nnoonn--LLIINNCCSS vvooiiccee--ggrraaddee lliinneess,, aatttteennuuaa--ttiioonn ddiissttoorrttiioonn,, eennvveellooppee--ddeellaayy ddiissttoorrttiioonn,, ssiiggnnaall--ttoo--nnooiisseerraattiioo,, aanndd hhaarrmmoonniicc ddiissttoorrttiioonn hhaadd ttoo bbee ccoonnttrroolllleedd.. TThheeffiirrsstt ttwwoo ((aatttteennuuaattiioonn ddiissttoorrttiioonn aanndd eennvveellooppee ddeellaayyddiissttoorrttiioonn)) wweerree ccoonnttrroolllleedd tthhrroouugghh CC--ccoonnddiittiioonniinngg aannddtthhee llaatttteerr ttwwoo ((ssiiggnnaall--ttoo--nnooiissee rraattiioo aanndd hhaarrmmoonniicc ddiissttoorr--ttiioonn)) bbyy DD--ccoonnddiittiioonniinngg..

dd.. FFAAAA OOwwnneedd TTrraannssmmiissssiioonn SSyysstteemmss..

((11)) RRCCLL//LLDDRRCCLL.. TThhee rraaddiioo ccoommmmuunniiccaattiioonnsslliinnkk ((RRCCLL)) mmiiccrroowwaavvee nneettwwoorrkk iiss aann FFAAAA oowwnneedd vvooiicceeaanndd ddaattaa ttrraannssmmiissssiioonn ssyysstteemm pprrooccuurreedd ttoo pprroovviiddee FFAAAAwwiitthh ccoosstt--eeffffeeccttiivvee aanndd rreelliiaabbllee sseerrvviiccee ffoorr tthhee NNAASS..TThhee RRCCLL pprroovviiddeess aann iinntteerrccoonnnneecctteedd nnaattiioonnaall RRCCLLbbaacckkbboonnee nneettwwoorrkk aammoonngg AARRTTCCCC’’ss.. IInn aaddddiittiioonn ttoo tthheebbaacckkbboonnee RRCCLL nneettwwoorrkk,, tthhee llooww ddeennssiittyy RRCCLL ((LLDDRRCCLL))ssyysstteemm pprroovviiddeess llooccaall ccoommmmuunniiccaattiioonnss rroouutteess tthhaatt ttiieerreemmoottee ffaacciilliittiieess ((ssuucchh aass tteerrmmiinnaall rraaddaarr)) ttoo tthhee hhuubb aaiirrttrraaffffiicc ccoonnttrrooll ffaacciilliittiieess oorr ttoo tthhee RRCCLL bbaacckkbboonnee..

((22)) MMiiccrroowwaavvee aanndd CCaabbllee SSyysstteemmss.. TThheerree aarreessoommee rreeggiioonnaallllyy pprrooccuurreedd ttrraannssmmiissssiioonn ssyysstteemmss tthhaatt uusseeoollddeerr FFAAAA--oowwnneedd mmiiccrroowwaavvee oorr ccaabbllee ((mmeettaalllliicc oorr ffiibbeerr))bbeettwweeeenn ffaacciilliittiieess.. SSttaannddaarrddss,, ccoovveerriinngg tthhee lliinneess tthheesseeffaacciilliittiieess pprroovviiddee,, aarree nnoott iinncclluuddeedd iinn tthhiiss oorrddeerr bbuuttsshhoouulldd bbee pprroovviiddeedd bbyy rreeggiioonnaall ssuupppplleemmeennttss ttoo tthhiiss oorrddeerr..

((33)) BBWWMM.. TThhee bbaannddwwiiddtthh mmaannaaggeerr ((BBWWMM)) nneett--wwoorrkk iiss aa FFAAAA oowwnneedd vvooiiccee aanndd ddaattaa ttrraannssmmiissssiioonn ssyysstteemmtthhaatt iinntteeggrraatteess tthhee ssyysstteemmss ccuurrrreennttllyy iinn uussee ttoo pprroovviiddee aauunniiffiieedd nneettwwoorrkk uussiinngg TT11 bbaacckkbboonnee ttrruunnkkss.. BBWWMM pprroo--vviiddeess ffoorr ccoonnssoolliiddaattiioonn ooff bbaannddwwiiddtthh rreeqquuiirreemmeennttss aannddsswwiittcchheedd rraatthheerr tthhaann ddeeddiiccaatteedd sseerrvviicceess ffoorr eeffffiicciieenntt uuttiillii--zzaattiioonn ooff aavvaaiillaabbllee bbaannddwwiiddtthh.. EEaacchh BBWWMM nnooddee hhaass tthheeaabbiilliittyy ttoo ooppeerraattee iinnddeeppeennddeennttllyy ffoorr ffaauulltt iissoollaattiioonn aannddmmaaiinntteennaannccee.. IInn aaddddiittiioonn,, tthhee nneettwwoorrkk hhaass aa cceennttrraall ccoonnttrroollcceenntteerr ccaalllleedd tthhee BBWWMM NNeettwwoorrkk OOppeerraattiioonnss CCeenntteerr ((NNOOCC))tthhaatt pprroovviiddeess eenntteerrpprriissee wwiiddee ttrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg aanndd ssuuppppoorrttuussiinngg aa nneettwwoorrkk mmoonniittoorriinngg aanndd mmaannaaggeemmeenntt ssyysstteemm..

ee.. CCoommppoossiittee LLiinneess.. CCoommppoossiittee lliinneess aarree eenndd--ttoo--eennddaannaalloogg lliinneess mmaaddee uupp ooff ttwwoo oorr mmoorree lliinnee sseeggmmeennttsspprroovviiddeedd bbyy ddiiffffeerreenntt ssuupppplliieerrss oorr mmaaddee uupp ooff ttwwooiinnddiivviidduuaall lliinneess ccoonnnneecctteedd ttooggeetthheerr tthhaatt aappppeeaarr oonn aannaannaalloogg ddeemmaarrcc aanndd aarree ccrroossss ccoonnnneecctteedd aatt vvooiiccee ffrree--qquueennccyy ((vvff)) lleevveell.. FFAAAA ccoommppoossiittee lliinneess mmaayy iinncclluuddeesseeggmmeennttss pprroovviiddeedd bbyy ssoommee ffeeaassiibbllee ccoommbbiinnaattiioonn ooffsseevveerraall ttyyppeess ooff FFAAAA--oowwnneedd oorr lleeaasseedd lliinneess.. TThheerree aarreennuummeerroouuss eexxaammpplleess ooff ttyyppeess ooff ccoommppoossiittee lliinneess bbuutt tthheellaarrggee mmaajjoorriittyy iiss eexxppeecctteedd ttoo bbee ccoommbbiinnaattiioonnss ooffLLIINNCCSS aanndd RRCCLL//LLDDRRCCLL sseeggmmeennttss.. AAss aann eexxaammppllee,,aassssuummee aa vvooiiccee ffrreeqquueennccyy ((vvff)) lliinnee oonn oonnee RRCCLL lliinnkk iissttiieedd ttoo aa lliinnee oonn aannootthheerr RRCCLL lliinnkk aatt aann AARRTTCCCC ttoo ccrreeaatteeaa vvff lliinnee tthhaatt ggooeess ffrroomm oonnee ffaacciilliittyy tthhrroouugghh sseevveerraall RRCCLLlliinnkkss ttoo aa ddiissttaanntt ffaacciilliittyy.. IIff tthhee ccrroossss--ccoonnnneecctt aatt tthheeAARRTTCCCC’’ss iiss ddoonnee aatt vvff lleevveell,, tthhee lliinnee iiss ccoonnssiiddeerreedd

**

**

**

**

** **

** **

Page 10: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

88//1100//11999999 66000000..2222AA CCHHGG 11

CChhaapp 11PPaarr 110022 PPaaggee 33

ccoommppoossiittee.. IIff,, hhoowweevveerr,, tthhee ccrroossss--ccoonnnneecctt iiss ddoonnee aatt tthheeTT11 lleevveell oorr aatt tthhee bbaasseebbaanndd lleevveell ((aass aa ggrroouupp oorr ssuubb--ggrroouupp)),, tthhiiss iiss nnoott aa ccoommppoossiittee lliinnee aanndd sshhoouulldd mmeeeett aallllssppeecciiffiiccaattiioonnss aanndd ppaarraammeetteerrss ffoorr aann RRCCLL vvff lliinnee.. AAddiiaaggrraamm ooff aa ttyyppee ooff ccoommppoossiittee lliinnee iiss sshhoowwnn iinn ffiigguurree 11--22 bbeellooww.. ((TThhee rreessppoonnddeerr nnuummbbeerriinngg sscchheemmee rreefflleecctteedd iinntthhiiss ffiigguurree mmaayy ddiiffffeerr ffrroomm tthhee nnuummbbeerriinngg sscchheemmeess uusseeddiinn ootthheerr rreeggiioonnss..))

ff.. MMuullttiippooiinntt LLiinneess.. AA lliinnee tthhaatt hhaass mmoorree tthhaann ttwwootteerrmmiinnaattiioonn ppooiinnttss iiss ccaalllleedd aa mmuullttiippooiinntt lliinnee.. TTyyppiiccaallFFAAAA aapppplliiccaattiioonnss tthhaatt uussee mmuullttiippooiinntt lliinneess aarree tthhee vvooiiccee

iinntteerrpphhoonnee cciirrccuuiittss uusseedd ffoorr ccoooorrddiinnaattiioonn aanndd hhaanndd--ooffffbbeettwweeeenn ccoonnttrroolllleerrss.. TThheerree aarree ddaattaa aapppplliiccaattiioonnss tthhaattaallssoo uussee mmuullttiippooiinntt lliinneess.. SSeeee cchhaapptteerr 77 ffoorr aa mmoorreeccoommpplleettee ddiissccuussssiioonn oonn mmuullttiippooiinntt lliinneess..

gg.. BBrrooaaddccaasstt LLiinneess.. AA oonnee wwaayy ttrraannssmmiissssiioonn lliinneewwiitthh oonnee ssoouurrccee aanndd mmuullttiippllee ddeessttiinnaattiioonnss iiss ccaalllleedd aabbrrooaaddccaasstt lliinnee.. TThhee FFAAAATTSSAATT ccoonnttrraacctt ccaann pprroovviiddeebbrrooaaddccaasstt lliinneess,, aalltthhoouugghh tthheerree aarree nnoott ccuurrrreennttllyy aannyyaannaalloogg bbrrooaaddccaasstt lliinneess ppllaannnneedd..

110033..--110066.. RREESSEERRVVEEDD..

FFIIGGUURREE 11--22.. CCOOMMPPOOSSIITTEE LLIINNEE DDIIAAGGRRAAMM

AARRTTCCCC wwiitthh RRCCLL RRCCLL RReeppeeaatteerr LLDDRRCCLL oorr LLIINNCCSSAALLTTEE aanndd DDrroopp && IInnsseerrtt RRCCAAGGRRCCLL PPooiinntt ((DDIIPP))

RReessppoonnddeerr RReessppoonnddeerr NNoo.. 11 NNoo.. 22

SSEECCTTIIOONN 22.. MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE AACCTTIIVVIITTIIEESS

110077.. SSAAFFEETTYY.. PPeerrssoonnnneell sshhoouulldd oobbsseerrvvee aallll ssaaffeettyypprreeccaauuttiioonnss wwhheenn wwoorrkkiinngg oonn eeqquuiippmmeenntt.. FFoorr gguuiiddaanncceerreeffeerr ttoo tthhee llaatteesstt eeddiittiioonn ooff OOrrddeerr 66000000..1155..

110088.. CCEERRTTIIFFIICCAATTIIOONN.. TThheerree aarree nnoo cceerrttiiffiiccaattiioonnrreeqquuiirreemmeennttss ffoorr lleeaasseedd oorr FFAAAA--oowwnneedd lliinneess.. SSuucchh lliinneessmmaayy bbee iinncclluuddeedd aass ppaarrtt ooff aa cceerrttiiffiieedd ssyysstteemm aanndd wwoouullddtthheenn nneeeedd ttoo pprroovviiddee tthhee rreeqquuiirreedd sseerrvviiccee ffoorr tthhee ssyysstteemmbbeeiinngg cceerrttiiffiieedd.. TThheessee sseerrvviicceess uussiinngg tthhee lleeaasseedd oorr FFAAAA--oowwnneedd lliinneess aarree iinncclluuddeedd iinn aapppprroopprriiaattee FFAAAA eeqquuiippmmeennttoorrddeerrss..

110099.. CCOOOORRDDIINNAATTIIOONN OOFF MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE AACC--TTIIVVIITTIIEESS..

aa.. MMaaiinntteennaannccee aaccttiivviittiieess sshhaallll bbee ccoooorrddiinnaatteedd wwiitthhooppeerraattiioonnss ppeerrssoonnnneell ttoo pprreecclluuddee iinntteerrrruuppttiioonnss ttoo AAiirr

TTrraaffffiicc SSeerrvviiccee.. SSuuffffiicciieenntt aaddvvaannccee nnoottiiccee sshhaallll bbee ggiivveennffoorr mmaaiinntteennaannccee aaccttiivviittiieess ssoo tthhaatt,, iiff rreeqquuiirreedd,, aapppprroopprriiaatteeNNoottiicceess ttoo AAiirrmmeenn ((NNOOTTAAMM’’ss)) ccaann bbee iissssuueedd.. TThhee iinn--ffoorrmmaattiioonn nneecceessssaarryy ffoorr tthhee pprreeppaarraattiioonn ooff ssuucchhNNOOTTAAMM''ss sshhaallll bbee ffuurrnniisshheedd pprroommppttllyy.. OOppeerraattiioonnss ppeerr--ssoonnnneell sshhoouulldd rreeccooggnniizzee tthhee nneeeedd ffoorr rreelleeaassiinngg eeqquuiippmmeennttffoorr sscchheedduulleedd mmaaiinntteennaannccee wwoorrkk aanndd sshhoouulldd ooffffeerr tthheeiirrccooooppeerraattiioonn ttoo aassssuurree ccoonnttiinnuuoouuss aanndd rreelliiaabbllee ooppeerraattiioonn..RReeffeerr ttoo tthhee llaatteesstt eeddiittiioonn ooff OOrrddeerr 77221100..33,, FFaacciilliittyyOOppeerraattiioonn aanndd AAddmmiinniissttrraattiioonn,, ffoorr iinnffoorrmmaattiioonn oonn aaiirr ttrraaff--ffiicc aanndd mmaaiinntteennaannccee ccoooorrddiinnaattiioonn rreeqquuiirreemmeennttss ttoo eeffffeeccttsscchheedduulleedd mmaaiinntteennaannccee aaccttiivviittiieess..

bb.. FFAAAA tteecchhnniiccaall ppeerrssoonnnneell sshhoouulldd nnoottiiffyy tthhee MMCCIIFFAAAA NNeettwwoorrkk MMaannaaggeemmeenntt CCeenntteerr ((FFAAAANNMMCC)) nneettwwoorrkkooppeerraattiioonnss ggrroouupp oorr hheellpp ddeesskk bbeeffoorree ppeerrffoorrmmiinngg ccoomm--pprreessssiioonn tteessttiinngg,, rreemmoovviinngg ccaarrrriieerr ffrroomm aa VVGG--88 lliinnee,, oorr

**

**

Page 11: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

66000000..2222AA CCHHGG 11 88//1100//11999999

CChhaapp 11PPaaggee 44 PPaarr 110099

iinniittiiaattiinngg aannyy ppllaannnneedd eeffffoorrtt oonn aa LLIINNCCSS lliinnee tthhaatt wwiillllccaauussee aallaarrmmss iinn tthhee LLIINNCCSS mmoonniittoorriinngg ssyysstteemm.. EExxaammpplleessooff ssuucchh aaccttiivviittiieess tthhaatt mmiigghhtt ccaauussee LLIINNCCSS aallaarrmmss aarreeppoowweerr mmaaiinntteennaannccee,, mmooddeemm mmaaiinntteennaannccee oonn VVGG--88 lliinneess,,sswwiittcchhiinngg aa VVGG--88 lliinnee ttoo tthhee bbaacckkuupp ffaacciilliittyy,, oorr aannyyaaccttiivviittyy tthhaatt wwiillll ccaauussee tthhee LLIINNCCSS NNeewwbbrriiddggee mmoonniittoorriinnggeeqquuiippmmeenntt ttoo sseennssee aann oouutt--ooff--ttoolleerraannccee ccoonnddiittiioonn.. SSeeeettaabbllee 11--11 ffoorr tthhee MMCCII hheellpp ddeesskk tteelleepphhoonnee nnuummbbeerr..

111100.. RREEPPOORRTTIINNGG IIRRRREEGGUULLAARRIITTIIEESS,, IINNTTEERR--RRUUPPTTIIOONNSS,, AANNDD OOUUTTAAGGEESS.. AAfftteerr ddiiaaggnnoossttiicc tteessttiinnggttoo aassssuurree tthhaatt FFAAAA eeqquuiippmmeenntt iiss nnoott aatt ffaauulltt,, tthhee SSyysstteemmMMaannaaggeemmeenntt OOffffiiccee ((SSMMOO)) mmaannaaggeerr oorr rreepprreesseennttaattiivvee aatttthhee ccoonnttrrooll eenndd ooff tthhee lliinnee sshhaallll bbee rreessppoonnssiibbllee ffoorrrreeppoorrttiinngg tthhee sseerrvviiccee ddiiffffiiccuullttyy..

aa.. LLIINNCCSS aanndd FFAAAATTSSAATT.. TThhee SSMMOO mmaannaaggeerr oorrrreepprreesseennttaattiivvee sshhaallll ccoonnttaacctt tthhee MMCCII LLIINNCCSS hheellpp ddeesskk..

((11)) TThhee MMCCII LLIINNCCSS aanndd FFAAAATTSSAATT hheellpp ddeesskkpprroovviiddeess aa ssiinnggllee ppooiinntt--ooff--ccoonnttaacctt ffoorr rreeaall--ttiimmee ttrroouubblleemmaannaaggeemmeenntt ooff tthhee eennttiirree LLIINNCCSS aanndd FFAAAATTSSAATT nneett--wwoorrkk.. IItt iiss mmaannnneedd 2244 hhoouurrss aa ddaayy,, 77 ddaayyss aa wweeeekk.. TThhiissggrroouupp ffiieellddss aallll uusseerr ccaallllss aanndd pprroovviiddeess ffiirrsstt--lleevveell ttrroouubblleerreeppoorrttiinngg aanndd rreessoolluuttiioonn aassssiissttaannccee.. TThhee hheellpp ddeesskk iinniittii--aatteess aanndd ttrraacckkss rreeqquueessttss ffoorr ccoorrrreeccttiivvee aaccttiioonn aanndd eennssuurreesstthhaatt eessccaallaattiioonn nnoottiiffiiccaattiioonnss aarree ccoonndduucctteedd wwiitthhiinn ccoonn--ttrraaccttuuaallllyy sseett ttiimmee ppaarraammeetteerrss.. TThhee hheellpp ddeesskk aallssoo hhaass tthheeccaappaabbiilliittyy ttoo rreemmootteellyy ccoonndduucctt ppaarraammeetteerr cchheecckkss oonn lliinneesswwiitthhiinn MMCCII aanndd wwiitthh ootthheerr vveennddoorrss tthhaatt pprroovviiddee LLIINNCCSSlliinneess.. TThhee tteecchhnniiccaall aassssiissttaannccee sseeccttiioonn wwiitthhiinn tthhee hheellppddeesskk ccoooorrddiinnaatteess rreessttoorraattiioonn aaccttiivviittiieess wwiitthh tthhee aassssiiggnneeddmmaaiinntteennaannccee sseerrvviiccee oorrggaanniizzaattiioonn.. TThhiiss tteecchhnniiccaall aassssiiss--ttaannccee sseeccttiioonn ddiirreeccttss tthhee sseerrvviiccee eeffffoorrttss tthhaatt eexxtteennddbbeettwweeeenn ddiiffffeerreenntt mmaaiinntteennaannccee oorrggaanniizzaattiioonnss.. TThheeyy aallssoovveerriiffyy tthhaatt rreessttoorreedd sseerrvviicceess mmeeeett nneettwwoorrkk ssppeecciiffiiccaattiioonnssbbeeffoorree rreettuurrnniinngg tthheemm ttoo aaccttiivvee ssttaattuuss..

((22)) TThhee MMCCII LLIINNCCSS pprrooggrraamm mmaannaaggeemmeenntt ooffffiiccee((PPMMOO)) nneettwwoorrkk ooppeerraattiioonnss eelleemmeenntt wwiitthhiinn tthhee LLIINNCCSSPPMMOO nneettwwoorrkk mmaannaaggeemmeenntt ffuunnccttiioonn pprroovviiddeess sseeccoonndd--lleevveell ssuuppppoorrtt bbyy rreecceeiivviinngg ttrroouubblleess oorr qquueessttiioonnss tthhaatt tthheehheellpp ddeesskk iiss uunnaabbllee ttoo aannsswweerr..

((33)) TThhee MMCCII FFAAAATTSSAATT pprrooggrraamm mmaannaaggeemmeennttooffffiiccee ((PPMMOO)) nneettwwoorrkk ooppeerraattiioonnss eelleemmeenntt wwiitthhiinn tthheeFFAAAATTSSAATT PPMMOO nneettwwoorrkk mmaannaaggeemmeenntt ffuunnccttiioonn pprroovviiddeesssseeccoonndd--lleevveell ssuuppppoorrtt bbyy rreecceeiivviinngg ttrroouubblleess oorr qquueessttiioonnsstthhaatt tthhee hheellpp ddeesskk iiss uunnaabbllee ttoo aannsswweerr..

((44)) IIff tthheerree aarree qquueessttiioonnss tthhaatt ccaannnnoott bbee rreessoollvveeddbbyy tthhee nneettwwoorrkk ooppeerraattiioonnss eelleemmeenntt,, tthhee hheellpp ddeesskk oobbttaaiinnsstthhiirrdd--lleevveell ttrroouubbllee aassssiissttaannccee ffrroomm tthhee nneettwwoorrkk eennggiinneeeerr--

iinngg ffuunnccttiioonn ssuuppppoorrtteedd bbyy tthhee nneettwwoorrkk eeqquuiippmmeenntt pprroo--vviiddeerr..

((55)) TThhee LLIINNCCSS nnaattiioonnaall sseerrvviiccee mmaannaaggeemmeenntteelleemmeenntt,, wwiitthhiinn tthhee MMCCII LLIINNCCSS PPMMOO,, hhaass ddiirreeccttrreessppoonnssiibbiilliittyy aanndd aaccccoouunnttaabbiilliittyy ffoorr LLIINNCCSS ppeerrffoorrmmaannccee..EEaacchh FFAAAA rreeggiioonn hhaass aa rreeggiioonnaall sseerrvviiccee mmaannaaggeerr ((RRSSMM))tthhaatt rreeppoorrttss ttoo tthhee nnaattiioonnaall sseerrvviiccee mmaannaaggeerr ((NNSSMM)).. TThheeNNSSMM iiss rreessppoonnssiibbllee ffoorr ccoooorrddiinnaattiinngg rreeggiioonnaall aaccttiivviittiieessbbeettwweeeenn tthhee LLIINNCCSS PPMMOO aanndd tthhee RRSSMM’’ss.. TThhee NNSSMMrreeppoorrttss ttoo tthhee LLIINNCCSS PPMMOO ddiirreeccttoorr..

11 TThhee RRSSMM’’ss ppllaayy aa ccrriittiiccaall rroollee iinn mmaannaaggiinngg tthheeddeelliivveerraabblleess aanndd ppeerrffoorrmmaannccee ooff sseerrvviicceess ttoo tthhee FFAAAA..RRSSMM’’ss pprroovviiddee ppeerrffoorrmmaannccee aannaallyyssiiss ooff tthhee nneettwwoorrkk,,pprriioorriittiizziinngg FFAAAA iissssuueess wwiitthhiinn MMCCII ttoo ddiirreecctt MMCCII rreessoouurrcceessoonnttoo hhiigghh pprriioorriittyy sseerrvviiccee iissssuueess bbaasseedd oonn tthheeiirr kknnoowwlleeddggee ooffFFAAAA aapppplliiccaattiioonnss,, ooppeerraattiioonnss,, aanndd oorrggaanniizzaattiioonnss.. EEaacchhRRSSMM rreevviieewwss cchhrroonniicc ttrroouubblleess aanndd mmaakkeess eessccaallaattiioonnss aassrreeqquuiirreedd.. EEaacchh RRSSMM ccoolllleeccttss aanndd aannaallyyzzeess ddaattaa rreellaattiivvee ttootthheeiirr rreeggiioonn aanndd pprroodduucceess mmoonntthhllyy ssttaattuuss rreeppoorrttss ffoorr rreevviieewwwwiitthh MMCCII ooppeerraattiioonnss aanndd tthhee FFAAAA..

22 TThhee RRSSMM’’ss aarree rreessppoonnssiibbllee ffoorr ssccrreeeenniinngg aallllmmaaiinntteennaannccee rreeqquueessttss,, ffoorr bbootthh FFAAAA aanndd MMCCII rreeqquueessttss.. TThheeRRSSMM’’ss ddeetteerrmmiinnee tthhee iimmppaacctt ttoo tthhee FFAAAA aanndd ccoooorrddiinnaatteewwiitthh tthhee FFAAAA ffoorr nnoottiiffiiccaattiioonnss aanndd aapppprroovvaallss.. IInn aaddddiittiioonn,,tthhee RRSSMM’’ss aassssiisstt tthhee FFAAAA NNeettwwoorrkk MMaannaaggeemmeenntt CCeenntteerr iinnccoooorrddiinnaattiinngg mmaaiinntteennaannccee rreelleeaasseess ffoorr LLIINNCCSS cciirrccuuiittss ffoorrbbootthh rroouuttiinnee aanndd eemmeerrggeennccyy mmaaiinntteennaannccee.. RRSSMM’’ss pprroovviiddee aapprriimmaarryy oonnggooiinngg lliiaaiissoonn ffuunnccttiioonn bbeettwweeeenn tthhee FFAAAA rreeggiioonnssaanndd MMCCII.. TThhee RRSSMM’’ss sseerrvvee aass pprriimmaarryy ccoonnttaacctt ffoorr aannyytteecchhnniiccaall oorr aaddmmiinniissttrraattiivvee iissssuueess wwiitthhiinn tthheeiirr rreessppeeccttiivveerreeggiioonnss..

((66)) TThhee FFAAAATTSSAATT nnaattiioonnaall sseerrvviiccee mmaannaaggeemmeenntteelleemmeenntt,, wwiitthhiinn tthhee MMCCII FFAAAATTSSAATT PPMMOO,, hhaass ddiirreeccttrreessppoonnssiibbiilliittyy aanndd aaccccoouunnttaabbiilliittyy ffoorr FFAAAATTSSAATTppeerrffoorrmmaannccee.. TThhee NNSSMM rreeppoorrttss ttoo tthhee FFAAAATTSSAATT PPMMOOddiirreeccttoorr..

bb.. FFTTSS22000000.. TThhee GGeenneerraall SSeerrvviicceess AAddmmiinniissttrraattiioonn((GGSSAA)) iiss tthhee mmaannaaggeerr ooff sseerrvviiccee pprroovviiddeerrss ffoorr tthhee FFTTSS22000000..GGSSAA oovveerrsseeeess mmaannaaggeemmeenntt ffuunnccttiioonnss,, eennssuurreess ccoonnttrraaccttccoommpplliiaannccee,, aanndd ssuuppppoorrttss tthhee FFAAAA iiff pprroobblleemmss sshhoouulldd aarriisseewwiitthh AATT&&TT,, tthhee ccoommppaannyy ssuuppppoorrttiinngg tthhee FFAAAA aass tthheeFFTTSS22000000 sseerrvviiccee AA pprroovviiddeerr.. TThhee FFTTSS22000000 ccoonnttrraaccttrreeqquuiirreess tthhaatt bbootthh GGSSAA aanndd AATT&&TT ooppeerraattee ccuussttoommeerr sseerrvviicceeoorrggaanniizzaattiioonnss..

((11)) TThhee AATT&&TT ccuussttoommeerr sseerrvviiccee ooffffiiccee ((CCSSOO)) iiss tthheeffiirrsstt ppooiinntt ooff ccoonnttaacctt ffoorr FFTTSS22000000 nneettwwoorrkk ttrroouubblleess aanndd uusseerrccoommppllaaiinnttss.. TThhiiss 2244 hhoouurrss ppeerr ddaayy,, 77 ddaayyss ppeerr wweeeekk ooffffiiccee iiss

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

Page 12: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

88//1100//11999999 66000000..2222AA CCHHGG 11

CChhaapp 11PPaarr 111100 PPaaggee 55

tthhee ffiirrsstt rreessoouurrccee aann FFAAAA mmaannaaggeerr oorr hhiiss rreepprreesseennttaattiivvee wwiillllccoonnttaacctt wwhheenn iinn nneeeedd ooff FFTTSS22000000 ccuussttoommeerr ssuuppppoorrtt..

((22)) CCaallll tthhee GGSSAA FFTTSS ccuussttoommeerr ssaattiissffaaccttiioonn cceenntteerrttoo eessccaallaattee aannyy pprroobblleemm aallrreeaaddyy rreeppoorrtteedd wwiitthhiinnFFTTSS22000000.. TThhiiss ooffffiiccee iiss ooppeenn ffrroomm 77 aamm ttiillll 99 pp.. mm..eeaasstteerrnn ttiimmee,, MMoonnddaayy tthhrroouugghh FFrriiddaayy..

cc.. OOtthheerr LLeeaasseedd LLiinneess.. FFoorr nnooww,, aanndd iinn tthhee vveerryy nneeaarrffuuttuurree,, tthhee FFAAAA wwiillll ccoonnttiinnuuee ttoo uussee aa ddeeccrreeaassiinngg nnuummbbeerr oofflleeaasseedd lliinneess pprroovviiddeedd bbyy llooccaall eexxcchhaannggee ccaarrrriieerrss ((LLEECC’’ss))..RReeppoorrttiinngg ttoo,, aanndd ccoooorrddiinnaattiioonn wwiitthh tthheessee LLEECC’’ss wwiillll bbee iinnaaccccoorrddaannccee wwiitthh eexxiissttiinngg gguuiiddaannccee aanndd pprroocceedduurreess..

dd.. RRCCLL//LLDDRRCCLL..

((11)) FFoorr aannaalloogg lliinneess pprroovviiddeedd bbyy tthhee RRCCLL oorrLLDDRRCCLL nneettwwoorrkkss,, tthhee FFAAAA iiss tthhee sseerrvviinngg ccoommppaannyy aannddiiss rreessppoonnssiibbllee ffoorr sseerrvviiccee rreessttoorraattiioonn.. TThhee mmiiccrroowwaavveelliinnkkss tthhaatt ccoommpprriissee tthheessee nneettwwoorrkkss uuttiilliizzee rreedduunnddaanntt rrffcchhaannnneellss ddeessiiggnnaatteedd AA aanndd BB,, wwiitthh oonnee ooff tthheessee cchhaannnneellssbbeeiinngg uusseedd ffoorr sseerrvviiccee aanndd tthhee ootthheerr ffoorr hhoott bbaacckkuupp.. IInnnnoorrmmaall ooppeerraattiioonn,, aauuttoommaattiicc sswwiittcchhiinngg iiss iinn ppllaaccee ttoo sseennsseetthhee lloossss ooff aa cchhaannnneell aanndd sswwiittcchh sseerrvviiccee ttoo tthhee bbaacckkuuppcchhaannnneell.. HHoowweevveerr,, aa mmaannuuaall oovveerrrriiddee iiss aavvaaiillaabbllee ttoo ddee--ffeeaatt tthhee aauuttoommaattiicc sswwiittcchhiinngg.. SShhoouulldd aa sseerrvviiccee ffaaiilluurreeooccccuurr,, AARRTTCCCC ppeerrssoonnnneell ccoonnttrroolllliinngg tthhee lliinnkk wwiillll aasssseesssstthhee ccaauussee ooff tthhee ffaaiilluurree aanndd eexxeerrcciissee ccoommmmaannddss tthhrroouugghhtthhee AACCOORRNN NNeettwwoorrkk MMaannaaggeemmeenntt SSyysstteemm ttoo rreessttoorree tthheesseerrvviiccee ((AACCOORRNN iiss tthhee nnaammee,, nnoott aann aaccrroonnyymm,, ffoorr tthheeRRCCLL nneettwwoorrkk ccoonnttrrooll ssyysstteemm)).. AARRTTCCCC ppeerrssoonnnneell wwiilllltthheenn nnoottiiffyy tthhee mmaaiinntteennaannccee tteecchhnniicciiaann rreessppoonnssiibbllee ffoorr tthheessiittee tthhaatt ffaaiilleedd..

((22)) PPrriioorr ttoo aannyy mmaaiinntteennaannccee oorr rreeppaaiirr aaccttiioonn bbeeiinnggttaakkeenn oonn aann RRCCLL lliinnkk tthhaatt wwiillll rreessuulltt iinn lloossss ooff aa cchhaannnneell,,AARRTTCCCC ppeerrssoonnnneell wwiillll eennssuurree tthhaatt tthhee sseerrvviiccee iiss pprrootteecctteeddbbyy vveerriiffyyiinngg tthhaatt tthhee ssttaannddbbyy cchhaannnneell iiss ooppeerraattiinngg nnoorrmmaallllyypprriioorr ttoo sswwiittcchhiinngg sseerrvviiccee ttoo tthhaatt cchhaannnneell.. NNoottee tthhaatt tthheesswwiittcchhiinngg aaccttiioonn sshhoouulldd bbee ttaakkeenn ffoorr bbootthh hhiigghh ddeennssiittyytteerrmmiinnaallss oonn eeiitthheerr eenndd ooff tthhee lliinnkk aanndd ffoorr aallll ddrroopp aannddiinnsseerrtt ppooiinntt ((DDIIPP)) ssiitteess aalloonngg tthhee lliinnkk,, aanndd tthhaatt tthhee sswwiittcchheesssshhoouulldd bbee lleefftt iinn tthhee mmaannuuaall mmooddee ((ii..ee.. oovveerrrriiddee aauuttoommaattiiccsswwiittcchhiinngg)).. UUppoonn ccoommpplleettiioonn ooff tthhee mmaaiinntteennaannccee oorr rreeppaaiirraaccttiioonn,, AARRTTCCCC ppeerrssoonnnneell sshhoouulldd eennssuurree tthhaatt tthhee rreeppaaiirreeddcchhaannnneell iiss ooppeerraattiinngg wwiitthh nnoo aallaarrmmss,, tthheenn sseett tthhee sswwiittcchhiinnggccaappaabbiilliittyy ttoo tthhee aauuttoommaattiicc mmooddee..

ee.. BBWWMM.. FFoorr aannaalloogg lliinneess pprroovviiddeedd bbyy tthhee BBWWMM,, tthheeFFAAAA iiss tthhee sseerrvviinngg ccoommppaannyy aanndd iiss rreessppoonnssiibbllee ffoorr sseerrvviicceerreessttoorraattiioonn.. TThhee BBWWMM hhaass tthhee ccaappaabbiilliittyy ttoo aauuttoommaattiiccaallllyyffiinndd tthhee bbeesstt rroouuttee ffoorr vvooiiccee aanndd ddaattaa ttrraaffffiicc ssoo rreessttoorraattiioonnss

mmaayy bbee aaccccoommpplliisshheedd wwiitthh mmiinniimmaall oorr nnoo iinntteerrrruuppttiioonn ooffsseerrvviiccee.. TThhee ssiinnggllee ppooiinntt ooff ccoonnttaacctt ffoorr BBWWMM nneettwwoorrkkttrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg wwiillll bbee tthhee NNOOCC.. TThhee FFAAAA tteecchhnniicciiaannsspprroovviiddee ffiieelldd lleevveell mmaaiinntteennaannccee aanndd rreessttoorraattiioonn iinncclluuddiinnggffaauulltt iissoollaattiioonn aanndd ccoorrrreeccttiioonn ooff ssyysstteemm ffaaiilluurreess bbyyrreeppllaacceemmeenntt ooff LLRRUU’’ss.. FFiieelldd mmaaiinntteennaannccee ddooeess nnoott iinncclluuddeeLLRRUU--lleevveell ddiissppoossiittiioonn,, vveerriiffiiccaattiioonn,, oorr rreeppaaiirr.. TThhee FFAAAA iissrreessppoonnssiibbllee ffoorr pprroovviiddiinngg aallll ddeeppoott lleevveell mmaaiinntteennaanncceeffuunnccttiioonnss aanndd sseeccoonndd lleevveell eennggiinneeeerriinngg ssuuppppoorrtt,, aass rreeqquuiirreedd..NNEETT wwiillll pprroovviiddee aa TTeecchhnniiccaall AAssssiissttaannccee CCeenntteerr ((TTAACC)) wwiitthh2244 hhoouurrss ppeerr ddaayy,, 11--880000 sseerrvviiccee ffoorr eemmeerrggeennccyy tteecchhnniiccaallaassssiissttaannccee ffoorr bbootthh hhaarrddwwaarree aanndd ssooffttwwaarree ttoo bbee ccoonnttaacctteeddoonnllyy bbyy tthhee NNOOCC,, AAOOSS,, oorr tthhee BBWWMM PPrrooggrraamm OOffffiiccee..PPrreevveennttiivvee mmaaiinntteennaannccee iiss ppeerrffoorrmmeedd oonn--lliinnee,, wwiitthh nnoo ddoowwnnttiimmee,, wwiitthhoouutt iinntteerrrruuppttiinngg sseerrvviiccee..

ff.. FFAAAA OOwwnneedd MMiiccrroowwaavvee oorr CCaabbllee NNoott LLiisstteedd AAbboovvee..RReeppoorrttiinngg oouuttaaggeess aanndd ccoooorrddiinnaattiioonn ooff mmaaiinntteennaannccee wwiillll bbeeiinn aaccccoorrddaannccee wwiitthh rreeggiioonnaall oorr SSMMOO gguuiiddaannccee..

gg.. TTaabbllee 11--11 lliissttss tthhee tteelleepphhoonnee nnuummbbeerrss ttoo ccoonnttaacctt ffoorrrreeppoorrttiinngg ttrroouubbllee oonn FFAAAA aannaalloogg lliinneess..

111111.. TTRROOUUBBLLEESSHHOOOOTTIINNGG..

aa.. LLeeaasseedd LLiinneess.. FFoorr lleeaasseedd lliinneess,, ttrroouubblleesshhoooottiinnggaanndd rreeppaaiirr aarree tthhee rreessppoonnssiibbiilliittyy ooff tthhee sseerrvviinngg ccoommppaannyy..FFAAAA ppeerrssoonnnneell sshhoouulldd eennssuurree tthhaatt FFAAAA eeqquuiippmmeenntt oorriinntteerrccoonnnneeccttiinngg FFAAAA lliinneess aarree nnoott aatt ffaauulltt bbeeffoorree rreeppoorrtt--iinngg ttrroouubbllee ttoo tthhee sseerrvviinngg ccoommppaannyy.. FFAAAA ppeerrssoonnnneellsshhoouulldd bbee pprreeppaarreedd ttoo ssuuppppoorrtt tthhee sseerrvviinngg ccoommppaannyy''sslleeggiittiimmaattee rreeqquueessttss ffoorr aassssiissttaannccee iinn ttrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg aannddffaauulltt iissoollaattiioonn.. RReeffeerr ttoo tthhee llaatteesstt eeddiittiioonn ooff OOrrddeerr66003300..4411,, NNoottiiffiiccaattiioonn PPllaann ffoorr UUnnsscchheedduulleedd FFaacciilliittyy aannddSSeerrvviiccee IInntteerrrruuppttiioonnss aanndd OOtthheerr SSiiggnniiffiiccaanntt EEvveennttss..

bb.. FFAAAA--OOwwnneedd LLiinneess.. TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg aanndd rreeppaaiirrooff FFAAAA--oowwnneedd lliinneess wwiillll bbee ccoonndduucctteedd aass ssppeecciiffiieedd iinntthhiiss aanndd ootthheerr aapppplliiccaabbllee mmaannuuaallss..

111122.. NNAASS CCHHAANNGGEE PPRROOPPOOSSAALLSS.. IIff aann aannaalloogg lliinneewwiillll nnoott mmeeeett tthhee ssttaannddaarrddss aanndd ttoolleerraanncceess ssppeecciiffiieedd iinntthhiiss hhaannddbbooookk bbuutt mmuusstt ssttiillll bbee uusseedd,, aa llooccaall NNAASS cchhaannggeepprrooppoossaall ((NNCCPP)) wwiillll bbee ssuubbmmiitttteedd.. TThhiiss NNCCPP sshhoouullddssppeecciiffyy tthhee uussaaggee aanndd ppeerrffoorrmmaannccee ooff tthhee lliinnee oonn wwhhiicchhtthhee NNCCPP iiss ssuubbmmiitttteedd aanndd pprroovviiddee aa ddeessccrriippttiioonn ooff aannddsscchheedduullee ffoorr aannyy eeffffoorrttss ppllaannnneedd aass aa ppeerrmmaanneenntt rreessoolluu--ttiioonn.. PPrroocceedduurreess ffoorr ssuubbmmiittttiinngg aann NNCCPP aarree ssppeecciiffiieedd iinntthhee llaatteesstt eeddiittiioonn ooff OOrrddeerr 11880000..88,, NNaattiioonnaall AAiirrssppaacceeSSyysstteemm CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn MMaannaaggeemmeenntt.. IInnssttrruuccttiioonnss aarreeccoonnttaaiinneedd iinn tthhee ffrroonntt ooff NNAASS--MMDD--000011,, NNaattiioonnaall AAiirr--ssppaaccee SSyysstteemm MMaasstteerr CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn IInnddeexx..

**

**

**

**

Page 13: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

66000000..2222AA CCHHGG 11 88//1100//11999999

CChhaapp 11PPaaggee 66 PPaarr 111122

TTAABBLLEE 11--11.. CCOONNTTAACCTTSS FFOORR RREEPPOORRTTIINNGG TTRROOUUBBLLEE

SSEERRVVIICCEE PPRROOVVIIDDEERR CCOONNTTAACCTT

LLIINNCCSS oorr FFAAAATTSSAATT MMCCII LLIINNCCSS//FFAAAATTSSAATT hheellpp ddeesskk aatt 11--880000--6688 LLIINNCCSS ((11--880000--668855--44662277)).. TThhee aauuttoommaatteedd mmeennuu wwiillll ddiirreecctt tthhee ccaallll ttoo LLIINNCCSS oorrFFAAAATTSSAATT,, aass rreeqquuiirreedd.. IInn aa LLIINNCCSS rreellaatteedd eemmeerrggeennccyy,, wwhheenn tthhee hheellppddeesskk iiss uunnrreeaacchhaabbllee,, ccaallll 11--880000--229933--55884444,, ((991199)) 667777--55669966,, oorrtthhee aalltteerrnnaattee LLIINNCCSS hheellpp ddeesskk oonn ((770033)) 441144--99661155.. IInn aa FFAAAATTSSAATTrreellaatteedd eemmeerrggeennccyy,, wwhheenn tthhee hheellpp ddeesskk iiss uunnrreeaacchhaabbllee,, ccaallll 11--888888--332222--11772288 oorr ((991199)) 667777--77770055..

FFTTSS22000000 11.. RReeppoorrttiinngg ttoo AATT&&TT 11--880000--333322--44338877 oorr ((770033)) 444422--44338877 22.. RReeppoorrttiinngg ttoo GGSSAA ((770033)) 776600--77550000

OOtthheerr lleeaasseedd cciirrccuuiittss IInn aaccccoorrddaannccee wwiitthh eexxiissttiinngg gguuiiddaannccee aanndd pprroocceedduurreess..

BBWWMM BBWWMM NNOOCC aatt 11--880000--665555--55884499 oorr ((880011)) 332200--22330000//22337777 ((ccaallllss tthheeBBWWMM NNOOCC,, wwhhiicchh iiss mmoonniittoorreedd bbyy bbootthh tthhee SSLLCC aanndd AATTLL NNOOCCss))..FFoorr eemmeerrggeennccyy aassssiissttaannccee tthhrroouugghh NNEETT,, ccaallll TTAACC aatt 11--880000--663388--00008833..

RRCCLL//LLDDRRCCLL IInn aaccccoorrddaannccee wwiitthh eexxiissttiinngg gguuiiddaannccee aanndd pprroocceedduurree..

111133.. PPRREECCAAUUTTIIOONNSS WWHHEENN UUSSIINNGG TTEESSTT TTOONNEESS..TTeesstt ttoonneess uusseedd iinn lliinnee mmaaiinntteennaannccee aarree ppootteennttiiaallllyyiinntteerrffeerriinngg aanndd ddiissoorriieennttiinngg aanndd mmaayy hhaavvee nneeggaattiivveeeeffffeeccttss oonn hhuummaann aanndd eeqquuiippmmeenntt ppeerrffoorrmmaannccee.. IIff tteessttttoonneess hhaavvee nnoott bbeeeenn pprrooppeerrllyy bblloocckkeedd oouutt ffrroomm tthheeeeqquuiippmmeenntt ssiiddeess ooff aa lliinnee uunnddeerr tteesstt,, tthheeyy mmaayy ccaauusseemmaajjoorr iirrrriittaattiioonn aanndd ddiissoorriieennttaattiioonn ooff ppeerrssoonnnneell ssttiillll oonn

tthhee lliinnee.. FFoollllooww ssppeecciiffiicc pprroocceedduurreess ddeettaaiilleedd iinn cchhaapptteerr 55ffoorr wwhheenn aanndd wwhheerree ttoo aappppllyy tteesstt ttoonneess.. AAllssoo,, kkeeeeppiinnggttoonneess aatt oorr bbeellooww mmaaxxiimmuumm lleevveellss wwiillll hheellpp iinn aavvooiiddiinnggaannnnooyyaannccee ttoo ppeerrssoonnnneell oorr ccaauussiinngg iinntteerrffeerreennccee iinn aaddjjaa--cceenntt ccaarrrriieerr cchhaannnneellss..

111144.. -- 119999.. RREESSEERRVVEEDD

**

**

**

**

Page 14: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

12/30/96 6000.22A

Chap 2Par 200 Page 7

CHAPTER 2. TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

200. PURPOSE. Analog communications lines are usedby the FAA to support both voice and data applications. Thischapter provides technical background on telecommunica-tions lines as well as the various techniques and measures

used in installation, performance testing, troubleshooting,fault isolation, and restoration of analog lines.

201. RESERVED.

SECTION 1. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

202. SYSTEM OVERVIEW.

a. Human speech generates analog energy that movesfrom the mouth of the speaker to the ear of the listener.Telephones, radios, and other speech transmissiondevices are designed to accept the input of the analogwave generated by the sounds of speech, convert them toelectrical waves that have similar amplitude, and thenmodulate a receiving device at the distant end thatreproduces the same analog wave generated by theperson who spoke. Equipment can also be controlled byusing a sequence of audio control tones or pulses. Theanalog signal produced by either the speaker or thecontrol equipment is then transmitted to the remotelistener or equipment by a carrier system, which can useeither analog or digital technology.

(1) Analog transmission carrier systems are pro-vided by the FAA's RCL system and by one version ofthe LDRCL systems. For limited distance applications,analog transmissions will be routed over cable and wiresystems. A carrier system is used to transmit a numberof voice or signaling lines over a single transmissionfacility. The total number of voice and signal lines thatmay be handled over one carrier facility depends on thedesign of the system. For example, the RCL carriersystem uses a frequency division multiplexer (FDM) toprovide up to 600 voice frequency lines. Both the RCLand LDRCL have the capability of being implementedusing digital technology with the RCL providing analogand data above voice (DAV) while the LDRCL providesanalog or digital (DS1).

(2) Analog signals can be digitized and thentransmitted over the increasingly more available digitaltransmission systems. The analog waveform is firstdigitized by an analog-to-digital (A/D) converter using a

technique called pulse code modulation (PCM). Theresulting digital bits of the converted waveform areencoded and sent over the digital transmission system.At the receiving end, the digital signal is converted backto the analog waveform by a digital-to-analog (d/a)converter. The steps required to convert and transmit ananalog signal over a digital transmission system arediscussed below.

(a) A telephone or modem produces a voiceband analog signal that is band limited to 4000 Hertz(Hz). The resulting voice band amplitude is sampled at arate equal to twice the highest information rate. This rateof sampling is called the Nyquist rate. It has beendemonstrated that the minimum sampling frequencyrequired to extract all the information contained in theoriginal signal is two times the original signal band-width. Thus, for this example, with a 4000-Hz band-width for the voice signal, the Nyquist rate is 4000 x 2 =8000. This signal is a series of pulses that follows theamplitude of the analog waveform and is called a pulseamplitude modulated (PAM) representation of theoriginal analog signal.

(b) Pulse code modulation (PCM) is an exten-sion of PAM. PCM is the most common method ofdigitizing analog signals. This PCM sampling processconverts a vf analog line into a 64 kb/s standard rateknown as digital signal level zero (DS-0). PCM is a twostep technique. First the incoming analog signal issampled 8000 times per second. These samples are thenconverted to pulses using the PAM process. In thesecond step of PCM conversion, the amplitude of eachpulse of the PAM signal is converted to an 8-bit digitalpulse stream by an analog-to-digital (a/d) converter. Theresulting output is a digital representation of the pulsestream and the sampled analog waveform. The signal-

Page 15: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999

Chap 2Page 8 Par 202

to-noise ratio is maximized by nonlinearly converting thelevel of the PAM signal to digital values. Low amplitudePAM signals are encoded to have a higher degree ofresolution to compensate for low level noise. Likewise,higher amplitude PAM signals require less digital resolu-tion because their noise levels are much less significant.The output of the a/d converter is one of 256 possibledigital values represented in eight bits (28 = 256). Theeight bit PCM signal is then converted to a serial bit streamfor eventual digital transmission. The resulting rate of thebit stream is: 8000 Hz sampling rate of the PAM signal x8 bits per sample = 64,000 bits per second, or 64 kb/s.

(c) Another extension of PAM and PCM isAdaptive Differential PCM (ADPCM), which can furtherreduce the rate required to transmit voice to 32 kb/s. InADPCM, only the difference between the amplitude of thepreceding sample and the current sample is coded andtransmitted. Since the difference between sequential sam-ples is less than the samples themselves, the signal can berepresented using fewer bits. ADPCM also further modi-fies the bit stream to reduce the number of bits requiredbased upon the ongoing characteristic of data alreadytransmitted.

(d) Further compression may be realized usingVG-COMPRESSED coding. VG-COMPRESSED will be16kb/s for the FAATSAT and 8kb/s, 9.6kb/s, or 16kb/s forBWM. Coding techniques may be LDCELP (Low DelayCode Excited Linear Prediction), VAPC (Voice AdaptivePredictive Coding), or VQ (Vector Quantization).LDCELP is a voice compression method that uses a back-ward-adaptive analysis-by-synthesis algorithm defined byITU Recommendation G.728. This recommendationdefines a voice compression process where a backwardadaptation of gain and predictor values is used to achievean algorithmic delay of 0.625ms. Because of the total one

way delay, the compression of the input voice signal isapproximately 5 ms at 16 kb/s and 12 ms at 9.6 kb/s and8 kb/s. VQ uses an optimized codebook of speech sam-ples. It removes the pitch from the incoming voice sample,matches the resultant waveform to the codebook, andsends the codebook index to the decompression resource.The decompression resource uses this information toreconstruct an approximation of the original voice sample.VAPC uses a block coding process that combines vectorquantization with linear prediction in an adaptive structure.The vector quantizer uses an optimized codebook to codethe difference between an input vector and a predictedvector.

b. Transmission Impairments. Three variables affectthe adequacy of voice communications: level or volume,noise, and bandwidth. For data communications, attenua-tion distortion, envelope delay, phase jitter, and frequencyshift are also important.

(1) Level or Volume. Consider the simple tele-communications line illustrated in figure 2-1. Thetelephone or other network termination equipment(NTE) converts the changes in air pressure of soundwaves from a speaker's voice to a varying electricalcurrent that is an analog of the acoustic signal. Theelectrical characteristics of the line between the sendingand receiving instruments modify the electrical signal insuch a way as to reduce its volume (or increase its loss),change the bandwidth of the signal, and may generateextraneous signals such as noise, crosstalk, and distor-tion. Loss is overcome by amplification in telecommu-nications lines. But amplifiers or repeaters cause un-desired side effects as well as the desired effect of offset-ting loss. In addition to their cost, repeaters also adddistortion in the form of limiting bandwidth and addingnoise.

FIGURE 2-1. TYPICAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS LINE

Demarc Leased Line Demarc or RCL/LDRCL

Near End Distant EndSubscriber Subscriberor NTE or NTE

**

**

*

*

Page 16: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1

Chap 2Par 202 Page 9

(2) Noise. Noise is defined as any unwantedenergy on a line. There are definite tradeoffs among thevarious noise impairments and the quality of the signalas perceived by the listener. The most important meas-urement of noise is the signal-to-noise ratio expressed indB. Data signals exhibit an entirely different tolerance tonoise than do humans. A data signal might be satisfac-tory in the presence of uniform steady hissing or whitenoise that would be bothersome to humans. On the otherhand, impulse noise (clicks or pops) will destroy a datasignal on a line that might be satisfactory for speechcommunications. Phase and gain hits are abrupt changesin the phase or amplitude of a received sinusoidal wave.The three primary sources of line noise are externalsources (power lines, lightning, nearby electrical appara-tus, and crosstalk from adjacent telecommunicationslines); thermal noise developed within the telecommuni-cations equipment; and distortion generated by non-linearity in line elements, primarily amplifiers. Thesmall imperfections in an amplifier's transfer character-istics distort the amplified signal so that extra signalcomponents appear in the output signal; this is aggra-vated by operating the amplifier beyond its designcapability.

(3) Bandwidth. Bandwidth is the line attributethat, along with frequency response, controls thenaturalness of transmitted speech. As with level, this is asubjective evaluation. The human ear can detect tones inthe range of 20 to 16,000 Hz, but because the voice haslittle energy component below 300 Hz or above 3,500Hz, a telephone line that transmits a band of frequenciesin this range is quite adequate for voice communications.Telephone receivers have been designed to be mostsensitive to the frequencies between 500 and 2,500 Hzbecause research has shown that most of the frequencycomponents of ordinary speech fall within this range.Because of the difficulty of constructing filters andamplifiers with uniform transmission at all frequencieswithin the pass band, the high- and low-frequency endsof the transmitted spectrum suffer more loss or attenua-tion than frequencies in the center of the band.

(4) Attenuation Distortion. Telecommunicationslines rarely have a perfectly flat response across the voicefrequency band. Lines can be brought into closetolerance by the addition of equalizers where the cost ofthe treatment is justified by the demands of the service.

(5) Envelope Delay Distortion. The design ofamplifiers and multiplexers requires components that

introduce varying amounts of delay to different frequen-cies within the voice frequency (vf) passband. For exam-ple, a vf signal near the center frequency of a vf passbandfilter will transit through that filter much faster than a vfsignal near the band edge of the filter. This characteristic isknown as envelope delay. Data signals are composed ofcomplex vf tones. Envelope delay results in these tonesarriving at the receiver at different times, resulting in asignal at the receiver that is not identical to the originalsignal. Delay equalizers in the line or terminal equipmentare used to compensate for envelope delay.

(6) Phase Jitter. Phase jitter is defined as the un-wanted change in phase or frequency of a transmitted signaldue to modulation by another signal during transmission. Ifa simple sinusoid frequency is frequency or phasemodulated during transmission, the received signal will havesidebands. The amplitude of these sidebands compared tothe received signal is a measure of the phase jitter impartedto it during transmission. Phase jitter is measured in degreesof variation peak to peak for each hertz of transmitted signal.Phase jitter shows up as unwanted variations in zerocrossings of a received signal. Since it is the zero crossingsthat most data modems use to distinguish marks and space,the higher the data rate, the more jitter can affect the errorrate of the received bit stream. Modulation componentsdefined as jitter usually occur close to the carrier from about0 to ±300 Hz maximum.

(7) Frequency Shift. Frequency shift is caused bycarrier drift within a transmission facility and will beapparent because its affect is to cause the carrier to dropout of sync. When the carrier is sync locked to thenetwork pilot or clock the frequency will not shift morethan the levels required in Chapter 3. If the carrier is notsynced, the frequency will shift out of specification. Anyobserved frequency deviation greater than the specifiedlevels is cause for the line owner to be notified.

203. ANALOG TRANSMISSION SERVICES.

a. Decibel.

(1) The decibel (dB) is a logarithmic unit thatdescribes a ratio. Voice frequency lines are designedaround the human ear, which has a logarithmic response tochanges in power. Therefore, in telephony the decibel, alogarithmic rather than a linear measurement, is used as ameasure of relative power between lines or transmissionlevel points. A change of 1 dB is barely perceptible underideal conditions. Increases or reductions of 3 dB

*

*

Page 17: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999

Chap 2Page 10 Par 203

result in doubling or halving the power of a line andare readily detectable to the average listener's ear.This is a good figure to remember: doubling thepower means a 3-dB gain; halving the power means a3-dB loss.

(2) Consider a power ratio. The number ofdecibels (dB) = 10 log10 (the ratio between the inputand output power levels). As a formula this is written:

2

110log10

PP

decibelsofnumber =

where P1 is the measured power level and P2 is thereference power level.

(3) When a line has 10 dB of attenuation, itmeans the output power is only one-tenth of the inputpower. If the input power is 1 milliwatt (mW) and theoutput power is 0.1 mW, the line loss is 10:1. Thepower ratio is 10 to 1 and the attenuation is 10 dB. Itis useful to make simple calculations concerningdecibels without needing pencil and paper. Considerthe relationship of power ratios and decibels shown intable 2-1.

TABLE 2-1. RELATIONSHIP OF POWER RATIOS AND DECIBELS

b. Basic Derived Decibel Units.

(1) dBm. Where dB specifies a relative powerratio, dBm specifies an absolute power level. By defini-tion dBm is a power level referenced to 1 milliwatt (mW)

in which 0 dBm = 1 mW. The formula is written:

For example, an amplifier with an output of 20 W has anoutput in dBm of:

dBmmW

mW

mWW

dBminPower

4311020

log10

120

log10

3

+=

×=

=

The plus sign in this answer indicates that the level isabove the reference, 0 dBm or 1 mW.

(2) dBm0. The notation dBm0 is an absolutepower level and is used to indicate the power level

reading relative to 0 TLP, or what it would read ifcorrected to account for gains or losses. Thus a dBmreading of -6 dBm at a +7 TLP (transmission level point)would be corrected to a − 13 dBm0. (− 6 dBm -[+7 TLP]= − 13 dBm0)

(3) dBRN. Noise is measured with respect to areference noise level of -90 dBm or 1 picowatt (pW) orone-trillionth (10-12) watt. This level, defined as 0 dBRN,is at the threshold of human audibility. Noise level isexpressed in decibels above this reference noise asdBRN. In general, for broadband noise, dBm = dBRN -90 or dBRN = dBm + 90.

(4) dBRNC.

(a) Not only the level but also the frequency ofnoise determines its interfering effects on human per-ception. If noise is evenly distributed across the voicefrequency band (called white noise) the noise in the 500-to 2500-Hz range will be more annoying to the listenerthan low and high frequency noise because both the earand the telephone equipment are more sensitive to thesemiddle frequencies. To compensate for this, noise ismeasured through a C-message weighting filter. This

Power Ratio dB Power Ratio dB

101 (10) +10 10-1 (1/10) -10102 (100) +20 10-2 (1/100) -20103 (1,000) +30 10-3 (1/1,000) -30104 (10,000) +40 10-4 (1/10,000) -40105 (100,000) +50 10-5 (1/100,000) -50106 (1,000,000) +60 10-6 (1/1,000,000) -60

mWmWpower

dBmPower1

)(log10)( =

Page 18: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1

Chap 2Par 203 Page 11

filter, shown in figure 2-2, passes noise in roughly thesame proportion as the sensitivity of the human ear.

(b) The notation dBRNC is used when the C-message weighting network is employed (see paragraph207c(2) on C-message weighting). A notation of 30dBRNC indicates that the noise level has been C-

message weighted and is 30 dB above the referencenoise level. White noise over a 300- to 3000-Hz band-width, when C-weighted, results in about a 2 dB reduc-tion. Thus, a white noise signal at 0 dBm produces a -2dBm, or 88 dBRN, C-weighted signal. If the white noisepower is -60 dBm, the C-message-weighted noise is -60+ (90 - 2) = 28 dBRNC.

FIGURE 2-2. C-MESSAGE WEIGHTING RESPONSE CURVE

(5) dBRNC0. When noise is measured at a zerolevel TLP, or mathematically adjusted to a zero TLP, it isexpressed as dBRNC0.

c. Zero Transmission Level Point (0 TLP).

(1) The signal power level of analog lines must belimited so that it resembles the average telephone voicepower that is being carried on a line within the telecom-munications network. This control is necessary to avoidsignal distortion from carrier overloading, which in turnmay cause noise and crosstalk. When measuring varioustransmission parameters, it is sometimes necessary todescribe the power present at a particular point in a lineand compare this power to the power present at otherpoints in the line. The power present at a particular pointin a line depends on the power at the source, and the lossor gain between the source and that point. Since thisinformation is not always available, it is convenient todescribe the power present in the line by comparing it tosome standard reference point. The reference point for

measuring power is called the zero transmission levelpoint (0 TLP).

(2) Using the zero TLP concept, the power presentat a point in a line is described by stating what this powerwould be if it were measured at the zero TLP. The unitused to describe the power referred back to the zero TLPis dBm0. For example, the value − 13 dBm0 signifies that− 13 dBm was measured at the zero TLP, or that it wouldmeasure − 13 dBm if the power measured in a line werecorrected to account for the gains or losses between thezero TLP and the point of measurement.

(3) 0,0 TLP indicates that there are two referencepoints, between which there will be no loss or gain insignal power (unity gain/zero loss circuit). One TLPreference point would be at each of the two terminatingFAA/TELCO demarcs on a line. The same levels wouldbe measured at each demarc. This is done to standardizelevels and facilitate faster and easier line restorals and, inthe case of composite lines, to enable interconnection

Page 19: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999

Chap 2Page 12 Par 203

with no requirements for adjustment by active or passiveelements. The FAA transition to 0,0 TLP permitsrerouting with no realignment or equipment changes.

(4) Table 2-2 is an example of a line with actualmeasurements of signal and noise values at severalpoints in the line. It shows a line in which the signalflows from left to right and the level of the signal (or testtone) is measured in dBm at each point in the line. Thesignal experiences no loss over the leased line. Noise isalso measured (in dBRNC) at each point in the line. Inthis example, there is a 2-dB increase in noise along theleased line.

d. Power Level on Lines and Test Tones.

(1) The telecommunications industry has estab-lished standards to prevent network degradation createdby customer premise equipment (CPE). To comply withFAA and industry standards and provide customers withthe greatest dynamic range, the maximum sustained levelon any FAA-leased analog service cannot exceed − 13dBm averaged over a 3-second period. The interfacesignal levels must be controlled to prevent transmissionfacility overload. Test parameters should specify thattest tones used in line performance should not exceed a

level which will produce a − 13 dBm0 level averaged over3 seconds during actual in-service conditions.

(2) In order for lines to operate at their optimalsystem performance, and for recorded test data to bevalid when compared to actual in-service conditions, it isimportant that the average transmitted level be as close aspractical to − 13 dBm at the 0 TLP. A transmitted levelless than − 13 dBm might cause these undesirable results:

(a) Signal-to-noise ratio decreased by the sameamount as the transmitted carrier signal is below − 13dBm.

(b) Impulse noise margin effectively reduced bythe same amount as the carrier level is below − 13 dBm.Quantizing is the means by which a digital facilitysamples a signal and assigns a digital code to representthe amplitude (power) of that signal. Digital quantizingwithin the private network is designed for optimumoperation at − 13 dBm. A lower signal power level mayresult in a less than perfect reproduction of the quadra-ture amplitude modulation (QAM) phase changes inhigh-speed data modems.

204.-219. RESERVED.

TABLE 2-2. TLP EXAMPLE

Audio TerminalSignal leased line EquipmentInput Signal

0 TLP 0 TLP Input

TLP +7 0 0 − 9 TLP

dBm − 6 − 13 − 13 − 22 dBm

dBm0 − 13 − 13 − 13 − 13 dBm0

dBRNC 20 13 (2-dB noise increase) 15 6 dBRNC

dBRNC0 13 13 (2-dB noise increase) 15 15 dBRNC0

SECTION 2. DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES.

220. PERSPECTIVE. This handbook addresses themaintenance of analog lines between FAA demarcs and doesNOT address maintenance of lines within the FAA facilitythat carry the service to the terminating equipment. In

general, the interface between FAA equipment and analoglines will be covered in specific equipment handbooks.

221.-229. RESERVED.

7 dB Pad 9 dB Pad

Page 20: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

12/30/96 6000.22A

Chap 2Par 230 Page 13

SECTION 3. ANALOG PERFORMANCE AND TEST PARAMETERS

230. PARAMETERS USED IN ANALOG MAINTE-NANCE AND TESTING. In general, an analog line iseither operating normally, is operating with degradedtransmission quality, or is completely out-of-service.Maintenance of analog lines involves the identificationand monitoring of specific key performance parameters.Lines are monitored to identify statistical degradationover time and to help avoid and detect line outages.Analog lines are also monitored so that contractualobligation can be identified to the communicationsprovider if the line does not comply with systemperformance specifications. The following discussion ofperformance and test parameters pertains to bothoperational line monitoring (in-service monitoring) orwhen an analog line is taken off-line for maintenance(out-of-service monitoring and testing).

a. 1004 Hz Net Loss. This parameter is a measure ofthe overall loss or gain of a signal from one end of theline to the other. Measurement of net loss has tradi-tionally been made by transmitting a 1000-Hz test toneand measuring the level of the received tone. Thefrequency 1000 Hz was chosen since it is roughly in thegeometric center of the nominal vf line passband of 300to 3,400 Hz. (The lower limit is approximately 1/3 of1000 Hz, and the upper limit is approximately 3 times1000 Hz.) With the advent of pulse code modulationused when a voice frequency line is sent digitally, thefrequency used for net loss was changed to 1004 Hz.Since the pulse code modulation scheme digitizes thesignal by sampling at a rate of 8000 Hz, if the test tonefrequency was exactly 1000 Hz, the same analog valuewould be sampled at the same eight points on the 1000Hz sine wave. Use of such a test tone would not exercisethe full range of the a/d and d/a converters used totransmit the analog signal in a digital format. The offsetof 4 Hz ensures that the a/d and d/a converters areproperly translating the test tone level.

(1) Net loss should be maintained at proper levelsto ensure optimum signal performance. If net loss is toohigh (signal levels too low), signal performance can bedegraded by the presence of noise on the line, resulting ina lower signal-to-noise ratio than desired. If net loss istoo low (signal levels too high), signal performance canbe degraded primarily by distortion. Excessive signal

levels can overload lines, and can cause crosstalk or in-terference with other lines.

(2) For lines implemented with analog equipment,improper net loss is usually the result of improperadjustment of an active component (e.g., amplifier),improper loss through passive components resultingfrom failed components, or improper connections. Forlines implemented with digital format, improper net lossmay result from improper settings of transmit and/orreceive levels on the channel bank line card, or due tofailed components on the channel bank line card.

b. Attenuation Distortion. This is a measure of thechange in net loss as the frequency of a signal on theline varies across the voice frequency (vf) bandwidth. Itcan be measured using a 3-tone slope, which comparesthe receive levels of tones transmitted at 404 and 2804Hz relative to the net loss at 1004 Hz, or by sending aseries of test tones at 100-Hz intervals throughout thepassband of the line and noting the receive level of eachfrequency.

(1) Minimizing attenuation distortion ensuresaccurate reproduction of a vf signal composed of energyat numerous frequencies. Minimizing attenuationdistortion is particularly crucial for lines carrying high-speed data traffic. High-speed modems generallytransmit a carrier signal, which is modulated in somefashion that results in the signal energy occupying arelatively wide bandwidth. If all frequencies within thisbandwidth are not attenuated equally, the modulation ofthe carrier at the far end will be altered due to the shift-ing levels of the various frequencies that make up themodulated carrier.

(2) For lines transmitted via analog equipment,improper attenuation distortion is most often the result offailure in filters that set the line passband. Generally,there are no field adjustments available to correct orimprove filter passband characteristics. As a result,excessive attenuation distortion is normally corrected byreplacing the module or assembly containing the filterthat has failed. For lines transmitted in digital format,improper attenuation distortion is most often the result offailed filter components on the channel bank line card.

Page 21: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A 12/30/96

Chap 2Page 14 Par 230

(3) The attenuation of a transmission line is not flatwith frequency, but tends to vary as the square root of thefrequency. Attenuation distortion is caused by highfrequency components in a signal experiencing greaterattenuation than lower frequencies as the signal travelsdown a transmission line.

c. Signal-to-C-Notched Noise Ratio. When noisemeasurement units were first defined, it was decidedthat it would be convenient to measure the relativeinterfering effect of noise on the listener as a positivenumber. A level of a 1000-Hz tone at − 90 dBm or10-12 W (1 pW) was chosen by the U. S. Bell Systemas a reference because a tone whose level is less than− 90 dBm is not ordinarily audible. Such a negativethreshold meant that all noise measurements used intelephony would be greater than this number (i.e.,positive). The noise measurement unit is the dBRN.(0 dBRN = − 90 dBm at 1000 Hz, RN standing forreference noise.)

(1) The telephone set in early (1940’s) use inNorth America was the Western Electric 144 handset. Amore sensitive handset (500 type) that came into uselater gave rise to the C-message line weighting curve and

its companion noise measuring unit, the dBRNC. Thereference level of − 90 dBm was retained.

(2) C-Message Filter. The C-message filter isused to measure idle channel noise present on a line inthe absence of a signal. It provides a − 5 dB passbandbetween 600 Hz and 3200 Hz. It also sharply attenuateslow frequency components, such as 60 Hz and its har-monics (usually related to power lines or power generat-ing equipment), and high frequency components above3200 Hz. (See figure 2-2.)

(3) C-Notch Filter. Elements in a networktransmission system that are active only when the line isactive can generate noise. This noise is tested in thepresence of a 1004 Hz test tone. To measure the resultantnoise, a notch filter is used to remove the test tone by takingthe C-message filter and adding a 50 dB stop band (notch)between 995 Hz and 1025 Hz. An ideal C-notch filterresponse is shown in figure 2-3.

(4) Three-kHz Flat Filter. The 3-kHz flat filterallows measurement of low frequency noise like powerinduction. See figure 2-4 for the shape of the responsefor this filter.

FIGURE 2-3. C-NOTCH FILTER RESPONSE CURVE

Page 22: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

12/30/96 6000.22A

Chap 2Par 230 Page 15

FIGURE 2-4. 3-KHZ FLAT FILTER RESPONSE CURVE

(5) The signal-to-C-notched noise ratio parameterexpresses in decibels the amount by which a signal levelexceeds its corresponding noise. To measure this pa-rameter, a 1004-Hz test tone at normal tone level (− 13dBm0) is transmitted on the line. At the receiving end, atest set measures the level of the received tone in dBm. Atest set measures the total signal power on the line (toneplus noise power), but since the noise power is normally20 dB or more below the tone power, the contribution ofthe noise power to the total power is insignificant.Following this measurement, a C-notched noise meas-urement is taken. For this measurement, the test set isconfigured to read noise (in dBRNC) and the test setinserts a very sharp, notch filter that attenuates the testtone (1004 Hz) by at least 50 dB. As a result, the test setmeasures only the noise power present on the line whilea tone is being transmitted on the line. This readinggives the C-notched noise power in dBRNC. To com-pute signal-to-C-notched noise ratio, add -90 to thesignal power reading (to get power referenced to thesame level as the noise power), and take the algebraicdifference (in dB) between the converted signal powerand the noise power reading. Note that the signal andnoise are measured at the same TLP.

Example: A four-wire line has an end-to-end loss of 16dB. With a 1004-Hz, 0-dBm tone applied to the line, a

C-notched noise reading of 38 dBRNC is obtained. Whatis the line’s signal-to-C-notched noise ratio?

Calculate the C-notched noise: 38 +(-90) = -52 dBm

Signal-to-C-notched noise ratio is: -16 -(-52) = 36 dB

(6) Signal-to-C-notched noise ratio is one of theprimary indicators of overall line performance, particu-larly for data lines. For any particular modem modula-tion scheme, there is a minimal signal-to-noise ratio thatmust be maintained in order to prevent bit errors. Assignal-to-C-notched noise ratio decreases, modems willbegin to have bit errors, with the error rate increasing asthe ratio decreases.

(7) Poor signal-to-C-notched noise ratio can be theresult of several problems. The ratio may be low be-cause the received signal is low, due to excessive lineloss. Net loss can be checked to determine if this is thesource of the problem. If net loss is not excessive, poorsignal-to-C-notched noise ratio may be due to excessivenoise. For lines transmitted via analog equipment,excessive C-notched noise may be due to excessive idlechannel noise. If idle channel noise is normal, excessiveC-notched noise may be caused by excessive distortion ofthe signal. Any distortion of the 1004-Hz test tone

Page 23: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A 12/30/96

Chap 2Page 16 Par 230

causes signal energy to appear at harmonics of 2 kHzand 3 kHz, which is not removed by the notch filter. Thiscause of poor signal-to-C-notched noise ratio can beverified by performing a check of the line's intermodula-tion distortion. For lines transmitted via digital equip-ment, poor signal-to-C-notched noise is most likely dueto excessive distortion of the signal, either due to inputlevels to the channel bank line card being too high, orpossibly due to failures in the analog line on the channelbank line card at either end. A poor signal-to-C-notchednoise ratio may also be caused by introducing the signalat too low a level.

(8) As an example, assume a voice frequency (vf)line that has a constant level of white noise from 300 Hzto about 3000 Hz. If a noise level reading is taken withno filter inserted, there will be some noise level, say 30dBRN. If a C-message filter is inserted, the meterreading will drop by 1.5 dB, resulting in a noise readingof 28.5 dBRNC. Note, however, that the 1.5 dB is not aconstant or conversion factor between dBRN anddBRNC, although many references make it sound assuch. The difference between a noise reading in dBRNand dBRNC can vary greatly depending on the character-istic of the noise spectrum. If it is a vf line with a heavyconcentration of noise in the midband, say from 1 kHz to2 kHz, the reading in dBRN and dBRNC might not bedifferent at all. If, however, it is a vf line with most ofthe noise power at very low frequencies, say 300 to 500Hz, the difference between the reading with and withoutthe C filter could be 5 dB or more. 0 dBRNC is consid-ered to be equal to -90 dBm. Thus, when it is necessaryto convert the power of a test tone from dBm to dBRN ordBRNC for computation of a signal-to-noise ratio, theconversion factor is 90.

d. Noise. Idle channel noise is the total ambientpower that exists on a voice frequency line. To ensurethat no input signals are present, the input to the line isterminated in the line's characteristic impedance, whichis normally 600 Ω. With the input terminated, the totalambient power is measured at the output. This ambientpower level could be measured in dBm, just as signalsand test tones are measured, but this would normallygive a very large negative number. To avoid this, noisepower is normally measured using dBRN, which is thepower level in dB relative to the reference noise level of-90 dBm or 1 picowatt. This noise power level indicatesthe total noise power in the line. As a better indicator of

potential for interference with traffic on the line, thenoise level is normally measured through a C-messagefilter. This filter attenuates noise near the upper andlower frequency limits of the vf passband, since noisenear the edges of the band does not impair line perform-ance as much, both for voice and data usage. When theline noise power is measured through a C-message filter,the level is expressed in dBRNC.

(1) Excessive noise can obviously interfere withthe desired intelligence on a line and is also a substantialdistraction to the user when signals are not present. Forvoice usage, excessive noise can cause words or conver-sation to be unintelligible. For data usage, the excessivenoise is added to the modulated carrier, and appears asnoise on the demodulated output, which can result in biterrors if the noise level is too high.

(2) For lines transmitted via analog equipment, theidle channel noise on a line is normally the result ofinherent noise existing at amplifier inputs combined withnoise induced from external sources. Excessive noise canbe the result of faulty amplifiers or transmission equip-ment (e.g., microwave radio), or excessive pick-up ofelectromagnetic interference (EMI), either due to a newor increased source of EMI, or due to an improper orfailed grounding and/or shielding of equipment. Whenanalog lines are transmitted by digital transmissionmedia, idle channel noise is normally caused by quantiz-ing.

(3) Phase and gain hits are transient noise phenom-ena that are classified as abrupt changes in the phase oramplitude of a received signal’s sinusoidal wave. Thesenoise spikes have a low value of energy per pulse butbecause of their short time duration and high peakamplitude, they can interfere with the signal. A noisespike is considered impulse noise if it lasts less than 4milliseconds. The counting thresholds established formeasuring these phenomena are set at levels that justcause data modem errors.

e. Intermodulation Distortion (IMD). This is ameasure of distortion resulting from the line having anoutput characteristic that is not a perfectly linear repro-duction of the input signal.

(1) The telecommunications industry has adoptedintermodulation distortion (IMD) as the standard method

Page 24: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

12/30/96 6000.22A

Chap 2Par 230 Page 17

to check for nonlinear line performance. If two tones areapplied to a line that is nonlinear, the output will containnot only harmonics of the original tones, but signals atfrequencies that are combinations of the two inputfrequencies. These signals are called intermodulationproducts. The standard IMD test transmits four tones: anA pair, 6 Hz apart, centered at 860 Hz; and a B pair, 16 Hzapart, centered at 1380 Hz. The four tones are all sent atthe same level, and the transmission level set on the test set(e.g., − 13 dBm) is the power level of the composite signalof the four tones. At the receive end, the test set monitorsfor second and third order intermodulation products. Thesecond order products are B-A centered at 520 Hz andB+A centered at 2240 Hz. The signal power in theseproducts is monitored by narrow passband filters thatprevent idle channel noise from contributing to the reading.The third order product is 2B-A, centered at 1900 Hz,which is also monitored through a narrow passband filter.

The test set displays the level of the intermodulationproducts relative to the level of the composite four-tonetest signal. As an example, if the level of the test signalbeing received is − 13 dBm, and the second order IMD ismeasured as − 32 dB, this indicates that the total power ofthe second order intermodulation products measured was− 45 dBm. Figure 2-5 depicts the IMD products.

(2) Nonlinear distortion is generally not critical tolines used for voice traffic. Distortion levels would haveto be very high to impair conversation. For data traffic,however, particularly for modems that use sophisticatedmodulation schemes to send very high data rates,nonlinear distortion can cause bit errors.

(3) Excessive IMD is most often due to distortionin signal amplifiers but can also occur if signal levelsapplied to an amplifier are too high.

FIGURE 2-5. INTERMODULATION DISTORTION PRODUCTS

B - A2nd Order

2B - A3rd Order

B + A2nd Order

ReceiveLevel

f. Envelope Delay Distortion. This parameter is alsosometimes referred to as group delay distortion. It is ameasure of how much a signal is distorted due to varia-tions in the time it takes for different frequencies in thevf passband to travel between two points. To measureenvelope delay, the transmit test set amplitude modu-lates, in turn, frequencies within the band of interest.The test set at the far end receives the amplitude-modu-lated carrier and demodulates it to recover the modulatingtone. This recovered tone is then used to modulate a

fixed-frequency carrier (normally 1804 Hz), which istransmitted back to the test set at the transmit end. Thetransmit end test set receives the 1804-Hz carrier anddemodulates it to recover the modulating tone. Thephase of this recovered tone is then compared to thephase of the oscillator used to generate the originalmodulating tone. Based on the phase difference betweenthe oscillator generating the modulating tone and therecovered tone, the test set at the transmit end displays adelay, normally in microseconds (µs), which is the time

Page 25: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A 12/30/96

Chap 2Page 18 Par 230

it took the signal to travel to the far end and return. Asdifferent frequencies are selected, the test set at thetransmit end changes the frequency of the carrier used totransmit the modulating tone. The modulating tone isalways returned to the transmit end, however, using thesame 1804-Hz carrier. As a result, the return time isalways the same. Any change in the round-trip delay asthe frequency is changed is due to variations in propaga-tion time of the signal from the transmit end to the farend. Once the absolute envelope delay times have beenmeasured for several frequencies across the band ofinterest, envelope delay distortion is determined bytaking the difference between the longest and theshortest delay times. For example, if all frequencieshad the same absolute delay time, envelope delay dis-tortion would be zero, since all frequencies in the bandof interest propagate through the line in the sameamount of time.

(1) Envelope delay distortion is normally not aproblem with lines used for voice communications only.Excessive envelope delay, however, can cause data linesto experience errors. If all the frequencies in the spec-trum of a modulated carrier do not arrive at the far end atthe same time, the carrier received at the far end isdistorted due to the phase shift between the differentfrequencies that make up the carrier.

(2) Excessive envelope delay is normally the resultof problems in vf passband filters, whether the line istransmitted via analog or digital equipment. In order toprevent interference with other lines (analog equipment)when the signal is sampled by the a/d converter (digital

equipment), the vf signal applied to a transmissionsystem is normally passed through filters that limit thepassband to 300 to 3000 Hz or something similar. Inaddition to attenuating signals near the edge of thepassband, filters also tend to slow down signals near theedge of a passband. Most of the envelope delay seen on avf line is normally due to these passband filters.Normally, there is no provision to adjust such filters, soexcessive envelope delay distortion is corrected byreplacing the line card or module that has the bad filter onit. Note also that envelope delay is cumulative. Forexample, assume that a vf line goes from point A to pointB via a T1 line. At point B, the vf line (in analog format)is patched to another T1 line and sent to point C. Eachpass through a channel bank line card (which has vfpassband filters on the transmit and receive side of theanalog portion of the card) contributes additional enve-lope delay distortion to the signal. Thus, the envelopedelay distortion measured from point A to point C for thisline would be about twice as bad as the delay distortionmeasured from either A to B or from B to C.

g. Phase Jitter. Phase jitter is any variation in thephase of a signal, as shown in figure 2-6. This parametermeasures the ability of a line to accurately reproduce thephase of an input signal. As an example, assume a 1004-Hz tone is applied to a line. At the far end, a frequencycounter verifies that the output signal is precisely 1004Hz. Thus, the line is accurately reproducing the inputfrequency. As a check on the phase of the output signal,however, assume that the output signal and the output ofa precise 1004-Hz oscillator are put in to a phase com-parator that indicates the phase difference between the

FIGURE 2-6. PHASE JITTER

1004-Hz

Jitter

Page 26: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

12/30/96 6000.22A

Chap 2Par 230 Page 19

two inputs. Since both inputs are at the same frequency,the average phase difference must be zero. The instanta-neous phase difference, however, may not be zero, andmay vary back and forth between positive and negativevalues. Phase jitter is normally specified in degrees peak-to-peak. As an example, if the test set indicates that thejitter is 10 degrees, the phase difference between the lineoutput and a precision oscillator is varying back andforth between +10 and -10 degrees. Jitter test sets alsonormally measure jitter over a specified bandwidth.Twenty to 300 Hz is a bandwidth commonly used tomeasure jitter since that band encompasses the 60-Hzpower frequency that often interferes and causes jitter oncommunications lines. This means that the output of thephase comparator is passed through a filter that elimi-nates phase jitter less than 20 or more than 300 Hzbefore the peak-to-peak jitter is measured.

(1) Jitter is not a problem on lines used for voicecommunication only. For lines used to send data,however, excessive jitter can cause bit errors.

(2) Jitter is most often caused by interference from60-Hz power sources. Common sources of jitter a rippleon power supply voltages and pickup of 60 Hz in areaswhere cabling runs near 60-Hz power distribution.

h. Impulse Noise. This parameter monitors forintermittent strong pulses of noise or interference. Tomeasure impulse noise, a test set is connected to measurethe noise on a line. A threshold noise level is set on thetest set. Any time the measured noise level goes abovethis level, the test set will increment a counter that isinitially set to zero. While noise pulses can be countedfor any length of time, a period of 15 minutes is nor-mally used. At the end of 15 minutes, the counterreading on the test set indicates the total number of noisepulses received that exceeded the threshold settingduring the 15-minute (or other period) interval.

(1) Low amounts of impulse noise are normallyinsignificant on lines used for voice only. Frequentoccurrences of relatively high noise pulses, however, canmake conversation difficult to understand. For datalines, noise pulses can cause bit errors. As a generalrule, the more sophisticated the modulation scheme usedto transmit data, the lower the level of noise pulses thatcan cause bit errors.

(2) For lines transmitted via analog or digitalequipment, impulse noise is most often the result ofinterference picked up from outside sources. As anexample, switching heavy electrical machinery on andoff can induce noise spikes in analog lines if the analoglines are in the vicinity of power lines supplying themachinery. Spikes on commercial power systems, whichcan have any number of sources, can cause spikes ofnoise on analog lines if equipment power supplies do nothave adequate filtering and isolation from commercialpower. Sources of impulse noise can be very difficult toisolate, particularly when the noise does not occur withany regularity. Possible insight to sources can some-times be gained by monitoring trends in impulse noiseactivity as a function of different times of the day, daysof the week, changing weather conditions, or changes inoperation or configuration of other electrical/electronicequipment at a site.

i. Peak-to-Average Ratio (P/AR). P/AR is a only aquick benchmark test designed to give a reliable yetsimple measure of a voice frequency line's overallbandwidth and phase nonlinearity and therefore itsability to effectively transmit high speed data traffic. Toconduct this test, the test set at the sending end applies tothe line under test a standard test signal that consists of aspecial combination of 16 individual tones. The fre-quencies and relative levels of these tones are selected sothat the composite signal is a relatively high frequencycarrier, the amplitude of which rapidly varies betweenzero and a peak value. At the receiving end, the test setmonitors both the average and the instantaneous powerof the received composite signal. The test set thencomputes the ratio of the peak value of the instantaneouspower to the average power measured. This ratio iscompared to the ratio of an undistorted P/AR test signal.If the ratio was unchanged by passing through the lineunder test, the test set will indicate a received P/AR of100 units. In general, however, distortion in the line willcause the ratio of the peak power to the average powerreceived to be less than the original test signal. Areceived P/AR of 50, for example, indicates that thereceived peak power to average power ratio is half thatof the undistorted test signal.

(1) P/AR is not a measure of any one performanceparameter, but is a general measure of overall lineperformance. The absolute value of P/AR is not as

Page 27: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A 12/30/96

Chap 2Page 20 Par 230

significant as is the amount by which it changes withtime. P/AR is most directly affected by attenuationdistortion, intermodulation distortion, and envelope delaydistortion. A significant degradation in any (or more thanone) of these parameters will result in a reduction inmeasured P/AR. P/AR is normally measured at an initialacceptance, and that value retained for future reference.When problems with a line are suspected, a P/AR checkcan then be performed. If P/AR has not changed morethan a few units from the original value measured atacceptance, it is unlikely that there has been anysignificant degradation in any of the line's parameters. Ifan unusually low P/AR is measured, the other individualperformance parameters of the line must be measured todetermine the specific cause of the degraded P/AR.

(2) The P/AR signal (shown in figure 2-7a) is asignal whose frequency components are spread out acrossthe voice frequency bandwidth and so configured as toresemble a series of data pulses. After passing through adisruptive medium such as a telephone line, various typesof interference might cause changes in the waveform. Ascan be seen in Figure 2-7b, the ratio of peak voltage to

the average voltage changes according to the degree ofinterference.

(3) There is a high correlation between measuredP/AR values and the values calculated from a plot ofenvelope delay distortion. In fact, for an envelope delayresponse containing significant ripples, P/AR is a betterindication of the transmission path's ability to reliably passdata.

(4) Noise can also have a significant effect onP/AR measurements. (See figures 2-8a and b.) Due tothe effect of noise it is important to measure signal-to-noise ratio before making the P/AR measurement. If thesignal-to-noise ratio is less than 25 dB, the P/AR readingwill be significantly reduced by noise alone.

(5) Nonlinear (intermodulation) distortion cansimilarly affect the P/AR reading. The effect depends onwhether the second or third order products dominate asthe source of distortion. If the third order productsdominate, they increase or decrease the P/AR valuedepending on the sign of the added products.

FIGURE 2-7. P/AR CHANGES ON A TYPICAL LINE

a. The P/AR signal as transmitted b. P/AR after going through line

Page 28: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1

Chap 2Par 230 Page 21

FIGURE 2-8. EFFECTS OF NOISE ON P/AR

TIME (mS) TIME (mS)

Peak Value Peak Value

Average Value

Average Value

0 2 4 6 8

a. P/AR with no noise b. P/AR signal in the presence of high noise levels

231. In-Service Monitoring.

a. Monitoring with Standard Test Equipment. Thein-service method allows live lines to be monitored atvarious access points without disturbing traffic. Thus in-service monitoring that does not disrupt traffic is moresuitable for routine monitoring than out-of-servicetesting. Additionally, in-service monitoring indicatesperformance under actual operating conditions. Theprimary disadvantage of in-service monitoring is that itsmeasurements are not as precise as those available without-of-service testing. Also, some network equipmentmay not support in-service monitoring activities. Seefigure 2-9 for typical layouts for in-service and out-of-service testing. The LINCS, DMN, and BWM areequipped for, and employ, in-service monitoringthroughout the FAA. The FAATSAT is not so equippedunless used with DMN equipment. The FAATSATanalog circuits are monitored at the satellite aggregatelevel and, also, at the mux equipment level. In somelocations and on selected services, the remotemaintenance adaptable concentrator (RMAC) provides acapability to monitor leased lines so that a total orintermittent loss of transmission is recorded andidentified as a maintenance alert to AF personnel.

b. Monitoring LINCS Lines with the NewbridgeNetwork Management System (NMS).

(1) The status of all LINCS lines (including analoglines) is monitored on a real-time basis at the LINCSnetwork management centers using the Newbridge NMS,manned by MCI for the FAA LINCS program. ANewbridge view-only workstation, called the systemstatus display (SSD), is installed at designated FAAlocations which allows these sites to view those lines thatare on the LINCS backbone. Procedures for using theNewbridge SSD are discussed in chapter 5, paragraph510. A typical configuration of the display system isshown in figure 2-10.

(2) These FAA system status display workstationsprovide monitor-and-display capabilities only, and do notsupport network configuration changes, or commands toperform remote diagnostic tests. (The NewbridgeNetwork Management System at the MCI LINCSnetwork management center has the more powerfulsoftware and additional hardware that allows them toperform network provisioning, monitoring, andconfiguration changes, as well as remote diagnostictesting.) The purpose of the view-only workstation is to

*

*

*

*

**

Page 29: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999

Chap 2Page 22 Par 231

FIGURE 2-9. TYPICAL IN-SERVICE AND OUT-OF-SERVICE TESTING

provide its network map, which graphically depicts theconfiguration of the LINCS network elements and usescolor to indicate their operational status. The SSDalso has the capability to view LINCS trouble tickets.

(3) When performance of network elements fallsbelow specified thresholds, and these elements thereforeare declared unavailable, the system status display

automatically updates display presentations (change inpath or icon color) to reflect current status. Theoperator is automatically presented with a graphicdisplay of the network configuration using differenticons to represent end-user location A (EUL-A)multiplexer nodes, EUL-B channel banks, backbonetransmission paths, and individual user channels.Successive levels of graphic detail are provided as the

* *

Page 30: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1

Chap 2Par 231 Page 23

operator zooms in on an icon. Within the equipment ofEUL sites, individual cards, equipment bays, or modulescan be displayed. All configuration icons are color codedto display status: normal operation, degraded perform-ance, service failure (unavailable), or out-of-service tomaintenance (unavailable). Changes in color correspond tochanges in network element status.

(4) For VG-6 lines, the Newbridge uses a 3250-Hztone to allow it to monitor status of analog lines. However,for VG-6 NT (no tone) lines required for air-to-ground radiowith CSTI RCE, the Newbridge monitors the CSTI modemdata stream via specialized monitoring equipment installedat each site. For VG-8 lines, the Newbridge monitors thedata stream transmitted by the FAA modems.

FIGURE 2-10. NMS VIEW-ONLY MONITORING SYSTEM

*

*

**

Page 31: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A 12/30/96

Chap 2Page 24 Par 231

c. DMN Monitoring.

(1) The Data Multiplex Network (DMN) uses theCodex 9800 network management system (NMS) toprovide full-period monitoring of the analog linescarrying data from the Codex 3600 modems. Refer tofigure 2-11. The modem analyzes its received carrier to

determine impairments generated by the line. Theseimpairments include line loss (in the form of receivedsignal level), signal-to-noise ratio, impulse hits, phasejitter, frequency offset, and harmonic distortion. Valuesfor these impairments are sent from the modem to the9800 NMS via the network channel, where they arecompared to threshold values previously entered by the

FIGURE 2-11. CODEX 9800 NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

NOTE: Performance of analog line no. 1 is monitored by modems no. 1 and no. 2. Performance ofanalog line no. 2 is monitored by modems no. 3 and no. 4. Performance parameters of both lines areprovided to the 9800 NMS via the network channel.

DMN system administrator. These thresholds arespecified in Order 6170.10, Maintenance of Data Multi-plexing Network Equipment. If the value of any of theimpairments exceeds the threshold entered the 9800NMS will sound an alarm, print out an alarm event, anddisplay the line in red. The 9800 NMS also has thecapability to provide a snapshot of the line. This is adisplay of impairment values as they are at a givenmoment. Trend testing of the line may be accomplishedusing the 9800 NMS as it will store impairment values atperiodic intervals and provide statistical analyses of the

data gathered. In this way, the specialist can tell if a lineis degrading to a catastrophic event.

(2) The 75 bits per second network channel carriescontrol and status information from the modems to the9800 NMS. The operation of this channel is such thatanalog lines used for tail circuits, where neither of themodems is collocated with the 9800 NMS, may still bemonitored by the 9800 NMS.

232.-299. RESERVED.

Page 32: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1

Chap 3Par 300 Page 25

CHAPTER 3. STANDARDS AND TOLERANCES

300. GENERAL. This chapter prescribes the standardsand tolerances for leased and FAA-owned analog lines.The terms used are defined and described in Order6000.15 or in the glossary of this order. Key perform-ance parameters are identified by an arrow (Ù ) placed inthe left margin. The line characteristics for commercialleased lines in this order are extracted from the LINCScontract, Bellcore Technical Reference TR-TSY-000335,Issue 2, May 1990; and FCC Tariff Number 9.Additional types of commercial leased lines that regionsmay obtain from local telephone companies might requirea regional supplement to this order.

301. NOTES AND CONDITIONS. The followingdescribes the requirements, variances, and/or test limits tobe considered when applying the values listed in thestandards and tolerances.

a. The maximum power for test tones on FAA analoglines is established as − 13 dBm at the zero TLP. (Seeparagraph 203d(1).)

b. On LINCS VG-6 lines (except air-to-ground linesequipped with CSTI RCE, which are VG-6 NT (no 3250Hz tone)), MCI uses a 3250 Hz tone for network moni-toring; do not transmit a test tone within 50 Hz of thatfrequency. For LINCS VG-6 NT and VG-8 lines, MCImonitors the data transmitted by FAA data modems.Since MCI uses this data stream for monitoring, the FAAMUST contact the MCI NMC prior to performing anyline or modem testing that will disrupt the data stream.On all lines, care should be exercised to avoid trans-mission of a test tone on a vendor’s loopback frequency.These frequencies are exempted from measurements.

c. In the standards and tolerance tables, parametersthat apply only to lines used exclusively in data applica-tions are indicated by a footnote.

d. The plus sign (+) in the tolerance/limits columnsindicates more loss than the 1004-Hz reference loss. Theminus sign (-) indicates less loss than the 1004-Hz refer-ence loss. For example, if the 1004-Hz reference loss fora line being tested was 14 dB, and the tolerance/limit isstated as +5, -1 dB, the line will be out of tolerance if itsattenuation for that frequency is outside the limits of 19

to 13 dB. The ALTE can normalize frequency attenua-tion measurements with respect to 1004 Hz and provide adirect reading in terms of + or - dB from 1004 Hz.

e. Standards and tolerances/limits.

(1) Each essential system, subsystem, and equip-ment performance parameter has been assigned a stan-dard value that is usually the optimum value from asystems engineering viewpoint. These standard valuesare compatible with the system as a whole and the designcapability of the equipment involved. In addition, eachparameter (standard value) has been assigned an initialand an operating tolerance/limit expressed in terms ofpermissible deviation from the standard or in absolutemaximum and/or minimum performance levels, asappropriate, for use during maintenance and certificationactivities.

(2) The terms standard, initial, and operating toler-ances/limits are defined as follows:

(a) The standard is the optimum value assignedto a parameter of the system and is compatible with thesystem as a whole and the design capability of theequipment involved.

(b) The initial tolerance/limit is the maximumdeviation from the standard value of the parameter, orrange, permissible when the system or equipment isaccepted for use in the National Airspace System at thetime of initial commissioning, or after any readjustment,restoration (other than after a cable cut), modification, ormodernization.

(c) The operating tolerance/limit is the maxi-mum deviation from the standard value of the parameteror the range within which a system or equipment maycontinue to operate on a commissioned basis withoutadjustment or corrective maintenance and beyond whichremedial action by maintenance personnel is mandatory.

(3) In summary, the above FAA guidance is thatmaintenance personnel should, when there is any degreeof adjustment available, strive to attain the standard val-ues for all analog lines but accept a line that achieves

*

*

Page 33: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999

Chap 3Page 26 Par 301

performance within the values specified for the initialtolerance/limits.

f. The capability of remote maintenance monitoring(RMM) systems being installed at different facilitiesvaries with facility type. The ability to do part or allof the performance checks from a remote location doesnot alter the required periodic maintenance interval norreduce the number of parameters to be checked. If thecapability exists to check one or more parameters froma remote location, it is acceptable to check thoseparameters remotely.

g. This chapter lists standards and tolerances forthe line types (VG-6, VG-8, VG-ADPCM, and VG-COMPRESSED) provided by the Leased Inter-facility NAS Communications System (LINCS),FAA Telecommunications Satellite (FAATSAT),and Bandwidth Manager (BWM). This chapter alsolists standards for Federal Telephone System 2000(FTS2000), Radio Communications Link (RCL), andLow-Density Radio Communications Link (LDRCL)lines. In addition to standard two-point analog lines,LINCS provides multipoint lines and FAATSATprovides multipoint and broadcast lines. For bothmultipoint and broadcast lines, these standards andtolerances are applicable between the host or sourcepoint and each destination point. In addition, thesestandards and tolerances are applicable for voicemultipoint lines between each destination point. If avoice multipoint line extends from facility A tofacilities B and C, the standards and tolerancesprovided herein apply to line performance betweenA and B, between B and C, and between A and C(see Chapter 7 for a more detailed discussion ofLINCS and FAATSAT multipoint lines). If abroadcast or data multipoint line extends fromfacility A to facilities B and C, the standards andtolerances provided herein apply to line perform-ance between A and B and between A and C.

h. Looped parameters. Refer to paragraph 505c forinformation on adjusting the tolerance values of parame-ters when line performance is measured in a looped modevice end-to-end.

i. Local FAA authorities may accept new leased linesfrom the vendor without requiring FAA qualified person-nel to conduct separate line runs if ALL the followingconditions are met:

(1) The vendor’s tests are witnessed by qualifiedpersonnel who are able to judge satisfactory results.

(2) The vendor provides a copy of their test datademonstrating satisfactory test results (meets or exceedsestablished line parameters).

(3) The line is under real-time monitoring beforeand after being placed in operational status.

(4) For voice multipoint lines, the user performsfunctional checks of voice and signaling to ensure satis-factory operation with end points and technicians reviewvendor test results which confirm line parameters to bewithin acceptable tolerances. For data multipoints, theuser performs functional checks to ensure satisfactorydata communications with all end points and techniciansreview vendor test results.

(Qualification of FAA or FAA contract personnel to wit-ness testing may be determined by the System Manage-ment Office (SMO) manager.)

j. Test results for site records may be on either FAAForm 6000-14 or test equipment hardcopy printouts.Hardcopy results may be generated either by the con-tractor (with qualified technicians witnessing) or by FAApersonnel using the Automated Line Test Equipment(ALTE).

302. RESERVED.

*

*

Page 34: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1

Chap 3Par 303 Page 27

Reference Tolerance/LimitParameter Paragraph Standard Initial Operating

303. VOICE GRADE 6 (VG-6) (LINCS, ........BWM, AND FAATSAT).

512, 513,514, 515

→ a. 1004-Hz net loss................................. 0 dB ±1.5 dB Same as initial

→ b. Attenuation distortion.

(1) 304 - 3004 Hz 1004-Hz net loss − 1, +5 dB Same as initial

(2) 404 - 2804 Hz .............................. 1004-Hz net loss − 1, +4 dB Same as initial

(3) 504 - 2504 Hz .............................. 1004-Hz net loss − 1, +3 dB Same as initial

→ c. Signal-to-C-notched-noise ratio ........ 32 dB ≥30 dB Same as initial

→ d. Intermodulation distortion1.

(1) Second order ................................ 35 dB >33 dB Same as initial

(2) Third order................................... 42 dB >40 dB Same as initial

→ e. Envelope delay distortion1 ................(804 - 2604 Hz)

≤650 µsec ≤700 µsec Same as initial

→ f. Phase jitter1.

(1) 4 - 300 Hz.................................... 9° <10° Same as initial

(2) 20 - 300 Hz .................................. 4° <5° Same as initial

→ g. Impulse noise at threshold noted1 ..... No more than 15counts in 15 min.(at 65 dBRNC0)

No more than 15counts in 15 min.(at 67 dBRNC0)

Same as initial

h. Frequency Shift. ................................ 0 Hz ±1.0 Hz Same as initial

i. P/AR .................................................. Commissioned value ±4 units Same as initial

304 VOICE GRADE 8 (VG-8) (LINCS, ........BWM, AND FAATSAT).

512, 513,514, 515

→ a. 1004-Hz net loss................................. 0 dB ±1.5 dB Same as initial

→ b. Attenuation distortion.

(1) 304 - 3004 Hz .............................. 1004-Hz net loss − 1, +5 dB Same as initial

(2) 404 - 2804 Hz .............................. 1004-Hz net loss − 1, +2 dB Same as initial

→ c. Signal-to-C-notched-noise ratio ........ 34 dB ≥32 dB Same as initial

→ d. Intermodulation Distortion1.

(1) Second order ................................ 46 dB >45 dB Same as initial

(2) Third order................................... 49 dB >48 dB Same as initial

1Parameters apply to lines used exclusively in data applications.

**

*

*

Page 35: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999

Chap 3Page 28 Par 304

Reference Tolerance/LimitParameter Paragraph Standard Initial Operating

→ e. Envelope delay distortion1 ................(804 - 2604 Hz)

≤650 µsec ≤700 µsec Same as initial

→ f. Phase jitter1.

(1) 4 – 300 Hz ................................... 8° <9° Same as initial

(2) 20 - 300 Hz .................................. 3° <4° Same as initial

→ g. Impulse noise at threshold noted1 ..... No more than 15counts in 15 min.(at 65 dBRNC0)

No more than 15counts in 15 min.(at 67 dBRNC0)

Same as initial

h. Frequency Shift................................. 0 Hz ±1.0 Hz Same as initial

i. P/AR .................................................. Commissioned value ±4 units Same as initial

305. FTS2000. 512, 513,514, 515

→ a. 1004-Hz net loss................................. 0 dB − 2, +2.5 dB Same as initial

→ b. Attenuation distortion.

(1) 304 - 3004 Hz .............................. 1004-Hz net loss − 3, +12 dB Same as initial

(2) 404 - 2804 Hz .............................. 1004-Hz net loss − 2, +6 dB Same as initial

→ c. Signal-to-C-notched-noise ratio ........ ≥28 dB Same as standard Same as standard

→ d. Intermodulation distortion1.

(1) Second order ................................ ≥45 dB Same as standard Same as standard

(2) Third order................................... ≥43 dB Same as standard Same as standard

→ e Envelope delay distortion1 ................(804-2604 Hz)

≤1250 µsec Same as standard Same as standard

→ f. Phase jitter1.

(1) 4 to 300 Hz .................................. <12° Same as standard Same as standard

(2) 20 to 300 Hz ................................ <8° Same as standard Same as standard

→ g. Impulse noise at threshold noted1 ..... No more than 15 counts in 15 min.(at 71 dBRNC0)

Same as standard Same as standard

h. Frequency Shift................................. 0 Hz ±2.0 Hz Same as initial

i. P/AR2................................................. Commissioned Value ±4 units Same as initial

1Parameters apply to lines used exclusively in data applications.2P/AR for FTS2000 is a non-tariffed item for use only within the FAA and is based on industry guidelines.

*

*

*

*

Page 36: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1

Chap 3Par 306 Page 29

Reference Tolerance/LimitParameter Paragraph Standard Initial Operating

306. RCL AND LDRCL VF LINES VIA .......ANALOG MULTIPLEX.

512, 513,514, 515

→ a. 1004-Hz net loss.

(1) When not part of a composite .......line1.

0 dB ±1.5 dB Same as initial

(2) When part of a composite .............line1.

0 dB ±4 dB Same as initial

→ b. Attenuation distortion.

(1) 304 - 3004 Hz .............................. 1004-Hz net loss − 1, +3 dB Same as initial

(2) 404 - 2804 Hz .............................. 1004-Hz net loss − 1, +1.5 dB Same as initial

→ c. Signal-to-C-notched-noise ratio ........ 34 dB ≥32 dB Same as initial

→ d. Intermodulation distortion2.

(1) Second order ................................ 46 dB ≥45 dB Same as initial

(2) Third order................................... 49 dB ≥48 dB Same as initial

→ e. Envelope delay distortion2 ................(804-2604 Hz)

≤400 µsec Same as standard Same as standard

→ f. Phase jitter2 .......................................(1 kHz tone)

<3º Same as standard Same as standard

→ g. Impulse noise at threshold noted2 ..... No more than 15counts in 15 min.(at 65 dBRNC0)

No more than 15counts in 15 min.(at 67 dBRNC0)

Same as initial

h. Frequency Shift................................. 0 Hz ±1.0 Hz Same as initial

i. P/AR .................................................. Commissioned value ±4 units Same as initial

307. RCL AND LDRCL VF LINES VIA .......DS-1 CHANNEL BANK.

512, 513,514, 515

→ a. 1004-Hz net loss.

(1) When not part of a composite .......line.1

0 dB ±1.5 dB Same as initial

(2) When part of a composite line1 ... 0 dB ±4 dB Same as initial

→ b. Attenuation distortion .....................(404-2804 Hz)

1004-Hz net loss ±1.5 dB Same as initial

1A line is composite when it is brought down to voice frequency level and then sent over another line segment at voice frequency level. An RCL/LDRCL line that is a segment of a composite line has less stringent loss tolerance to allow adjustment to meet the overall requirement of the composite line.2Parameters apply only to lines used exclusively in data applications.

*

*

Page 37: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999

Chap 3Page 30 Par 307

Reference Tolerance/LimitParameter Paragraph Standard Initial Operating

→ c. Signal-to-C-notched-noise ratio ........ 34 dB ≥34 dB Same as initial

→ d. Intermodulation distortion¹.

(1) Second order ................................ 45 dB ≥45 dB Same as initial

(2) Third order................................... 48 dB ≥48 dB Same as initial

→ e. Envelope delay distortion¹.................(804-2604 Hz)

≤250 µsec Same as standard Same as standard

→ f. Phase jitter¹.

(1) 4 - 300 Hz.................................... 8° <9° Same as initial

(2) 20 - 300 Hz .................................. 3° <4° Same as initial

→ g. Impulse noise at threshold noted¹ ..... No more than 15counts in 15 min.(at 65 dBRNC0)

No more than 15counts in 15 min.(at 67 dBRNC0)

Same as initial

h. Frequency Shift................................. 0 Hz ±1.0 Hz Same as initial

i. P/AR .................................................. Commissioned value ±4 units Same as initial

308. OTHER FAA LEASED LINES .............. 512, 513,514, 515

a. Service type 1.

→ (1) 1004-Hz net loss .......................... Commissioned value ±4 dB Same as initial

→ (2) Attenuation distortion.

(a) 304 – 3004 Hz ....................... 1004-Hz net loss − 3, +12 dB Same as initial

(b) 404 – 2804 Hz ....................... 1004-Hz net loss − 2, +9 dB Same as initial

b. Service type 5.

→ (1) 1004-Hz net loss .......................... Commissioned value ±4 dB Same as initial

→ (2) Attenuation distortion.

(a) 304 – 3004 Hz ....................... 1004-Hz net loss − 3, +12 dB Same as initial

(b) 404 – 2804 Hz ....................... 1004-Hz net loss − 2, +10 dB Same as initial

(c) 504 – 2504 Hz ....................... 1004-Hz net loss − 2, +8 dB Same as initial

→ (3) Signal-to-C-notched-noise ratio .... ≥24 dB Same as standard Same as standard

→ (4) Intermodulation distortion1.

(a) Second order.......................... ≥27 dB Same as standard Same as standard

(b) Third order ............................ ≥32 dB Same as standard Same as standard

→ (5) Envelope delay distortion1 ............(804 - 2604 Hz)

≤1750 µsec Same as standard Same as standard

¹Parameters apply only to lines used exclusively in data applications.

**

Page 38: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

12/30/96 6000.22A

Chap 3Par 308 Page 31

Reference Tolerance/LimitParameter Paragraph Standard Initial Operating

→ (6) Phase jitter1.

(a) 4 - 300 Hz.............................. <15° Same as standard Same as standard

(b) 20 - 300 Hz............................ <10° Same as standard Same as standard

c. C-1 conditioned.

→ (1) Attenuation distortion.

(a) 304 - 2704 Hz ........................ 1004-Hz net loss − 2, +6 dB Same as initial

(b) 1004 - 2404 Hz ...................... 1004-Hz net loss − 1, +3 dB Same as initial

(c) 2704 - 3004 Hz ...................... 1004-Hz net loss − 3, +12 dB Same as initial

→ (2) Envelope delay distortion1.

(a) 804 - 2604 Hz ........................ ≤1750 µsec Same as standard Same as standard

(b) 1004 - 2404 Hz ...................... ≤1000 µsec Same as standard Same as standard

d. C-2 conditioned.

→ (1) Attenuation distortion.

(a) 304 - 3004 Hz ........................ 1004-Hz net loss − 2, +6 dB Same as initial

(b) 504 - 2804 Hz ........................ 1004-Hz net loss − 1, +3 dB Same as initial

→ (2) Envelope delay distortion1.

(a) 504 - 2804 Hz ........................ ≤3000 µsec Same as standard Same as standard

(b) 604 - 1004 Hz ........................ ≤1500 µsec Same as standard Same as standard

(c) 104 - 2604 Hz ........................ ≤500 µsec Same as standard Same as standard

e. C-3 conditioned.

→ (1) Attenuation distortion.

(a) 304 - 3004 Hz ........................ 1004-Hz net loss − 0.8, +3 dB Same as initial

→ (2) Envelope delay distortion1.

(a) 504 - 2804 Hz ........................ ≤650 µsec Same as standard Same as standard

(b) 604 - 2604 Hz ........................ ≤300 µsec Same as standard Same as standard

(c) 1004 - 2604 Hz ...................... ≤110 µsec Same as standard Same as standard

1Parameters apply only to lines used exclusively in data applications.

Page 39: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A 12/30/96

Chap 3Page 32 Par 308

Reference Tolerance/LimitParameter Paragraph Standard Initial Operating

f. C-4 conditioned.

→ (1) Attenuation distortion.

(a) 304 - 3204 Hz ........................ 1004-Hz net loss − 2, +6 dB Same as initial

(b) 504 - 3004 Hz ........................ 1004-Hz net loss − 2, +3 dB Same as initial

→ (2) Envelope delay distortion1.

(a) 504 - 604 Hz.......................... ≤3000 µsec Same as standard Same as standard

(b) 604 - 3004 Hz ........................ ≤1500 µsec Same as standard Same as standard

(c) 804 - 2804 Hz ........................ ≤500 µsec Same as standard Same as standard

g. D-1 conditioned.

→ (1) Signal-to-C-notched-noise ratio .... ≥28 dB Same as standard Same as standard

→ (2) Intermodulation distortion1.

(a) Second order.......................... ≥35 dB Same as standard Same as standard

(b) Third order ............................ ≥40 dB Same as standard Same as standard

h. D-6 conditioned.

→ (1) Attenuation distortion...................(404 - 2804)

1004-Hz net loss − 1, +4.5 dB Same as initial

→ (2) Signal-to-C-notched-noise ratio .... ≥32 dB Same as standard Same as standard

→ (3) Intermodulation distortion1.

(a) Second order.......................... ≥45 dB Same as standard Same as standard

(b) Third order ............................ ≥46 dB Same as standard Same as standard

→ (4) Envelope delay distortion1. ...........(604 - 2804 Hz)

≤1400 µsec Same as standard Same as standard

→ (5) Phase jitter1. <7° Same as standard Same as standard

309. FAA COMPOSITE LINES. 512, 513,514, 515

a. Used for interphone service.

→ (1) 1004-Hz net loss .......................... 0 dB ±4 dB Same as initial

→ (2) Attenuation distortion.

(a) 304 - 3004 Hz ........................ 1004-Hz net loss − 3, +12 dB Same as initial

(b) 404 - 2804 Hz ........................ 1004-Hz net loss − 2, +6 dB Same as initial

1Parameters apply only to lines used exclusively in data applications.

Page 40: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

12/30/96 6000.22A

Chap 3Par 309 Page 33

Reference Tolerance/LimitParameter Paragraph Standard Initial Operating

→ (3) Signal-to-C-notched-noise ratio .... ≥28 dB Same as standard Same as standard

(4) P/AR............................................ Commissioned value ±4 units Same as initial

b. Used for air-to-ground radio.............circuits.

→ (1) 1004-Hz net loss .......................... 0 dB − 2, +3 dB Same as initial

→ (2) Attenuation distortion.

(a) 304 - 3004 Hz ........................ 1004-Hz net loss − 3, +12 dB Same as initial

(b) 404 - 2804 Hz ........................ 1004-Hz net loss − 2, +6 dB Same as initial

→ (3) Signal-to-C-notched-noise ratio .... ≥28 dB Same as standard Same as standard

(4) P/AR............................................ Commissioned value ±4 units Same as initial

c. Used for data services at speeds of ....9.6 kb/s and below.

→ (1) 1004-Hz net loss .......................... 0 dB ±4 dB Same as initial

→ (2) Attenuation distortion.

(a) 304 - 3004 Hz ........................ 1004-Hz net loss − 3, +8 dB Same as initial

(b) 404 - 2804 Hz ........................ 1004-Hz net loss − 2, +5 dB Same as initial

→ (3) Signal-to-C-notched-noise ratio .... 30 dB ≥28 dB Same as initial

→ (4) Intermodulation distortion1.

(a) Second order.......................... 35 dB ≥33 dB Same as initial

(b) Third order ............................ 42 dB ≥40 dB Same as initial

→ (5) Envelope delay distortion1 ............(804 - 2604 Hz)

≤650 µsec ≤700 µsec Same as initial

→ (6) Phase jitter1.

(a) 4 - 300 Hz.............................. 9° <10° Same as initial

(b) 20 - 300 Hz............................ 4° <5° Same as initial

→ (7) Impulse noise at threshold noted1 .. No more than 15counts in 15 min.(at 65 dBRNC0)

No more than 15counts in 15 min.(at 67 dBRNC0)

Same as initial

(8) P/AR............................................ Commissioned value ±4 units Same as initial

1Parameters apply only to lines used exclusively in data applications.

Page 41: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999

Chap 3Page 34 Par 309

Reference Tolerance/LimitParameter Paragraph Standard Initial Operating

d. Used for data services at speeds ........higher than 9.6 kb/s.

→ (1) 1004-Hz net loss .......................... 0 dB ±4 dB Same as initial

→ (2) Attenuation distortion.

(a) 304 - 3004 Hz ........................ 1004-Hz net loss − 2, +8 dB Same as initial

(b) 404 - 2804 Hz ........................ 1004-Hz net loss − 1, +2 dB Same as initial

→ (3) Signal-to-C-notched-noise ratio .... 34 dB ≥32 dB Same as initial

→ (4) Intermodulation distortion1.

(a) Second order.......................... 46 dB ≥45 dB Same as initial

(b) Third order ............................ 49 dB ≥48 dB Same as initial

→ (5) Envelope delay distortion1 ............(804 - 2604 Hz)

≤650 µsec ≤700 µsec Same as initial

→ (6) Phase jitter1.

(a) 4 - 300 Hz.............................. 8° <9° Same as initial

(b) 20 - 300 Hz............................ 3° <4° Same as initial

→ (7) Impulse noise at threshold noted1 .. No more than 15counts in 15 min.(at 65 dBRNC0)

No more than 15counts in 15 min.(at 67 dBRNC0)

Same as initial

(8) P/AR............................................ Commissioned value ±4 units Same as initial

310. GROUNDS AND LEAKAGE.................FAA-owned lines

6950.22,para 32

311. VOICE GRADE ADAPTIVE .................DIFFERENTIAL PULSE CODEMODULATION (VG-ADPCM)(FAATSAT).

512, 513,514, 515

→ a. 1004-Hz net loss................................. 0 dB ±1.5 dB Same as initial

→ b. Attenuation distortion.

(1) 304 - 3004 Hz .............................. 1004-Hz net loss − 1, +5 dB Same as initial

(2) 404 - 2804 Hz .............................. 1004-Hz net loss − 1, +4 dB Same as initial

(3) 504 - 2504 Hz .............................. 1004-Hz net loss − 1, +3 dB Same as initial

→ c. Signal-to-C-notched-noise ratio ........ 32 dB ≥30 dB Same as initial

1Parameters apply only to lines used exclusively in data applications.

*

*

Page 42: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1

Chap 3Par 312 Page 34-1/34-2

Reference Tolerance/LimitParameter Paragraph Standard Initial Operating

312. VOICE GRADE COMPRESSED(VG-COMPRESSED) (BWM ANDFAATSAT).

512, 513,514, 515

→ a. 1004-Hz net loss................................. 0 dB ±1.5 dB Same as initial

→ b. Attenuation distortion.

(1) 304 - 3004 Hz .............................. 1004-Hz net loss − 1, +5 dB Same as initial

(2) 404 - 2804 Hz .............................. 1004-Hz net loss − 1, +4 dB Same as initial

(3) 504 - 2504 Hz .............................. 1004-Hz net loss − 1, +3 dB Same as initial

→ c. Signal-to-C-notched-noise ratio ........ 31 dB ≥29 dB Same as initial

313.-399. RESERVED.

*

*

Page 43: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

4/12/2002 6000.22A CHG 2

Chap 4Par 400 Page 35

CHAPTER 4. PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

400. GENERAL. This chapter establishes the mainte-nance activities and schedules required for analog lineson a periodic basis. The chapter identifies the perform-ance checks (i.e., tests, measurements, and observations)of normal operating controls and functions, which arenecessary to determine whether operation is withinestablished tolerances/limits. The table of performancechecks represents the maximum intervals permittedbetween tasks. (For guidance, refer to the current editionof Order 6000.15, General Maintenance Handbook forAirway Facilities.)

401. FULL PERIOD LINE MONITORING. Periodicmaintenance testing is not required on lines for which theFAA has available continuous, real-time monitoring. Thistype of monitoring is presently available on all linesprovided under the LINCS program, lines used with theData Multiplex Network (DMN) equipment and with theBandwidth Manager (BWM), but not with lines provided bythe FAA Telecommunications Satellite (FAATSAT) unlessused with DMN. On lines with monitoring, the networkmonitoring capability is such that the contractor or FAA isaware of, and able to react to, line deterioration in real time.

402.-406. RESERVED.

SECTION 1. PERFORMANCE CHECKS

Reference ParagraphPerformance Checks Standards and

TolerancesMaintenanceProcedures

407. WITHDRAWN BY CHG 2

408. ANNUALLY. (Not Required Where Full-Period Monitoring is |Provided).

a. Measure and record net loss at 1004 Hz. 303 thru 309 512 (ALTE) 514 (Manual)

b. Measure and record attenuation distortion (three-tone slope) andsignal-to-C-notched noise ratio. (See notes 1 and 2.) 303 thru 309 512 (ALTE)

514 (Manual)c. Check for satisfactory transfer to all standby or redundant lines

switchable by FAA. (See note 3.) -------- --------

NOTE 1: The Peak to Average Ratio (P/AR) test may be run in lieu of annual attenuation distortion and signal-to-C-notched noise tests.If P/AR is unsatisfactory, do a complete line run to identify out-of-tolerance parameters.

NOTE 2: Except short-haul lines not involving the serving company's test centers, repeaters, or carrier equipment. Exempted lines aretypically found on airports and are short, direct runs between control facilities and remote sites.

NOTE 3: Standby (or redundant) lines are those lines present at an FAA demarc that do not normally carry operational traffic. Standbylines are not vendor-provided diverse paths. In the event of failure of a line carrying operational traffic, the FAA specialist responsiblemay transfer the traffic to the standby line using manual patching or with FAA-controlled automatic switching.

* *

Page 44: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A 12/30/96

Chap 4Page 36 Par 409

SECTION 1. PERFORMANCE CHECKS (Continued)

Reference ParagraphPerformance Checks Standards and

TolerancesMaintenanceProcedures

409. AS REQUIRED.

a. On all FAA leased lines, as part of initial line acceptance, verify allparameters of the particular line as identified in chapter 3. (See note 4.)

303 thru 309 513 (ALTE)515 (Manual)516 (Multipoint)

b. Before commissioning a composite line, perform a segment-by-segmentcheck of all parameters listed in chapter 3 for the type of line used foreach segment in a composite line. When segment-by-segment tests aresatisfactory, run an end-to-end check for the entire line.

303 thru 309 513 (ALTE)515 (Manual)

c. To revalidate an FAA analog line returned to service after failure:

(1) Point-to-point lines. Check to ensure that the reported parameter iswithin the applicable operating tolerance listed in chapter 3. (Seenote 5.)

303 thru 309 513 (ALTE)515 (Manual)

(2) Multipoint lines. Perform functional checks to ensure requiredservice is provided.

-------- 516

410.-420. RESERVED.

NOTE 4: Local FAA authorities may accept new leased lines from the vendor without requiring FAA qualified personnel to conductseparate line runs if ALL the following conditions are met: a. The vendor’s tests are witnessed by qualified personnel who are able to judge satisfactory results. (Qualification of FAA or FAAcontract personnel to witness testing may be determined by the SMO manager.)

b. The vendor provides a copy of test data demonstrating satisfactory test results (meets or exceeds established line parameters).c. The line is under real-time monitoring before and after being placed in operational status.d. For voice multipoint lines, users perform functional checks of voice and signaling to ensure satisfactory operation with end points,

and technicians review vendor test results which confirm line parameters to be within acceptable tolerances. For data multipoints, usersperform functional checks to ensure satisfactory data communications with all end points, and technicians review vendor test results.

NOTE 5: Inoperative lines due to cable cuts are not an out-of-tolerance condition as defined in chapter 3. Restoration requires onlyperformance verification; for example, contact with customer premise equipment at the distant end.

SECTION 2. OTHER MAINTENANCE TASKS

421.-499. RESERVED.

Page 45: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

12/30/96 6000.22A

Chap 5Par 500 Page 37

CHAPTER 5. MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

500. GENERAL. This chapter establishes the proce-dures for accomplishing the various essential mainte-nance activities required for analog lines, on either a pe-riodic or incidental basis. The chapter is divided intothree sections. Section 1 describes the procedures to beused in making the performance checks listed in chapter4, section 1. In section 2 are special maintenance proce-dures such as trouble shooting composite lines. Refer toOrder 6000.15, General Maintenance Handbook for Air-way Facilities, for additional general guidance.

501. BASIC MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE. Thegoal of this chapter is to identify procedures that will en-sure timely testing while fully satisfying acceptance,safety, and other operational requirements.

a. With widespread application of network and linemonitoring by centralized network management centers,it is not necessary to perform routine maintenanceevaluations on lines that are under constant and real-timemonitoring. Thus, for analog lines having real-timemonitoring and for which the FAA has immediate andcontinuing access to the monitoring data, there is no peri-odic maintenance required by this handbook. For exam-ple, LINCS VG-6 and VG-8 lines have continuous real-time monitoring, with the FAA having constant and con-tinuous access to the monitoring data.

b. Local FAA authorities may accept new leased linesfrom the vendor without requiring FAA qualified person-nel to conduct separate line runs if ALL the followingconditions are met:

(1) The vendor’s tests are witnessed by qualifiedpersonnel who are able to judge satisfactory results.(Qualification of FAA or FAA contract personnel to wit-ness testing may be determined by the Airways FacilitiesSMO Manager.)

(2) The vendor provides a copy of their test datademonstrating satisfactory test results (meets or exceedsestablished line parameters).

(3) The line is under real-time monitoring beforeand after being placed in operational status.

(4) For voice multipoint lines, the user performsfunctional checks of voice and signaling to ensure sat-isfactory operation with end points, and technicians re-view vendor test results which confirm line parameters tobe within acceptable tolerances. For data multipoints, theuser performs functional checks to ensure satisfactorydata communications with all end points and techniciansreview vendor test results.

c. Parameters listed in chapter 3 generally have onevalue (the most stringent level) listed under Standardand another less stringent value under Initial Tolerance.The Operating Tolerance value is either "same as stan-dard" or "same as initial". Whenever a line is tested, theFAA technician will accept the line as being within toler-ances if the tested parameter value meets or exceeds theinitial tolerance level. If line parameters can be adjusted,the FAA technician will work to bring the value as closeas possible to the standard value.

d. The following cautions on input power should befollowed when testing analog lines.

(1) The power level limit for FAA analog lines is− 13 dBm, 3-second average. Power levels exceeding− 13 dBm could cause noise in adjacent channels.

(2) For RCL and LDRCL vf lines referred to the 0TLP, the maximum is − 13 dBm, 3-second average.

e. For acceptance and commissioning, compositelines will be tested first segment-by-segment to establisha baseline useful in later fault isolation or troubleshoot-ing. If the segment-by-segment testing is satisfactory,end-to-end testing should then be accomplished.

f. Vendors have the option to include a loopback de-vice on the vendor side of the demarc to sectionalize andfacilitate restoration of leased lines. Although these de-vices are normally set to operate with a 2713-Hz tone,some FAA applications require that a tone of 2413 Hz beused. Care must be taken to ensure that FAA testingdoes not inadvertently activate these devices which willresult in the loss of the line until the devices can be de-activated. The 2713-Hz loopback tone is perilously

Page 46: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999

Chap 5Page 38 Par 501

close to the 2805-Hz guard tone used by many early ver-sions of FAA VFSS equipment used to control RCAGchannels. The 2413-Hz alternative is perilously close tothe 2450-Hz key tone used for BUEC equipment. As aresult, during the implementation of LINCS some regionshave negotiated with local exchange companies to pro-vide 1913-Hz tone to activated loopback control devicesinstalled on radio control circuits.

502. FAA FORM 6000-14, PERFORMANCE RECORD -ANALOG LINES. Order 6000.15 contains guidance anddetailed instructions for field utilization of FAA Form6000 series Technical Performance Record forms. En-tries shall be made in accordance with the instructions inOrder 6000.15, except as indicated in the subparagraphsthat follow. Figure 5-1 is a sample FAA Form 6000-14which shows typical entries for an analog line.

a. Computer-Generated Test Results. Hardcopyprintouts of computer generated test results may be usedfor site records in lieu of FAA Form 6000-14. Suchhardcopy results may be generated either by the contrac-tor with FAA technicians witnessing, or by FAA person-nel using the automated line test equipment (ALTE).

b. Instructions on use of Form 6000-14.

(1) FAA Form 6000-14 is the single generic formwhich may be used for recording and filing maintenanceactions on all types of analog lines. The form is designedso that local reproduction will allow blank forms to bemade up in advance for all lines of a particular categoryby entering common information such as line type,sending facility, and relevant parameters.

(2) Form 6000-14 is designed so that all the rele-vant information on standards and tolerances may belisted on the front of the form with room for the optionalfrequency plot on the back. This form may be used forrecording maintenance information on all FAA analoglines. Since this form is for use on all line types listed inchapter 3, some blocks on the form will not apply tosome lines. Only fill in the blocks relevant to the linebeing tested.

(3) Elements of the form should be completed as follows:

(a) Circuit Identifier. Enter circuit identifierassigned; where available the communications service

authorization (CSA) should be used. When there is noCSA, use an appropriate circuit identifier such as the cir-cuit number.

(b) Acceptance Date. Enter the date that theline was originally accepted.

(c) Testing Date. Enter the date that testing isbeing conducted.

(d) Sending Facility/Receiving Facility. Enterappropriate facility names to indicate the direction inwhich line testing was conducted. Identify any respond-ers installed.

(e) Configuration. Appropriate block ischecked to indicate that the line was tested in either end-to-end or looped mode.

(f) Line Test Set-up (1004 Hz). At the sendingend, enter the TLP level of the point at which the test setwas connected to the line and the actual test tone levelused to transmit the 1004-Hz tone. In most cases, the testset should be connected to a 0 TLP point and the sendinglevel should be − 13 dBm. Make the same entries for thereceiving end. At the time of set-up, allow the line tostabilize for a minimum of five (5) minutes while moni-toring the frequency readout for deviations (single endedmode only). If the frequency deviates more than the re-quired amount or the line drops sync, record the event inthe Comments/Notes section of the form.

(g) Line Type. Enter the line type based on thetransmission media, not usage. Examples: LINCS VG-6,RCL via analog mux, and composite. For compositelines, list the individual line types that make up the line inthe notes section of the form.

(h) Usage. Check voice or data as appropriate.

(i) Receive Level and Envelope Delay. Thistable allows receive level and envelope delay to be re-corded for up to 33 different frequencies. In the secondcolumn, enter actual received level in dBm. In the thirdcolumn, enter absolute envelope delay (the reading pro-vided by the test set) in microseconds (µsec). When re-cording results of a three-tone slope test, enter the test re-sults in the blocks for the 404-, 1004-, and 2804-Hz fre-quencies.

*

*

Page 47: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

12/30/96 6000.22A

Chap 5Par 502 Page 39

FIGURE 5-1. SAMPLE OF FAA FORM 6000-14 WITH ENTRIES

PERFORMANCE RECORD - ANALOG LINESCIRCUIT IDENTIFIER ACCEPTANCE DATE TESTING DATE

Sending Facility Receiving Facility

Receive PointSend Point

TLP dBm TLP dBm

RECEIVE LEVEL AND ENVELOPE DELAY DISTORTIONFREQ(Hz)

LEVEL(dBm)

DELAY( sec)µ

( sec)µ

( sec)µ

( sec)µ

( sec)µ

( sec)µ

( sec)µ

( sec)µ

( sec)µ

( sec)µ

( sec)µ

( sec)µ

( sec)µ

( sec)µ

( sec)µ

( sec)µ

( sec)µ

FREQ(Hz)

LEVEL(dBm)

DELAY( sec)µ

FREQ(Hz)

LEVEL(dBm)

DELAY( secµ )

FREQ(Hz)

LEVEL(dBm)

DELAY( sec)µ

Parameters Initial Value Present Value Standard Initial Tolerance

1.1004 Hz net loss

2. AttenuationDistortion

3. Envelope DelayDistortion

4. Signal-to C-NotchNoise Ratio

5. Intermodulation-Distortion

6. Phase Jitter

7. Impulse Noise

8. Peak to AverageRatio (P/AR)

Comments/Notes:

1

1

1

1

1Parameter applies only to lines used exclusively in data applications.

Date Signature

End-to-End Looped

V O I C E D A T ALINE TYPE

To Hz

To Hz

To Hz

To Hz

To Hz

To Hz

To Hz

To Hz

2nd Order

3rd Order

4 to 300 Hz

20 to 300 Hz

Counts

Minutes

Threshold________dBRNC0

+

+ + +

+ + +

+ + + +

dB

dB dB dB

dB dB dB dB

dB dB dB dB

dB dB dB dB

+ dB + dB + dB

dB

dB

dB

dB

dB

dB

dB

dB

dB

dB

dB

dB

dB

deg

deg

deg

deg

deg

deg

deg

deg

FAA Form 6000-14 (10/95) LOCAL REPRODUCTION AUTHORIZED NSN: 0052-00-916-2000

304

704804904

1004 1704 2404

1304 2004 2704

1604 2304 30041504 2204 29041404 2104 2804

1204 1904 26041104 1804 2504

604504404

_

+

_

__

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

__

+

__

PERFORMANCE WORKSHEET

Page 48: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A 12/30/96

Chap 5Page 40 Par 502

FIGURE 5-1. SAMPLE OF FAA FORM 6000-14 WITH ENTRIES (Continued)

Page 49: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

12/30/96 6000.22A

Chap 5Par 502 Page 41

(j) Performance Worksheet Header. TheInitial Value column is obtained at the time of line ac-ceptance. Present Value is the column in which parame-ter readings from current testing will be entered. The re-maining two columns are provided for inserting the stan-dard and initial tolerance limits for the particular type ofline as listed in the blue pages of chapter 3.

(k) 1004-Hz Net Loss. Enter the net loss for a1004-Hz tone. This value is computed from test tonelevels recorded under Line Test Set-up, and is computedby subtracting the Receive Point level in dBm from theSend Point level in dBm. A positive value (positive loss)indicates that the received level is smaller than the sendlevel. (ALTE can make this normalization of readings to1004 Hz and provide the results as output.)

(l) Attenuation Distortion. Enter the attenuationdistortion for each of the frequency bands specified in thestandards and tolerances for the line type. Enter the appro-priate frequency bands from the standards and tolerances inthe spaces provided. For each frequency band, note themaximum and minimum test tone levels received for all fre-quencies within this band. The difference, in dB, betweenthe highest test tone level received and the 1004-Hz receivedlevel is recorded as negative attenuation distortion; the dif-ference, in dB, between the lowest test tone level receivedand the 1004- Hz received level is recorded as positive at-tenuation distortion. As an example, assume a 1004-Hz re-ceived level is − 13 dBm. The highest received level was a2004-Hz tone of − 12 dBm, and the lowest received levelwas a 3004-Hz tone of − 16 dBm. This gives an attenuationdistortion of +3/− 1 dB.

(m) Envelope Delay Distortion. For lines usedexclusively in data applications, enter the envelope delaydistortion for each of the frequency bands specified in thestandards and tolerances for the line type. Enter the ap-propriate frequency bands from the standards and toler-ances in the spaces provided. For each frequency band,note the maximum and minimum envelope delay timesrecorded for all frequencies within the band. The differ-ence, in µsec, between the longest and shortest delaytimes recorded, is the envelope delay distortion for thatfrequency band.

(n) C-Notched Noise. Enter the C-notchednoise level, measured in dBRNC, on the first line. On

the second line, enter the level corrected to the 0 TLP indBRNC0. In most cases, the noise will be measured at a0 TLP, so these two levels will be the same number.

(o) Signal-to-C-Notched Noise Ratio. Sometest sets will display this reading automatically. If so,this reading may be entered directly. If not, Signal-to-C-notched noise ratio is computed by adding 90 dB to the1004-Hz received level recorded in Line Test Set-up andthen subtracting the recorded C-notched noise level fromthis value. As an example, assume the 1004-Hz receivedlevel is − 13 dBm and C-notched noise measured is 42dBRNC. Signal to C-notched noise is then:

(− 13 + 90) − 42 = +77 − 42 = 35 dB

(p) Intermodulation Distortion (IMD). Entersecond and third order IMD as provided by the test set.

(q) Phase Jitter. Enter phase jitter measuredfor the appropriate bandwidth(s).

(r) Impulse Noise. Enter the total number ofimpulses counted, the number of minutes elapsed (nor-mally 15) during which impulses were counted, and thethreshold setting corrected to the 0 TLP in dBRNC0 inblock 9 on the form.

(s) Peak to Average Ratio (P/AR). Enter theP/AR value from the test.

(t) Comments/Notes. This space may be usedto record relevant information such as exact types ofsegments that make up a composite line or other data thatis not specified elsewhere on the form. If this form refersto a LINCS line for which there is a trouble ticketopened, the trouble ticket number should be entered here.(The format for LINCS trouble ticket numbers isMMDDTTTT.) There could also be recent history onthis line and other information of use to the technician.

(u) Date and Signature. Enter the date that theform was completed and the signature of the person com-pleting the tests.

(v) Back of Form. All information on the backof the form is optional and may be used as directed by lo-cal procedures.

Page 50: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A 12/30/96

Chap 5Page 42 Par 502

1 Header Information. Details of the lineand dates to identify the source of information relevant tothe optional details recorded on the back of the form.

2 Plot of Frequency and Receive Level.Optional plot of frequency and receive levels if requiredor desired by local procedures.

3 Notes. May be used for any expansion orexplanatory information relevant to the optional plot.

503. TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIRED.

a. There are many types of communications test setsin use at FAA field facilities. Automated Line TestEquipment (ALTE) consisting of the Hekimian REACT

2000 and Ameritech AM-3 responders are used exten-sively throughout the FAA. The ALTE is described infollowing subparagraphs. Stand-alone test sets are alsofound in many FAA facilities. Characteristics and capa-bilities of many of these test sets are shown in table 5-1.This information is provided as guidance in determiningif a particular piece of test equipment is suitable for usein verifying line performance parameters. For example,from the table we know that a TTS-44 will not measureall parameters required for a line used in data applica-tions.

b. Description of the Automated Line Test Equip-ment (ALTE). The ALTE or Hekimian REACT 2000,provided at ARTCC facilities, is a fully automated testoperations support system that includes both

TABLE 5-1. TEST EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS

Page 51: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

12/30/96 6000.22A

Chap 5Par 503 Page 43

hardware and software (on a DEC MicroVAX computerworkstation) that allows both interactive and automated test-ing. Figure 5-2 shows the basic design of the ALTE. TheHekimian REACT 2000 is a very stable system that has beenISO 9001 certified by both Bellcore and AT&T. (The ISO9001 certification indicates that systems satisfy highest stan-dards of quality control in design, development, production,installation, and service.) Analog line test resources

enable testing voice-frequency (voice or data) lines at metallicpoints in the network. An analog line test node of theALTE/Hekimian REACT 2000 includes two types of equip-ment: line access (switching) equipment (Hekimian 3200 me-tallic test access unit), and line test equipment (Hekimian 3701or 3703 communications test systems). The identification ofHekimian manuals and basic operating characteristics of theALTE hardware items are shown in table 5-2.

FIGURE 5-2. TYPICAL REACT 2000/ALTE DEPLOYMENT

Page 52: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A 12/30/96

Chap 5Page 44 Par 503

TABLE 5-2. ALTE DESCRIPTION

Model Number ManualNumber

Description

3200 HKMN660-750-020

Metallic Test Access Unit (MTAU) provides a switched access for voice-frequency facilitytesting.

3703 HKMN103-370-500

Performs 40-Hz to 20-kHz level, noise, frequency, and return loss measurements. Also in-cludes capabilities for programmable TLP, noise mode, c-notch and c-message filters, fre-quency counter with 1-Hz resolution, IMD, P/AR, phase jitter, envelope delay, hits, anduse of responders.

3701 HKMN103-370-500

Same basic capabilities as the 3703 except that the front panel controls allow test personnel towork directly from the 3701 location rather than at the ALTE keyboard.

(1) Central Unit. The central unit of the ALTE isthe MicroVAX computer; with it are terminal serverswhich allow several terminals to be networked to thecomputer. Remote terminals, either directly connected orusing modems, allow users at various locations to accessand use the system. The Hekimian 3200 MTAU, locatedwith the ALTE computer, contains relays controlled bythe computer. These relays allow access to circuits con-nected through the MTAU. Each ALTE equipped facilityhas one or more Hekimian 3700 series test sets which re-ceive commands from the ALTE computer. By selectingfrom various menus at a remote terminal, the operatorcan command access and testing of circuits connectedthrough the MTAU. The ALTE systems operator con-trols access to the ALTE computer with the use of pass-words and lists of authorized user ID’s.

(2) Metallic Test Access Unit. The basic MTAUconfiguration includes an access control shelf and linerelay shelf that provides switched access for voice-frequency facility testing. It removes the need for testboard jack fields, which increases test personnel produc-tivity by permitting remote line access and testing. Theoperating characteristics of the MTAU support the fol-lowing user requirements:

- Bridge and split access switching- Two-wire, 4W, 6W, and 8W line capability- RS-232 test position control- Local and remote (unattended) control- Transmission, signal, and cable testing- Built-in system diagnostics

(3) Communications Test Systems. The ALTEcommunications test systems (CTS) are the Hekimianmodels 3701 and 3703. While each CTS has slightly dif-ferent characteristics and capabilities, they generally pro-vide test personnel the resources to perform analog linetests for the parameters identified in chapter 3 of this or-der.

(4) User Manuals. Refer to the appropriate sec-tion of ALTE/Hekimian REACT 2000 user manuals fordetailed guidance on conducting required analog linetests. In referring to the appropriate Hekimian manuals,make sure that the manuals used are the latest issue num-ber relevant to the installed software release.

(5) ALTE Macros, Databases, and Printouts.

(a) Macros. The ALTE Systems Administratorcan develop and use macro programs to perform anyavailable testing. When properly executed, such macroscan save time and effort required to perform complexand/or repetitive testing.

(b) Database. Testing results may be stored inthe MicroVAX database of ALTE. At the conclusion oftesting a line when the technician is backing out of thetesting menus, ALTE screens prompt him to save the testresults as benchmark or last results. For acceptance testssuch results would be the baseline (or if the line has beenreaccepted after major reengineering - not just reac-cepted after maintenance for an out-of-tolerance condi-tion). The ALTE database will allow saving of up to 10

Page 53: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1

Chap 5Par 503 Page 45

last test results so that the history of a particular line canbe reviewed and analyzed by authorized technicians.

(c) Printouts. When the testing results aresaved, the technician is also prompted as to whether theresults are to be printed and on what printer. Such print-outs may be used as the hard copy file or used to assist infilling out form 6000-14.

(7) Passwords and User ID’s. The ALTE sys-tems administrator normally assigns and controls accessto passwords required by the ALTE processor to permitsign-on by users from throughout the facility as well asremote users. Different passwords may be used to enableALTE access for different types of functions and thusallow users access only to required elements of ALTEthat are needed for them to complete their personal tasks.User identification can be handled by assignment of someknown user ID such as the maintenance managementsystem (MMS) ID.

(8) Description of the Ameritec AM3 Responder.At the remote end of lines connected to the ALTE orwhere segments of composite lines interface, the FAAusually installs a responder. In most cases this will be anAmeritec model AM3 responder. This four-wire re-sponder can be commanded by dual-tone multifrequency(DTMF) tones sent on the line under test. Similar typesof responders may also be used, provided they can becommanded by the ALTE. The model AM3 and ALTEcombination allows the following functions to be tested.

(a) For line runs, select the ALTE menu forLoop Test Routines and conduct the level and noise testto get looped net loss at 1004 Hz and also the signal-to-C-notched noise ratio. The looped P/AR test should berun to determine if it is within operational limits. If theP/AR test here appears to be outside acceptable limits,move on to procedures to conduct a complete line run toisolate the cause.

(b) Should a line tested in looped mode be outof tolerance, proceed to the ALTE menu for Single EndedAmeritec Tests. Here again, the P/AR test may be con-ducted first to determine which segment of the line is outof operational tolerance. Then run the single-end testsfor appropriate test parameters to help isolate which pa-rameters are out of tolerance.

504. GENERAL MEASURING TECHNIQUES.

a. Overall Loss and Frequency Response. To deter-mine the overall loss and frequency response characteristicsof an analog line, fixed level audio frequency tones in thevoice frequency range (300 to 3000 Hz) are applied to thesending end of the line to be tested. Depending on theparticular test being conducted, these tones may be eitherat every 100 Hz (to develop the baseline for lines beingcommissioned) or with a three-tone slope with frequen-cies at 404, 1004, and 2804 Hz. Measure and record thelevel of these tones at the receiving end of the tested linewith appropriate testing equipment. Refer the recordedlevels to a reference level established at 1004 Hz and(optionally) transcribe these values to the plot on FAAForm 6000-14 to depict the overall loss and frequency re-sponse characteristics of the line. Frequency stabilitymay only be confirmed after a minimum of five (5) min-utes stabilizing time.

b. Discrepancies. Testing measurements can be madefor a segment of the line or for the line from end-to-end.Measurements normally start at the reference frequency of1004 Hz where a check is made against the standard listed inchapter 3. If performance discrepancies are discovered atthis point, no further testing should be conducted until thefault causing the discrepancy is isolated and corrected; untilthen, any further measurements likely will be erroneous.

c. Looped parameters. Circumstances sometimesrequire that a line be tested with the distant end loopedback (using a responder or remotely controlled testequipment).

(1) A loopback test is an effective way of locatingfaults and impairments. By looping and testing lines atprogressively further points, the element causing thecomplaint will be identified.

(2) Since the parameters of chapter 3 are for end-to-endtesting, an adjustment is required to evaluate a looped line. Toconvert end-to-end parameter values to looped parameters,double the tolerance listed for net loss, attenuation distortion,phase jitter, envelope delay distortion, and impulse noise for thetype of line being tested. The tolerances for signal-to-C-notchnoise ratio and intermodulation distortion are logarithmicallydoubled for looped measurements. That is, they are degradedby 3 dB. The P/AR parameter will remain as ±4 units from

*

*

Page 54: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A 12/30/96

Chap 5Page 46 Par 504

commissioned value for both end-to-end and loopedtests.

d. Measuring Techniques. The accuracy of voltageand decibel measurements is often as dependent onmeasuring techniques as it is on the quality of testinginstruments used. Factors that affect techniques are:purpose of the measurement, line impedance, line bal-ance, and the nature of the measured signal. Generally,measurements are made to test the performance of a linein service, to locate trouble, or to align a line to meetspecifications. In-service and troubleshooting meas-urements are usually made on a bridging basis. Systemalignment often involves power level measurementsusing a resistive load equal to the characteristic imped-ance of the line.

e. Bridging and Terminated Measurements. Of thesetwo methods of inserting the test equipment into the line tobe tested, the preferred method is to use terminated meas-urements.

CAUTION: Always be aware that test tones used inline maintenance are potentially interfering and disori-enting (in other words, they may have negative effectson human and equipment performance). If test toneshave not been properly blocked out from the equip-ment sides of a line under test, they may cause majorirritation and disorientation to personnel still on theline. Follow specific procedures detailed in chapter 5for when and where to apply test tones. Also, keepingtones at or below maximum levels will help in avoid-ing annoyance to personnel or causing interference inadjacent carrier channels.

(1) Bridging. Bridging measurements are usuallymade where disabling the line is inconvenient, where theline impedance is known to be a definite fixed value, orwhere only voltage is to be measured. In bridging meas-urements, the test equipment meter is connected directlyacross a functioning line; e.g., a meter is connectedacross the terminals of a telephone loop and telephone setto measure power level on a bridging basis. The accu-racy of this measurement in dBm depends upon howclose the impedance characteristic of the loop and tele-phone set is to 600 Ω.

(2) Terminated. In terminated measurements, afixed impedance replaces the load provided by the termi-nating equipment that is normally connected to the line.The impedance may be internal or external to the meter.Most transmission test sets have built-in impedance. Theadvantage of terminated measurements is that the imped-ance of the load is known and fixed, which results inmore valid measurements.

f. Line Impedance. When making voltage or powerlevel measurements, particular attention must be paid toline impedance. If the impedance at the point of meas-urement is 600 Ω resistive, most test sets will read powerlevels directly in dBm. Should the line impedance be aknown value other than 600 Ω, dBm can be obtained byuse of the formula:

REdBm 001.0/102

log10=

where R is the line impedance in ohms and E is the volt-age rms (root mean square) across the impedance.

g. Termination Balance. A potential source of errorin measurement is the use of an unbalanced meter tomeasure voltage or power levels in a balanced line. If anattempt is made to bridge or terminate balanced lineswith a meter that has unbalanced input terminals (oneterminal connected directly to the meter chassis), stray,common-mode voltage on the wiring of the line mightcause erroneous readings. Also, crosstalk between theline under test and other lines may be increased while thetest set is connected.

h. Signal Level and Noise. Another source of errorin voltage or power measurements is the presence ofnoise. When measuring small voltages or low power lev-els, noise voltages in the line may make the meter readingtoo high. When reading test tone voltages of less than0.01 volt or less than − 20 dBm, line voltage should bemeasured without the test tone to determine the amountof noise. If the noise is more than 12 dB below the testtone, it should not appreciably affect the accuracy of themeasurement.

i. Composite Signal Level of Several Tones. Whenseveral tones are combined in a common load impedance,

Page 55: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1

Chap 5Par 504 Page 47

the level of the composite signal is NOT the sum of the in-dividual signal tone levels in dBm. To obtain the total, orcomposite, level of several signal tones applied simultane-ously to a common line, each individual level must be con-verted to an absolute power in watts; the individual powerlevels are then added and the total converted to dBm.

EXAMPLE: Find the composite level of eight tones,each at a level of +2 dBm and each of a different fre-quency in the voice frequency band. The formula forconverting dBm levels to power is:

1

2log10PP

dBm =

The calculation is:

mWP

AntimWP

1102

log;1

log100.2 22 ==

The power level for each tone is:

mWmWP 582.1)1(582.12 ==

Adding power levels:

1.582 + 1.582 + 1.582 + 1.582 + 1.582 + 1.582 +1.582 + 1.582 = 12.7 mW

Converting back to dBm level:

dBmmW

mWdBm 11)103.1(10

17.12

log10 ===

NOTE: The above formula is adaptable to all calcula-tions and is not restricted to situations with equal tones.

505.-509. RESERVED.

SECTION 1. PERFORMANCE CHECK PROCEDURES

510. MONITOR CHECK PROCEDURE FOR THELEASED INTERFACILITY NAS COMMUNICA-TIONS SYSTEM (LINCS) NEWBRIDGE SYSTEMSTATUS DISPLAY (SSD).

a. Object. This procedure checks the NewbridgeSSD to view the condition of the LINCS network and ofselected LINCS lines.

b. Discussion. The SSD is a valuable tool for moni-toring the health of the local LINCS network. The displayscreen shows icons that represent both facility-level andinterface-card level elements of the network. Lines thatconnect the icons represent the digital communicationspaths between facilities. A change in color of an icon orline represents a change in performance or status of thatelement. The printer provides a hard copy of network in-formation for later review. When degradation of a networkelement has been detected, and the technician is certainthat the problem is not FAA related, the LINCS help deskshould be contacted. The LINCS help desk uses the New-bridge Network Management System (NMS) that has thesame status display as the SSD. The NMS logically hasmore powerful software (and additional hardware) to en-able the help desk to accomplish detailed network per

formance tasks. For more detailed information refer tothe LINCS operational handbook.

c. Test Equipment Required. Newbridge systemstatus display system.

d. Conditions. This procedure requires that the tech-nician be familiar with operation of the SSD and has re-ceived training on this system. Instructions which referto clicking the mouse button are referring to the leftmouse button unless otherwise stated.

e. Detailed Procedure.

(1) SSD Set-Up.

(a) Verify that all components of the SSD arepowered on. Verify also that the printer is on and con-figured for use with the SSD.

(b) If it has not already been done, log in to theSSD by entering the appropriate password. Upon suc-cessful login, the network map window will appear.

(2) Checking the SSD.

*

*

*

*

*

*

Page 56: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A 12/30/96

Chap 5Page 48 Par 510

(a) View the SSD screen. If a red triangular signwith an exclamation mark in it is shown, click once on it.The red triangle with the exclamation mark is the troubleticket icon. This icon indicates that a new network troubleticket has been received.

(b) The screen will show in red the network mapelement that generated the new trouble ticket. Double clickon the red network element to display the device-level view.

(c) If the red trouble ticket icon is not shown butthere are red network elements, double clicking on the rednetwork elements will display the device-level view of thoseelements.

(d) If neither the trouble ticket icon nor any rednetwork elements are shown in the network view, it may benecessary to refresh the SSD. Refreshing the display is ac-complished by selecting any network element and clicking onit once. Next, press and hold the right mouse button and amenu will appear. From that menu select HIGHLIGHT andwhile still holding the right mouse button, move the pointer onthe screen to the right until a second menu appears. Positionthe pointer to select SHOW TROUBLE TICKET from thesecond menu and then release the mouse button.

(e) Double click on the red device-level element inthe network view screen. A detail window will appear onthe right side of the screen. This window shows a card-levelview of the problem device.

(f) Single click on the red card-level device to se-lect it.

(g) Press and hold the right mouse button; a menuwill appear. Select LIST from the menu, and, while stillholding the right mouse button, move the screen pointer tothe right until a second menu appears. Position the pointerto select TROUBLE TICKET from the second menu andrelease the right mouse button.

(h) A trouble ticket window will appear below thedevice window. Click once on MAKE LIST from the win-dow to list the trouble tickets and their status.

(i) Double click on a trouble ticket to open it.Once opened, the trouble ticket can be viewed for status orprinted.

(j) Closing the trouble ticket window ac-knowledges the trouble ticket. Close all device-levelviews and return to the network view. Click on theMAP IS SHOWING OBJECTS WITH OPEN TROU-BLE TICKETS box in the network view. All elementsin the network will be shown in green. Refresh thedisplay as described in step (d) above.

(k) If an open trouble ticket is encountered,contact the LINCS MCI technician or the networkmanagement center help desk.

511. GENERAL PROCEDURE WHEN USINGTHE ALTE. The following information should beused in conjunction with procedures in succeedingparagraphs whenever the ALTE is used to test lines:

a. The ALTE may be used by personnel within afacility so equipped by physically working with com-ponents of the system such as at the computer console(usually near the main demarc) or by using one of thecommunications test sets (CTS) that may be availableelsewhere throughout the facility.

b. The ALTE can be used by anyone with a PC, amodem, and proper passwords and communicationssoftware. With prior arrangement, personnel fromother FAA facilities with at least an MTAU may ar-range with the ALTE systems administrator in a facil-ity to use the local ALTE remotely by obtaining pass-words, User IDs, and procedures that allow them tocall assigned modems which place them in communi-cations with the ALTE network controller and thusinto the metallic test access unit (MTAU). The majoradvantage of arranging remote access to the ALTE isthat the personnel from the distant facility can thencall into the remote facility to test/maintain lines theyhave running through that facility without needinganyone from the remote facility to meet them on theline(s) under test. Advanced arrangements are re-quired for this remote access so that passwords anduser ID’s can be assigned/made known and restrictedcircuit access can be programmed into the ALTE.

c. Determine if the tests will be conducted usingmacros previously programmed into the ALTE data-base or using tests determined individually by the cur-rent operator.

Page 57: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

12/30/96 6000.22A

Chap 5Par 511 Page 49

(1) To use ALTE macros, enter the name of theselected macro when so prompted by the ALTE menuscreens. See appendix 2 for details of developing andusing ALTE acceptance masks and the appropriate He-kimian REACT 2000 manuals for details on developingand using macros.

(2) Procedures for individually selected tests areoutlined below and further discussed in the appropriateHekimian user manuals.

d. When tests are completed, release the line and printor store the test results. Test results at commissioning orrecommissioning might be stored in the ALTE databaseas the benchmark against which later test results arecompared. Subsequent test results can be stored in thedatabase as LAST (up to 10 LAST results per line).Stored test results may later be recalled by any operatorwith a valid log-on. Test results may also be printed outon a printer specified by the transportation system spe-cialist (the selected printer can be at the ALTE or a re-mote printer at the operator’s location).

e. Review the test results to determine if the line satis-fies all key parameters listed in chapter 3. If parametersare satisfied, return the line to service and file/post the testresults. If key parameters are unsatisfactory, submit atrouble ticket and take the line out of service.

f. Log off the ALTE.

512. ANNUAL LINE RUN USING ALTE.

a. Object. This procedure provides for checking thebasic parameters of line performance (gain, attenuationdistortion, and signal-to-noise) on an annual basis usingthe ALTE.

b. Discussion.

(1) Annual line runs are performed on all lines, in-cluding standby (or redundant) lines, with the exceptionof lines described in paragraph 401.

(2) Chapter 3 lists the specific performance pa-rameters, tolerances, and limits applicable to all classesof analog lines used within the FAA.

(3) Annual line runs on composite lines should beperformed on an end-to-end basis, with results comparedto the composite line parameters listed in paragraph 309.If the results indicate the composite line is not within tol-erances, the line should be taken out of service for main-tenance. Segment-by-segment tests should then be per-formed to determine which is defective and correctiveaction should be taken on the defective segment.

(4) FAA Form 6000-14 may be used to recordmaintenance action on all analog lines. Local authoritiesmay also utilize computer printouts (from FAA ALTE orcontractor-automated testing equipment) as the record forsuch maintenance or may have such printouts attached toa form 6000-14.

c. Test Equipment Required. Automated Line TestEquipment (ALTE). (This is the Hekimian REACT 2000.)

d. Conditions.

(1) Ensure that the line to be tested has been re-leased from service by air traffic control personnel orother user and that the operating equipment at each endhas been lifted from the line. Service may be maintainedby either providing a satisfactory alternate route for op-erational data or during scheduled maintenance timewhen advanced coordination has arranged for the opera-tional service to be unavailable to the user during speci-fied times.

(2) The maximum FAA test tone power level ap-plied at any frequency shall be − 13 dBm at the 0 TLP.

NOTE: This power level is used for measuringfrequency attenuation, measuring net loss at 1004Hz, and other line performance evaluations. Equip-ment lineup levels are specified in applicableequipment orders.

(3) Use part 3 of the ALTE/Hekimian REACT 2000user manual with the version number that corresponds withthe software release installed on the ALTE. The Hekimianuser manual describes how to use the REACT Sys-tem/ALTE to test analog lines, specifically describing themenus and menu selections as well as the procedures forperforming each type of ALTE analog test.

Page 58: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999

Chap 5Page 50 Par 512

(4) The ALTE menus assist users in efforts to ac-cess, configure, and test analog lines. Actions to be takenin the various menus are slightly different depending onwhether circuits to be tested are contained in the ALTEdatabase or not. See figure 5-3 for a view of typicalALTE/REACT analog testing flowchart and menus - ac-tual menus may be slightly different than those shown asthe software versions change and menus are updated.Working through the ALTE menus allows the user toidentify the type of testing operation desired, then to se-lect the testing resources to be used and the analog line tobe tested, to conduct desired testing on that line, andlastly to get the results of such testing stored in the com-puter or printed on the screen or selected printer.

e. Detailed Procedure. Use in combination with thegeneral procedure for ALTE of paragraph 511.

(1) Frequency Stability. First send a tone andmonitor the output of the 3701 directly for 5 minutes. Ifthe frequency deviates by more than the specifiedamount, stop testing and contact the appropriate person-nel. This test must be done end-to-end in single endedmode and cannot be done in looped mode as the fre-quency shift would cancel on the return trip.

(2) 1004-Hz Loss. Perform the 1004 Hz net losstest in the looped mode. Evaluate the results in accor-dance with the tolerance listed in chapter 3 for that typeof line, and if within tolerance (looped testing results aretwice the deviation on measurements as shown in bluepages for single-ended test results), proceed with testingother parameters. If out of tolerance, do not proceed onto other parameters until the cause of the difficulty hasbeen identified and corrected. This parameter must bewithin tolerance before additional parameters are tested.

(3) P/AR. Conduct a P/AR test and analyze theresults. If this is within tolerance, (no more than ± 4units from the commissioned value in the looped mode),the annual line run requirement is satisfactorily com-pleted, and the test can be ended and results can be filed.If the P/AR result is not within tolerance, proceed to theattenuation distortion and signal-to-C-notched noise ratiotests described below in order to develop more detailedinformation on the line.

(4) Attenuation Distortion. If the P/AR test isout of tolerance, perform a three-tone slope test on theline and record the results. When prompted to normalizethe results to the 1004-Hz net loss test, recommend re-plying yes so that the ALTE results printout/screen dis-plays the values already adjusted for more or less loss

relative to the 1004-Hz reference. Deviation of loopedmode test results may be twice the values shown inchapter 3.

(5) Signal-to-C-notched noise ratio. If the P/ARtest is out of tolerance, perform, analyze, and record thesignal-to-C-notched noise ratio test as specified in theHekimian manual. Looped mode measurements will be 3dB less (or twice as bad) than parameters shown inchapter 3.

513. “AS REQUIRED” TESTING USING ALTE.

a. Object. This procedure provides for using theALTE to perform testing required for initial acceptanceof lines, for acceptance of composite lines, and for re-validating lines that were out-of-service for mainte-nance.

b. Discussion.

(1) Testing of lines is required when the line isinitially accepted for service, or after completion of cor-rective action for a line that was out-of-tolerance. Ven-dor test data may be used to satisfy this requirement iftesting was witnessed by qualified FAA or FAA contractpersonnel, a copy of test data is provided to the facility,and the line is under real-time monitoring.

(2) Chapter 3 lists the specific performance pa-rameters, tolerances, and limits applicable to all classesof analog lines used within the FAA.

(3) FAA Form 6000-14 may be used to recordmaintenance action on all analog lines. Local authoritiesmay also utilize computer printouts (from FAA ALTE orcontractor-automated testing equipment) as the record forsuch maintenance or may have such printouts attached toa form 6000-14.

c. Test Equipment Required. Automated Line TestEquipment (ALTE) (Hekimian REACT 2000).

d. Conditions.

(1) The maximum FAA test tone power level ap-plied at any frequency shall be − 13 dBm at the 0 TLP.

NOTE: This power level is used for measuringfrequency attenuation, measuring net loss at 1004Hz, and other line performance evaluations. Equip-ment line-up levels are specified in applicableequipment orders.

*

*

*

*

Page 59: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

FIGURE 5-3. TYPICAL REACT 2000/ALTE ANALOG TESTING FLOWCHART AND MENUS12/30/96

6000.22A

Chap 5

Par 513

Page 51

Page 60: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999

Chap 5Page 52 Par 513

(2) Use part 3 of the ALTE/Hekimian REACT2000 user manual with the version number that corre-sponds with the software release installed on the ALTE.The Hekimian user manual describes how to use the RE-ACT System/ALTE to test analog lines, specifically de-scribing the menus and menu selections as well as the pro-cedures for performing each type of ALTE analog test.

(3) The ALTE menus assist users in efforts to ac-cess, configure, and test analog lines. Actions to be takenin the various menus are slightly different depending onwhether circuits to be tested are contained in the ALTEdatabase or not. See figure 5-3 for a view of typicalALTE/REACT analog testing flowchart and menus - ac-tual menus may be slightly different than those shown asthe software versions change and menus are updated.Working through the ALTE menus allows the user toidentify the type of testing operation desired, then to se-lect the testing resources to be used and the analog line tobe tested, to conduct desired testing on that line, andlastly to get the results of such testing stored in the com-puter or printed on the screen or selected printer.

e. Detailed Procedure. Use in combination with thegeneral procedure for ALTE of paragraph 511.

(1) Line Acceptance. The procedure below is de-signed for the variety of ALTE users in the FAA. Forspecific and detailed procedures, refer to the HekimianREACT 2000 user manuals specifically written for thesoftware release installed on the ALTE.

(a) Establish communications with theALTE/REACT system controller.

(b) Log onto the ALTE system.

(c) Enter the identification (if in the database)or otherwise specify the line to be tested. If the line to betested is in the ALTE database, identification is accom-plished by giving the line number or selecting it from alist in the database. If not in the database, the line to betested must be completely defined so the ALTE is givenall specifications and locations necessary for testing to beaccomplished.

(d) Select required test resources from the list-ing of test resources available. The test resources are theterminal servers, modems, or CTS equipment needed toconduct the desired testing within the ALTE system.When successfully logged into the selected test resources,the OPERATION menu will appear. From the OPERA-TION menu select ACCESS and TEST to obtain access

to the line to be tested. If access is successful, the ANA-LOG ACCESS menu appears.

(e) Split the line and perform looped mode andsingle-ended tests.

1 Test the frequency stability of the line bymonitoring the 3701 output directly for 5 minutes. If thefrequency deviates by more than the specified amount,stop testing and contact the appropriate personnel. Thistest must be done end-to-end in single ended mode andcannot be done in looped mode as the frequency shiftwould cancel on the return trip.

2 Attenuation distortion, three-tone slope,envelope delay, and level and noise testing may be con-ducted using ALTE sweep tests. Follow instructions onthe monitor for the sweep test and when tests of these pa-rameters are completed, store or record the results.

3 Use the multiple tests in single-ended andthen looped condition to test the following: 3-tone slope,impulse noise, phase jitter, level and frequency, C-notched noise, and signal-to-noise ratio.

4 If there is a need, other ALTE tests areavailable on the menus which will allow other tests to beperformed to assist in diagnosing the type of difficultythat may be present when a line does not meet specifiedparameters.

5 When commissioning a line, conduct atest of P/AR in the looped mode and then in each di-rection. Record the results on Form 6000-14, or usethe ALTE printout. P/AR is a weighted measure oftotal attenuation, phase distortion, and noise. It ismost sensitive to envelope delay and return loss prob-lems. P/AR can be used effectively as an indicator ofdifficulties during preventive maintenance and trou-bleshooting/fault isolation operations. If the P/ARvalue in subsequent testing has changed ± 4 units fromthe value recorded at commissioning, it is likely thatsome line characteristic has changed significantly andshould be further investigated.

6 The testing ends either with the line beingconsidered satisfactory (tested values satisfactorily meetor exceed all key parameters) and placed in service, orwith a trouble call to the vendor.

7 Record/store all test results as benchmark(for initial acceptance) or last (when completing a majortest or a total line run).

*

*

Page 61: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

12/30/96 6000.22A

Chap 5Par 513 Page 53

(2) Revalidation. Revalidation of a line that hasbeen out-of-service for maintenance requires retesting ofthe parameter(s) that required the line be removed fromservice for maintenance in the first place. Detailed pro-cedures for this testing are the same as that for Line Ac-ceptance in subparagraph (1) with the exception that onlyparameters previously out-of-tolerance must be retested.If these parameter test values are now shown to be withinthe tolerances of Chapter 3, the line is put back to serviceand the new test values are filed/stored.

(3) Acceptance of Composite Lines. Acceptanceof a composite line is accomplished first by testing eachsegment of the line as detailed in subparagraph (1) toconfirm that it meets or exceeds the published standardfor its type of service (LINCS VG-6 or VG-8, FTS2000,RCL/LDRCL, et al). Record the segment-by-segmenttest results on Form 6000-14, or printout the results usingthe ALTE. This will serve as a baseline for future trou-bleshooting and fault isolation on the composite line.After testing each segment and confirming they arewithin tolerances, test the entire composite line as de-tailed in subparagraph (1) and confirm that it meets orexceeds the standards and tolerances of paragraph 309 forthe type of service that the line will be supporting (voice,radio, or data). If responders have been used in con-ducting line runs or other testing, reset the responders be-fore attempting to place the line in service.

514. ANNUAL LINE RUN USING MANUAL TESTEQUIPMENT.

a. Object. This procedure provides for checking thebasic parameters of line performance (gain, attenuationdistortion, and signal-to-noise) on an annual basis usingmanually operated communications test sets.

b. Discussion.

(1) Manual testing of analog lines may be accom-plished where the ALTE is not available. This testing will re-quire two individuals and two test sets, one at each end of theline, with communications between the two to coordinate thetesting. Testing is accomplished by injecting a known signalinto one end of the line and analyzing the signal received atthe other end for impairments created by the line. This proc-ess is done in both directions, transmit and receive.

(2) The HP4935 Transmission Impairment Meas-

urement System (TIMS), or its equivalent, is commonlyfound in the field and is capable of performing all re-quired annual line testing. It can also check all chapter 3parameters for lines used for voice but not data applica-tions. The Hekimian 3700 communications test system(CTS) and CXR Telcom 5200 universal transmissionanalyzer (UTA) will test all chapter 3 parameters, in-cluding those required for data applications. Table 5-1lists manually operated test equipment found in FAAfield facilities. Refer to the table and operators manual toensure that the unit planned for use is capable of per-forming the tests required.

(3) Annual line runs are performed on all lines, in-cluding standby (or redundant) lines, with the exceptionof lines described in paragraph 401.

(4) Chapter 3 lists the specific performance pa-rameters, tolerances, and limits applicable to all classesof analog lines used within the FAA.

(5) Annual line runs on composite lines should beperformed on an end-to-end basis, with results comparedto the composite line parameters listed in paragraph 309.If the results indicate the composite line is not within tol-erances, the line should be taken out of service for main-tenance. Segment-by-segment tests should then be per-formed to determine which is defective and correctiveaction should be taken on the defective segment.

(6) FAA Form 6000-14 may be used to recordmaintenance action on all analog lines.

c. Test Equipment Required. Two HP4935 TIMSor equivalent communications test sets.

d. Conditions.

(1) Ensure that the line to be tested has been releasedfrom service by air traffic control personnel or other userand that the operating equipment at each end has been liftedfrom the line. Service may be maintained by either provid-ing a satisfactory alternate route for operational data or dur-ing scheduled maintenance time when advanced coordina-tion has arranged for the operational service to be unavail-able to the user during specified times.

(2) The maximum FAA test tone power level ap-plied at any frequency shall be − 13 dBm at the 0 TLP.

Page 62: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999

Chap 5Page 54 Par 514

NOTE: This power level is used for measuring fre-quency attenuation, measuring net loss at 1004 Hz, andother line performance evaluations. Equipment lineuplevels are specified in applicable equipment orders.

(3) Ensure that the operating equipment at eachend has been lifted from the line. To lift equipment,open-line plugs are inserted in the EQUIP jacks on thedemarcation jackfield.

(4) The specialist should be familiar with the opera-tion of the test equipment used, and should review the usersmanual for the test equipment before and during the testing.

e. Detailed Procedure. The following procedure iswritten around the use of the HP4935 TIMS as it is com-monly available when manual testing is required. Thesteps are easily translated for use with other test sets.

(1) At both ends of the line to be tested, set up aTIMS as follows:

Transmit and receive impedance to 600 ΩMeasurement key on LEVEL FREQUENCYDisplay to TRMTSet transmit frequency to 1004 HzSet output level to − 13 dBmSet receive filter to C-message

(1) At both ends of the line to be tested, connectthe transmit and receive jacks of the TIMS to the transmitand receive pairs respectively of the line. Connectionshould be made to the line-side of the jackfield if one isprovided at the demarc for the line.

(2) At both ends of the line to be tested, set the dis-play to RCV and read the power level indicated. Record thelevel on FAA Form 6000-14. Monitor the received fre-quency for a minimum of five (5) minutes to check for anyfrequency shift. If the frequency does not deviate more thanthe rounding of the 1 Hz units digit and the line does notdrop sync, then the frequency stability has been established.

(3) If both TIMS are equipped with the option formeasuring P/AR, skip to step (10).

(4) At both ends of the line to be tested, set thedisplay to TRMT, set frequency to 404 Hz, and set outputlevel to − 13 dBm.

(5) At both ends of the line to be tested, set thedisplay to RCV and read the power level indicated. Rec-ord the level on FAA Form 6000-14.

(6) At both ends of the line to be tested, set thedisplay to TRMT, set frequency to 2804 Hz, and set out-put level to − 13 dBm.

(7) At both ends of the line to be tested, set thedisplay to RCV and read the power level indicated. Rec-ord the level on FAA Form 6000-14.

(8) At both ends of the line to be tested, set thedisplay to TRMT, set frequency to 1004 Hz, and set out-put level to − 13 dBm. Press measurement key to selectSIGNAL TO NOISE and press filter key to select C-MESSAGE.

(9) At both ends of the line to be tested, set thedisplay to RCV and read the signal-to-C-notched noiseratio in the right display. Record readings on FAA Form6000-14.

(10) At both ends of the line to be tested, set dis-play to TRMT, set measurement key to P/AR, and setoutput level to − 13 dBm.

(11) At both ends of the line to be tested, set dis-play to RCV and read the value for P/AR. Record thevalue in FAA Form 6000-14.

(12) Compare readings with published standardsand tolerances. If readings are in tolerance, disconnectequipment and return the line to service. If line is notwithin tolerance, take steps to protect the operationalservice and contact the service provider for correctiveaction.

515. “AS REQUIRED” TESTING USING MANUALTEST EQUIPMENT.

a. Object. This procedure provides for using manu-ally operated communications test sets to perform testingrequired for initial acceptance of lines, for acceptance ofcomposite lines, and for revalidating lines that were out-of-service for maintenance.

b. Discussion.

(1) Testing of lines is required when the line isinitially accepted for service, or after completion of cor-rective action for a line that was out-of-tolerance. Ven-dor test data may be used to satisfy this requirement iftesting was witnessed by qualified FAA or FAA contractpersonnel, a copy of test data is provided to the facility,and the line is under real-time monitoring.

*

*

Page 63: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1

Chap 5Par 515 Page 55

(2) Manual testing of analog lines may be accom-plished where the ALTE is not available. This testingwill require two individuals and two test sets, one at eachend of the line, with communications between the two tocoordinate the testing. Testing is accomplished by in-jecting a known signal into one end of the line and ana-lyzing the signal received at the other end for impair-ments created by the line. This process is done in bothdirections, transmit and receive.

(3) The HP4935 Transmission Impairment Meas-urement System (TIMS), or its equivalent, is commonlyfound in the field and is capable of performing all re-quired annual line testing. It can also check all chapter 3parameters for lines used for voice but not data applica-tions. The Hekimian 3700 communications test system(CTS) and CXR Telcom 5200 universal transmissionanalyzer (UTA) will test all chapter 3 parameters, in-cluding those required for data applications. Table 5-1lists manually operated test equipment found in FAAfield facilities. Refer to the table and operators manual toensure that the unit planned for use is capable of per-forming the tests required.

(4) Chapter 3 lists the specific performance pa-rameters, tolerances, and limits applicable to all classesof analog lines used within the FAA.

(5) The P/AR test should be run end-to-end and withthe line looped back to establish a baseline for future testing.

(6) Use FAA Form 6000-14 to record data takenand calculated values for parameters applicable to theline. A separate form is required for each end of a line.Local authorities may also utilize computer printouts(from contractor-automated testing equipment) as the re-cord for such maintenance or may have such printoutsattached to a form 6000-14.

c. Test Equipment Required. For lines used invoice applications, two HP4935 TIMS or equivalent arerequired. For lines used in data applications, two Heki-mian CTS or CXR5200 UTA or equivalent are required.

d. Conditions.

(1) Ensure that the line to be tested has been re-leased from service by air traffic control personnel orother user and that the operating equipment at each endhas been lifted from the line. Service may be maintainedby either providing a satisfactory alternate route for op-erational data or during scheduled maintenance timewhen advanced coordination has arranged for the opera-

tional service to be unavailable to the user during speci-fied times.

(2) The maximum FAA test tone power level ap-plied at any frequency shall be − 13 dBm at the 0 TLP.

NOTE: This power level is used for measuring fre-quency attenuation, measuring net loss at 1004 Hz, andother line performance evaluations. Equipment lineuplevels are specified in applicable equipment orders.

(3) Ensure that the operating equipment at eachend has been lifted from the line. To lift equipment,open-line plugs are inserted in the EQUIP jacks on thedemarcation jackfield.

(4) The specialist should be familiar with the op-eration of the test equipment used, and should review theusers manual for the test equipment before and during thetesting.

e. Detailed Procedure.

(1) Line Acceptance. The following procedure iswritten in generic terms so that it may be used with dif-ferent test sets.

(a) 1004-Hz Net Loss, Attenuation Distortion,and Frequency Shift.

1 At both ends of the line to be tested, set upa test set configured as follows: transmit and receive im-pedance to 600 Ω; transmit frequency to 1004 Hz; outputlevel to − 13 dBm; and receive filtering to C-message.

2 At both ends of the line to be tested, con-nect the transmit and receive sections of the test set to thetransmit and receive pairs respectively of the line. Con-nection should be made to the lineside of the jackfield ifone is provided at the demarc for the line.

3 At both ends of the line to be tested, readthe received signal power level. Record the level onFAA Form 6000-14. Monitor the received frequency fora minimum of five (5) minutes to check for any fre-quency shift. If the frequency does not deviate more thanthe rounding of the 1 Hz units digit and the line does notdrop sync, then the frequency stability has been estab-lished.

4 At both ends of the line to be tested, set thetransmit frequency to 304 Hz and ensure the output levelremains at − 13 dBm.

**

*

*

Page 64: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A 12/30/96

Chap 5Page 56 Par 515

5 At both ends of the line to be tested, readthe received signal power level. Record the level onFAA Form 6000-14.

6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 for all frequencieslisted on FAA Form 6000-14.

(b) Signal-to-C-Notched Noise. At both endsof the line to be tested, set the transmit frequency to 1004Hz and the output level to − 13 dBm. Select C-messagefiltering on the receive section of the test set and setmeasurement mode to signal-to-noise. Read the signal-to-C-notched noise directly on the test sets and record onFAA Form 6000-14. If the test sets used do not directlycompute signal-to-C-notched noise, perform the follow-ing:

1 Select a C-message filter on the receivesection and read the power level of the tone plus noise.

2 Select a C-notch filter on the receive sec-tion and read the power level of the noise only.

3 Compute the signal-to-C-notched noise bysubtracting the reading of step 2 from that of step 1, andrecord on FAA Form 6000-14.

(c) Impulse Noise. At both ends of the line tobe tested, set transmit frequency to 1004 Hz and level to− 13 dBm. Set receive filtering to C-notch (the C-message filter of the TIMS includes a 1010-Hz notch)and measurement mode to impulse noise. Set thresholdto that indicated in the Standards column of chapter 3 forthe line being tested, and duration to 15 minutes. Afterthe 15 minutes is up, record the number of impulsescounted by the test sets on FAA Form 6000-14.

(d) Peak to Average Ratio (P/AR).

1 At both ends of the line being tested, setmeasurement mode to P/AR and set the output level to− 13 dBm. Measure P/AR directly on the test sets and re-cord on FAA Form 6000-14.

2 At one end of the line being tested, dis-connect the test set and loop back the receive pair tothe transmit pair. (Note that the procedure has as-sumed zero loss lines throughout.) At the other endof the line, measure P/AR directly on the test set andrecord in the Comments/Notes block of FAA Form6000-14.

(e) Envelope Delay Distortion.

1 At both ends of the line being tested, set upa test set (Hekimian 3700 or CXR 5200 or equal), and settest mode to DELAY or EDD. Designate and set one testset as MASTER and one as SLAVE. The test set desig-nated as MASTER will display results of testing regard-less of the direction of the line being tested.

2 Set up the transmit section of each test setfor the frequency range applicable for the line beingtested. Set frequency step for 100 Hz. Set output level to− 13 dBm.

3 Set up test sets for return reference meas-urements. In this mode, amplitude modulated, swept fre-quency, vf signals are transmitted from the master to theslave. The slave test set extracts the modulating signal anduses it to modulate a reference 1804-Hz vf signal, which issent back to the master. This test checks the delay of theline pair transmitting vf from the master end of the line tothe slave end. Read test results from the master test set andrecord on FAA Form 6000-14 for this line pair.

4 Set up test sets for forward reference meas-urements. In this mode, an amplitude modulated 1804-Hzvf signal is transmitted from the master to the slave. Theslave test set extracts the modulating signal and uses it tomodulate swept frequency, vf signals, which are sent backto the master. This test checks the delay of the line pairtransmitting vf from the slave end of the line to the masterend. Read test results from the master test set and recordon FAA Form 6000-14 for this line pair.

(f) Intermodulation Distortion.

1 At both ends of the line being tested, set upa test set (Hekimian 3700 or CXR 5200 or equal), and settest mode to IMD. Set output level to − 13 dBm.

2 Read the noise-corrected levels for the sec-ond and third order intermodulation products and record onFAA Form 6000-14. On the CXR5200, the corrected levelsmay be read directly on the display. On the Hekimian 3700,procedures contained in the Hekimian users manual must befollowed to correct the levels for noise contribution.

(g) Phase Jitter.

1 At both ends of the line being tested, set upa test set (Hekimian 3700 or CXR 5200 or equal), and

Page 65: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

12/30/96 6000.22A

Chap 5Par 515 Page 57

select PHS/AMP JTR test. Set test mode to PHASE. Setoutput level to − 13 dBm.

2 Phase jitter is measured over two fre-quency ranges, standard and standard plus low frequency.The standard range is 20 Hz to 300 Hz, while the stan-dard plus low frequency range is 4 Hz to 300 Hz. Readthe phase jitter for both ranges and record on FAA Form6000-14. On the CXR5200, both readings are present onthe display. The Hekimian 3700 uses a soft key to en-able/disable the low frequency. On this unit, read thephase jitter with the softkey set to "lf" for the standard(20- to 300-Hz) range and read the phase jitter with thesoftkey set to "LF" for the 4- to 300-Hz range.

(h) Disposition of Data. Compare readings withpublished standards and tolerances. If readings are in tol-erance, disconnect equipment and place the line to service.Record and store all test results for use as a benchmark infuture testing of the line. If line is not within tolerance,contact the service provider for corrective action.

(2) Revalidation. Revalidation of a line that hasbeen out-of-service for maintenance requires retesting ofthe parameter(s) that required the line be removed fromservice for maintenance in the first place. Detailed pro-cedures for this testing are the same as that for Line Ac-ceptance in subparagraph (1) with the exception that onlyparameters previously out-of-tolerance must be retested.If these parameter test values are now shown to be withinthe tolerances of chapter 3, the line is put back to serviceand the new test values are filed/stored.

(3) Acceptance of Composite Lines. Each segmentof a composite line must be tested to confirm that it meets orexceeds the published standard for its type of service(LINCS - VG-6 or VG-8, FTS2000, RCL/ LDRCL, orother) as the line is being activated. Record both the seg-ment-by-segment and the end-to-end testing results asbaseline information that will assist when later having totroubleshoot or fault isolate on a composite line. A separateFAA Form 6000-14 is required for each end and each

segment of a composite line. The end-to-end tolerancelevels for a composite line must then be tested to ensure itmeets the tolerances listed in paragraph 309 of chapter 3that are established for the type of service that the linewill be supporting (voice, radio, or data). These toler-ances are based on the type of service to be carried by theline rather than the capabilities of the line segments usedto make up the composite line.

516. MULTIPOINT LINE PERFORMANCE CHECKS.

a. Discussion. Multipoint lines are generally pro-vided by leased services vendors who bridge together anumber of point-to-point lines to allow intercommunica-tion between three or more end points. (See appendix 3for a more detailed discussion of multipoint lines.) FAAmaintenance responsibilities and capabilities for multi-point lines are limited since bridging devices used areprimarily under vendor control and the vendor providesfull-period monitoring for these leased lines.

b. Acceptance and Revalidation. In general, theFAA will accept a multipoint line from the vendor byhaving user personnel verify that all end points can suc-cessfully communicate with appropriate other end pointsand FAA technical personnel verify, from vendor sup-plied test reports, that all lines meet or exceed specifiedparameters when tested by the vendor prior to beingplaced into full period monitoring. Revalidation of a lineafter failure will be based on performing the followingfunctional checks.

(1) Voice multipoints. Functional checks forvoice multipoint lines will verify that all end points canboth communicate with and signal to all other endpoints.

(2) Data multipoints. Data multipoint lines func-tional checks will verify that the controlling end and eachremote end point can successfully exchange data.

517.-530. RESERVED.

SECTION 2. SPECIAL MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES.

531. COMPOSITE LINE TROUBLESHOOTING.Isolation of trouble in a composite line must be done bytesting each segment sequentially (starting with the near-est segment and then adding on each successively

more distant segment) until the trouble can be identifiedand localized to a single segment; then appropriatemaintenance action can be directed and accomplished.To facilitate remote testing, fault isolation, and trouble

Page 66: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A 12/30/96

Chap 5Page 58 Par 531

shooting, it is helpful to have responders or other remotelycontrolled test devices at each interface point where differenttypes of line segments come together within a compositeline. If end-to-end testing results are unsatisfactory, adjustparameters on FAA owned systems. If adjusting parameterson FAA owned segments does not provide satisfactory re-sults, refer the line back to the circuit designer.

532. COMPRESSION WITHIN THE NETWORK.Although a compression test is not called for during nor-mal routine maintenance, or even during most out-of-service conditions, it is very important to recognize andcorrect the problem when it does occur. When all normaltests, levels, frequency response, and noise have beenmade, associated standards met, and yet the service stillwill not work; additional tests must be performed.

NOTE: Telcos may also use terms like tracking andgain linearity when addressing what is discussed hereas compression.

a. A communications line becomes nonlinear when alevel change at the input is not reflected as an identicallevel change at the output. In most cases, compression isapparent when the level changes at the input result in lit-tle or no changes at the output. In fact, it may appear asif agc is present on the line.

b. Compression may be caused by defective amplifi-ers, improper equipment and circuit alignment, or thewrong value of attenuators at intermediate points alongthe path of the line.

c. Symptoms of compression problems are moreprevalent on services that combine voice and controltones such as air/ground or monitor and alarm controllines. The application of voice may cause bit errors inthe frequency-shift keyed (FSK) portion or false alarmson the monitoring equipment.

d. Gain linearity or tracking represents the ability ofthe carrier system to cause a corresponding change at theoutput that tracks with the input change.

e. The recommended testing procedure is to insert1004 Hz at 0 dBm at the input and reduce the level in5-dB increments to -35 dBm. The receive end shouldtrack within ±1 dBm on an end-to-end (not looped) ba-sis. If testing needs to be extended beyond -35 dBm,levels between -35 and -50 dBm should track within±1.5 dBm. No peak should go above 0.0 dBm and av-erage no higher level than − 13 dBm for more than 3seconds.

533.-599. RESERVED

Page 67: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

?2/30/96 6000.22A

CHAPTER 6. FLIGHT INSPECTION

600. GENERAL. Since analog lines are an integral component of various certifiable systems, an independ- ent flight check is not required. Refer to the latest

version of OAP 8200.1, United States Standard Flight Inspection Manual.

601.-699. RESERVED.

Chap 6 Par600

Page 59 (and 60)

Page 68: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1

Chap 7Par 700 Page 61

CHAPTER 7. MISCELLANEOUS

700. MULTIPOINT LINES.

a. General. Multipoint lines are used for voice ordata communications where a controlling end point needsto communicate with more than one other end point. Forthe purpose of this discussion (acceptance, maintenance,and corrective action), FAATSAT broadcast lines will betreated the same as multipoint lines except that end point-to-end point checks are not required. In the FAA, mostvoice multipoint lines are used for interphone servicebetween controllers or from controllers to selected sitesthroughout an airspace, generally with all end points ableto communicate with all other end points. Data multi-points are used in applications where the remote endpoints sequentially exchange data with the controllingpoint but not with other remote end points. On LINCSthe bridging is generally accomplished either at theLINCS node or at a local exchange carrier (LEC) centraloffice. On FAATSAT, the bridging is accomplished atthe FAATSAT node.

b. Maintenance Philosophy.

(1) Leased Multipoint Lines. Since the bridges forLINCS multipoint lines are almost universally locatedwithin vendor spaces or central offices and are providedfull-period monitoring, FAA personnel will not be requiredto perform separate line runs before accepting leased mul-tipoints. Line runs will be required for FAATSAT multi-point or broadcast lines (see chapter 4). When the vendorturns over the multipoint line, FAA user personnel willperform functional checks to ensure that the entire line isproviding required communications between end points, asrequired. Technical personnel will review vendor providedreports of line acceptance testing to ensure that the linewas within appropriate parameters.

(a) Functional Checks. User personnel willconduct checks from the controlling location of the mul-tipoint line to all remote ends to determine that requiredvoice or data communications are satisfactory and thatsignaling, if required, is working. The operational linemust support the stated requirements for communicationseither among all end points or between the controllingend point and sequentially with each remote end point.

(b) Review of Vendor Test Reports. FAAtechnical personnel will review vendor supplied test re-ports to ensure that all line segments of the multipointswere within acceptable parameters when accepted andplaced into service.

(c) Corrective Action. After acceptance,when the user reports unsatisfactory operation of a mul-tipoint line, FAA personnel will test to determine if thepaths from FAA demarcs to end user equipment at eachend are working properly. When FAA portions of themultipoint are determined to be operating correctly, butthe line is still not working satisfactorily, then the entiremultipoint line will be turned over to the vendor for cor-rective action.

(2) FAA-Owned Bridges/Multipoint Lines. Mainte-nance will be as specified in regional supplements for theregion that designed and installed the multipoint lines.

c. LINCS Multipoint Lines. LINCS multipoint lineswill be designed by the vendor in accordance with con-tract specifications and FAA requirements.

(1) The 3250-Hz tone used for monitoring VG-6lines by the LINCS network management center is re-moved from multipoints before being connected to thebridge so that no monitoring tones cross the bridge.

(2) Carrier detection is used for monitoring LINCSVG-8 lines and does not need any special handling foruse on multipoint data lines.

d. Voice Multipoint Lines. Voice multipoints are pro-vided under the LINCS and FAATSAT contracts. TheLINCS and FAATSAT vendors will design the voicemultipoint line to meet FAA requirements, generally us-ing VG-6 point-to-point lines from the site of the multi-point bridge to selected end points.

e. Data Multipoint Lines. Data multipoints will be de-signed using LINCS or FAATSAT VG-6 or VG-8 linesto connect remote end points to the bridge. Remote endpoints are able to exchange data with the controlling end-point but not with other remote end points.

*

*

* *

*

*

* *

* *

*

*

Page 69: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999

Chap 7Page 62 Par 701

701. ALTE ACCEPTANCE MASKS.

a. General. The Hekimian REACT 2000/AutomatedLine Test Equipment (ALTE) used at FAA ARTCCs, andselected other facilities, has the capability of developingand using a series of computer macro programs that arecalled acceptance masks. These acceptance masks canprovide the ALTE operator with information on a linebeing tested as to whether that line passed or failed a setof identified parameters. This paragraph establishes thevalues in the masks for circuits in chapter 3 of this orderand identifies how these masks may be used in FAAmaintenance of analog lines.

b. Guidelines. The parameters listed on the bluepages which are chapter 3 of this order (as modified byall official changes) will take precedence in determiningacceptable parameter values. Acceptance masks must bechecked and modified as necessary to keep them incompliance with parameters listed in chapter 3.

(1) Masks may be developed locally to expeditemaintenance operations. Specific guidance on how toenter parameter values from chapter 3 are shown below.

(2) Local authorities must ensure that bothacceptance and failure of analog lines remain in strictcompliance with chapter 3 parameters. It is suggestedthat the local ALTE transportation system specialistconfirm periodically (semi-annually) that local ALTEacceptance masks used are in compliance with theparameter tolerances in this order.

(3) When there is conflict between an ALTEacceptance mask and chapter 3 of this order, chapter 3governs.

(4) The telecommunications industry terms used inthe Hekimian documentation are defined as follows.

(a) Acceptance limit (AL) is the maximum mar-gin value or deviation that is allowed at service turn-up oracceptance. For establishing ALTE acceptance masks,when the document requires the AL limit, use the standardvalue from chapter 3.

(b) Immediate action limit (IAL) is theboundary of acceptable performance and the thresholdbeyond which the local exchange carrier will accept a

customer's trouble report and take immediate correctiveaction. When the IAL limit is identified, use the tolerancevalue from the initial column of chapter 3.

c. Detailed Entries.

(1) The specific details for acceptance masks areincluded in part 9 of the current Hekimian documentationon ALTE/REACT 2000 (HKMN 660-750-025) under thesection on REACT SMARTEST in the segment thatcovers the DS0 Acceptance Database. Since thedocumentation is revised with each new software release,ensure that documentation and software release are insynchronization. The following subparagraphs giveguidance in developing acceptance masks for analog linesused in the FAA.

(a) MASK. Name of the type of circuit as usedin chapter 3.

(b) 1004-Hz Loss. Enter the positive andnegative deviations in dB as shown in the blue pages.

(c) Attenuation Distortion in dB. Enter thefrequency ranges and standards/tolerances from the bluepages. Enter the same value in both the AL and IALcolumns. (AL is a required entry.)

(d) Impulse Noise. Enter 15 minute timeperiod. Enter a four digit number, 0015, in the IAL LOentry for the number of incursions allowed in the 15minute time period.

(e) Delay in msec (Envelope Delay Distor-tion). Enter the values for AL/Standard and IAL/Initialfrom the blue pages and use a leading zero if necessary tomake the entry a four-digit number.

(f) Jitter. Enter the degrees of initial toleranceas identified in the blue pages (as stated in the Hekimiandocument, BELL indicates standard weighting of 20 Hz-to-300 Hz and LF indicates the extended low frequencyweighting of 4 Hz-to-300 Hz.)

(g) IMD R2, R3 (Intermodulation Distor-tion). Enter initial tolerance values under the IALcolumn. The left two-digit number corresponds to thelevel of second order IMD products and the right numbercorresponds to the level of third order IMD products.

Page 70: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

12/30/96 6000.22A

Chap 7Par 701 Page 63

(h) P/AR. Leave blank. There is no standardvalue of P/AR that is applicable for all lines, even thoseof a common type (VG-6, VG-8, etc.). An acceptableP/AR value will very from line-to-line.

(i) Signal-to-C-Notch Noise and Impulse Noise.There are four fields available in both the AL and IALcolumns. In the second field (between the first andsecond commas) enter the initial tolerance value forsignal-to-C-notched noise IAL. In the fourth field (just

to right of the third comma) enter the initial tolerancevalue for impulse noise in dBRNC0. Enter the samevalues in all mileage bands.

(2) The examples shown in figures B-1, B-2and B-3 show the mask entries for the basic versionof the mask for LINCS VG-6, LINCS VG-8, andFTS2000 lines at the time this Order 6000.22 waspublished and may need to be revised locally as thisorder is changed.

FIGURE 7-1. ALTE MASK FOR LINCS VG-6 LINES

MASK: VG-6 AL IALFrequency shift (Hz) , ,

1004 Loss (dBm) , − 01.5, +01.53 tone slope 404 & 2804 (dBm) , − 01.0, +04.0Attenuation 0504-2504 (Hz) − 01.0, +03.0 − 01.0, +03.0distortion 0404-2804 (Hz) − 01.0, +04.0 − 01.0, +04.0in dB 0304-3004 (Hz) − 01.0, +05.0 − 01.0, +05.0 - (Hz) , ,Impulse nse (15 mins) HI: MID: LO: HI:15 MID:1 5 LO: 15Hits & dropouts GH: PH: DO: GH: PH: DO:Delay in mS AL IAL AL IAL804-2604 0700 0700 - - - - -Jitter BELL: LF: BELL: 05 LF: 10IMD R2, R3 , 33, 40P/AR Echo control

C-msg, C-notch, Signal to Noise, impulse noise threshold per miles<= 50 , , , , 30, , 67 <= 2500 , , , , 30, , 67<= 100 , , , , 30, , 67 <= 4000 , , , , 30, , 67<= 200 , , , , 30, , 67 <= 8000 , , , , 30, , 67<= 400 , , , , 30, , 67 <= 20000 , , , , 30, , 67<= 1000 , , , , 30, , 67 Satellite , , , , 30, , 67

F1-AHEAD, F2-BACK, F3-FIRST, F4-HELP, F5-TOP, F6-BOTTOM, F7-DELETE, F8-EXIT

Page 71: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A 12/30/96

Chap 7Page 64 Par 701

FIGURE 7-2. ALTE MASK FOR LINCS VG-8 LINES

MASK: VG-8 AL IALFrequency shift (Hz) , ,

1004 Loss (dBm) , − 01.5, +01.53 tone slope 404 & 2804 (dBm) , − 01.0, +02.0Attenuation 0404-2804 (Hz) − 01.0, +02.0 − 01.0, +02.0distortion 0304-3004 (Hz) − 01.0, +05.0 − 01.0, +05.0in dB - (Hz) , , - (Hz) , ,Impulse nse (15 mins) HI: MID: LO: HI:15 MID:15 LO: 15Hits & dropouts GH: PH: DO: GH: PH: DO:Delay in mS AL IAL AL IAL804-2604 0700 0700 - - - - -Jitter BELL: LF: BELL: 04 LF: 09 IMD R2, R3 , 45, 48P/AR Echo control

C-msg, C-notch, Signal to Noise, impulse noise threshold per miles<= 50 , , , , 32, , 67 <= 2500 , , , , 32, , 67<= 100 , , , , 32, , 67 <= 4000 , , , , 32, , 67<= 200 , , , , 32, , 67 <= 8000 , , , , 32, , 67<= 400 , , , , 32, , 67 <= 20000 , , , , 32, , 67<= 1000 , , , , 32, , 67 Satellite , , , , 32, , 67

F1-AHEAD, F2-BACK, F3-FIRST, F4-HELP, F5-TOP, F6-BOTTOM, F7-DELETE, F8-EXIT

Page 72: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

12/30/96 6000.22A

Chap 7Par 701 Page 65 (and 66)

FIGURE 7-3. ALTE MASK FOR FTS2000 LINES

MASK: FTS2000 AL IALFrequency shift (Hz) , ,

1004 Loss (dBm) , − 02.0, +02.53 tone slope 404 & 2804 (dBm) , − 02.0, +06.0Attenuation 0404-2804 (Hz) − 02.0, +06.0 − 02.0, +06.0distortion 0304-3004 (Hz) − 03.0, +12.0 − 03.0, +12.0in dB - (Hz) , , - (Hz) , ,Impulse nse (15 mins) HI: MID: LO: HI:15 MID:15 LO: 15Hits & dropouts GH: PH: DO: GH: PH: DO:Delay in mS AL IAL AL IAL804-2604 1250 1250 - - - - -Jitter BELL: LF: BELL: 08 LF: 12 IMD R2, R3 , 45, 43P/AR Echo control

C-msg, C-notch, Signal to Noise, impulse noise threshold per miles<= 50 , , , , 28, , 71 <= 2500 , , , , 28, , 71<= 100 , , , , 28, , 71 <= 4000 , , , , 28, , 71<= 200 , , , , 28, , 71 <= 8000 , , , , 28, , 71<= 400 , , , , 28, , 71 <= 20000 , , , , 28, , 71<= 1000 , , , , 28, , 71 Satellite , , , , 28, , 71

F1-AHEAD, F2-BACK, F3-FIRST, F4-HELP, F5-TOP, F6-BOTTOM, F7-DELETE, F8-EXIT

702.-799. RESERVED.

Page 73: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

12/30/96 6000.22AAppendix 1

Page 1

APPENDIX 1: GLOSSARY OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS TERMS

A and B Signaling. The procedure most often used in T1transmission facilities in which one bit, robbed from eachof the 24 subchannels in every sixth frame, is used forcarrying dial and control information.

Acceptance Limit (AL). A telecommunications industryterm for the maximum value of, or deviation from, adesign parameter that is allowed at service turnup oracceptance.

Acoustic Coupler. A device that converts electricalsignals into audio signals, enabling data to be transmittedover telephone lines via a conventional telephone hand-set.

Address. A unique sequence of letters or numbers for thelocation of data or the identity of an intelligent device.

ADPCM (Adaptive Differential Pulse Code Modula-tion). A technique that allows analog signals to be car-ried on a 32 kb/s digital channel. Sampling is performedat 8 Hz with 3 or 4 bits used to describe the differencebetween adjacent samples.

Adaptive Routing. A means of selecting the optimumpath for message transfer or packet routing.

Algorithm. A set of instructions or mathematical formu-las used to solve a given communications problem.

Alternate Route. A redundant or diversity transmissionroute that provides the same telecommunications connec-tivity as the primary route to which it is referenced.

Analog. An electrical signal that varies continuously inamplitude or frequency depending on changes in sound,light, heat, etc.

Analog/Digital Converter (A/D). A device that convertsan analog transmission signal into digital format.

ANSI. American National Standards Institute; theprinciple standards development body supported by over1000 American trade organizations, professional socie-ties and companies. The U. S. member body to ISO(International Standards Organization).

ASCII: American Standard Code for InformationInterchange; a seven-bit-plus parity code established byANSI to establish a uniform means of transferringinformation between data processing systems, communi-cations systems, and terminal equipment.

Attenuation Distortion. The difference in loss at one fre-quency with respect to the loss at a reference frequency; thereference frequency is 1004 Hz unless otherwise specified.Attenuation distortion is controlled either at specified frequen-cies, or throughout a frequency band. (See also Slope.)

Automatic. A capability that results in an action beinginitiated within the network without human intervention.

AWG. American Wire Gauge; conventional designatorof wire size.

Backbone Network. The high-density portion of a net-work that connects primary nodes.

Bandpass. The portion of a band, expressed in fre-quency differences (bandwidth), in which the signal lost(attenuation) of any frequency when compared to thestrength of a reference frequency is less than the valuespecified in the measurement.

Bandwidth. The range of frequencies available fortelecommunications; the difference expressed in Hertzbetween the highest and lowest frequencies of a band.The theoretical maximum speed at which a given net-work topology, line or communication line operates.

Baud. Unit of signaling speed. The speed in baud is thenumber of discrete conditions or events per second.(Baud is an older term that was used mostly for tele-types, the newer term is bits per second).

Bellcore. Bell Communications Research; organized andfunded by the Bell Operating companies followingAT&T divestiture, for the purpose of establishing tele-phone-network standards and interfaces; includes muchof what had been Bell Laboratories.

Bell Operating Company (BOC). Any of the 22 operat-ing companies created by the AT&T divestiture.

Page 74: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999Appendix 1

Page 2

Blocking. The inability of a telecommunications systemto establish a connection because paths are unavailable.

Bus. A simultaneous and non-interfering transmissionpath servicing multiple devices.

BWM (Bandwidth Manager). A multiservice accessplatform used as the core of a multiservice backbonenetwork. On a single platform, a BWM system fullyintegrates the functions of a voice and data networkingmultiplexer, a multiprotocol router, and a networkmanagement system. BWM is a FAA owned system.

C Conditioning. Type of line conditioning that controlsattenuation, distortion, and delay distortion so they liewithin specific limits.

C-Message Noise. The frequency-weighted, short-termaverage noise within an idle line. The frequencyweighing, called C-message, is used to account for thevariations in 500-type telephone set transducer efficiencyand user annoyance to tones as a function of frequency.

C-Notched Noise. On a line with a holding tone, the C-message, frequency-weighted noise that is removed at themeasuring end through a notch (very narrow band) filter.

Call. The sequence of events begun when an end usermakes a request for service and provides an address code,and concluded when communication between the endusers has terminated.

Central Office (CO). The telephone company switchingfacility or center at which subscribers' local loopsterminate. It handles a specific geographic area and isidentified by the first three digits of the local telephonenumber. Since divestiture, these are invariably thefacilities of the local Bell operating company.

Channel Bank. A device that multiplexes many slow-speed voice or data conversations onto a high-speed linkand controls the flow of these conversations.

Circuit. A physical or logical path allowing thetransmission of information; the path connecting a datasource and a data "sink" (receiver). The term "circuit"may be used interchangeably with "channel," "line," or"path."

Circuit Diversity. A physical and electrical separation inrouting of transmission paths such that a failure at onegeographical location will not cause loss of both paths.

Comite Consultatif International de Telephonie et deTelegraphie (CCITT). International Consultative Com-mittee for Telephone and Telegraph, a United Nationsorganization.

Composite Line. An end-to-end analog line made up oftwo or more line segments provided by different suppliers.

Control Station. The station on a network thatsupervises control procedures, including polling, calling,and error recovery.

Copper Facility. Any wire-based transmission mediumutilizing copper wire or cable.

Crosstalk. The unwanted transfer of energy from oneline (the disturbing line) to another line (the disturbedline).

Customer-Premise Equipment (CPE). Equipmentand facilities on the customer/FAA side of the pointof interconnection with the telecommunications net-work.

D Conditioning. A type of conditioning that controlsharmonic distortion and signal-to-noise ratio so that theyreside within specified limits.

Data. Digitally represented information, which includesvoice, text, facsimile, and video.

Database. Collection of data which is structured andorganized in a disciplined fashion to facilitate informa-tion retrieval.

DB (DECIBEL). The logarithmic unit of signal powerratio commonly used in telephony. It is used to expressthe relationship between two signal powers, usuallybetween two acoustic, electric, or optical signals; it isequal to 10 times the common logarithm of the ratio ofthe 2 signal powers.

DBM. Decibel referenced to one milliwatt; relativestrength of a signal, calculated in decibels, when thesignal is compared in a ratio to a value of one milliwatt;used mainly in telephony to refer to relative strength of asignal (e.g., at 0 dBm, a signal delivers 1 milliwatt to aline load, while at -30 dBm a signal delivers .001milliwatt to a load).

DBRN. A unit used to express noise power relative toone picowatt (-90 dBm).

*

*

**

Page 75: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

12/30/96 6000.22AAppendix 1

Page 3

DBRNC. Noise power in dBRN, measured with C-message weighing.

DBRNC0. Noise power in dBRNC referred to ormeasured at a zero transmission level point (0/TLP).

Decibel (dB). See dB above.

Delay Distortion. Change in signal from transmittingend to receiving end resulting from the non-uniformspeed of transmission of various frequency componentsof a signal through a transmission medium.

Delay Time, End-To-End. The time to traverse theleased system from one end user location to another,including processing, queuing, connecting, transmis-sion/retransmission and propagation delays. Measure ofround trip transmission delay. Useful for detectingpossible cause of protocol timeouts.

Demarcation (DEMARC) Point. The demarcation pointbetween the wiring that comes in from the local telephonecompany, and customer-premises equipment or CPE.

Demodulation. The process of retrieving a signal from amodulated carrier wave.

Deviation. The departure from a standard or specifiedvalue.

D/I. See Drop and Insert below.

DIP Site. A drop and insert point, usually on the RCL, atwhich voice grade lines are dropped and inserted.

Digital. Referring to communications procedures, tech-niques, and equipment by which information is encodedas either a binary 1 or 0; the representation of informationis discrete binary form, discontinuous in time, as opposedto the analog representation of information in variable,but continuous, waveforms.

Digroup. A digital group, or when 24 voiceband analogchannels are combined or multiplexed to form a DS-1 signal.

Drop and Insert. A term applied to a multiplexer that canadd data (insert) to a T1 data stream, or act as a terminatingnode (drop) to other multiplexers connected to it.

Drop Cable. In local area networks, a cable that connectsperpendicularly to the main network cable, or bus, andattaches to data terminal equipment (DTE).

Echo. Part of a signal transmission reflected or other-wise returned with sufficient magnitude and delay to bereceived as interference.

Echo Return Loss (ERL). A frequency-weighted measure ofreturn loss over the middle of the voiceband (approximately560 to 1965 Hz), where talker echo is most annoying.

EIA (Electronics Industry Association). A U.S. stan-dards organization specializing in the electrical and func-tional characteristics of interface equipment.

End-User. An end-user may be either an FAA or con-tractor person who will operate equipment that uses thetelecommunications medium.

End-User Location (EUL). A place at which a leasedtransmission line is terminated. Service is delivered to aspecific demarcation point at the location. Each EUL willbe designated by the government as a type A location(EUL-A) or a type B location (EUL-B). See type A ortype B locations.

Envelope Delay Distortion (EDD). A characteristic ofanalog lines that results when some frequencies arriveahead of others, even though they were transmitted at thesame time. It is normally expressed as a difference intime between arrival of the frequencies at the receive endof a line; difference in times between the frequency thatarrived last and the frequency that arrived first.

Exchange. A unit established by a telephone companyfor the administration of communications service in aspecified geographic area that usually embraces a city,town, or village and its environs.

Expected Measured Loss (EML). The calculated value ofthe 1004-Hz loss that one would expect to measure betweentwo test points with the proper terminating impedances atthe test points. It is the sum of the inserted connection lossand test access loss including any test pads.

FAA Designated Demarcation Point. This DEMARC isthe physical point interconnecting the government com-munications equipment and the leased system.

Page 76: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999Appendix 1

Page 4

FAATSAT (FAA Telecommunications Satellite). Asystem to provide satellite-based telecommunicationsservices to aid in the elimination of single points offailure. FAATSAT incorporates both fixed andtransportable earth stations in the main domestic networkand incorporates mobile stations for use in emergencysituations worldwide. FAATSAT is a leased service.

Facilities. Any telephone company cable, poles, conduit,microwave, or carrier equipment, wire center distributingframes, central office, switching equipment, computers(both hardware and software), business machines, etc.,utilized to provide services offered.

FCC: Federal Communications Commission, regulatesU.S. communications.

Filter. Device that transmits a certain range of frequen-cies while suppressing unwanted frequencies or noise, orwhile separating lines in communications lines.

Frequency Shift. The difference between the frequencyof a signal applied at the input of a line and the frequencyof that signal at the output of the line.

Full Duplex. The capability of transmission in eitherdirection, at the same time.

Gain/Frequency Characteristic. The gain-versus-fre-quency characteristic of the line over the bandwidthprovided.

Government Facility. A facility owned, operated, leased,or contracted by or for the government.

Half Duplex. Transmission in either direction, but not atthe same time.

Harmonic. An alternating signal whose frequency is anintegral multiple of the fundamental basic frequency.

Hertz (Hz). Measurement that distinguishes electro-magnetic waveform energy, number of cycles, or com-plete waves that pass a reference point per second;measurement of frequency, by which one Hertz equalsone cycle per second.

Hybrid. An electronic line or transformer that inter-connects a local (two-wire) loop with four-wire long-haulfacilities.

Immediate Action Limit (IAL). A telecommunicationsindustry term for the bound of acceptable performanceand the threshold beyond which the local exchangecarrier will accept a customer's trouble report and takeimmediate corrective action.

Impulse Noise. Any momentary occurrence of the noiseon a line significantly exceeding the normal noise peaks.It is analyzed by counting the number of occurrences thatexceed a threshold during a specified period of time.

In-Band Signaling. Use of audio tones inside the con-ventional voice frequency line to convey signalinginformation.

Interface. The point at which two systems, or two partsof one system, interconnect.

Interference. Any unwanted noise or crosstalk on acommunications line that reduces the intelligibility of thedesired speech or signal.

Intermodulation Distortion (IMD). A measure of thenonlinearity of a line. It is measured using four tones andevaluating the ratios (in decibels) of the transmittedcomposite four-tone signal power to the second-orderproducts of the tones (R2), and the third-order productsof the tones (R3).

Interexchange Carrier (IXC). Any corporation engaged forhire in interstate or foreign communication by wire, fiber, orradio between two or more local access and transport areas(LATA’s). This does not preclude carrying intra-LATAtraffic concurrent with state regulatory approval.

Jitter. The slight movement of a transmission signal intime or phase that can introduce errors and loss ofsynchronization in high-speed synchronous communica-tions; see Phase Jitter.

K/bits or kb/s. Kilobits per second; standard measure ofdata rate and transmission capacity.

Kilohertz (kHz). One thousand Hertz or one thousandcycles per second.

LDCELP (Low Delay Code Excited Linear Prediction).LDCELP is a voice compression method that uses abackward-adaptive analysis-by-synthesis algorithm de-fined by ITU Recommendation G.728.

*

*

**

*

*

Page 77: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1Appendix 1

Page 5

LED (Light Emitting Diode). A semiconductor lightsource that emits visible light or invisible infraredradiation.

Line Conditioning. Telephone company service thatreduces envelope delay, noise, and attenuation distortion,enabling the subscriber to transmit higher speed data thanover traditional telephone lines.

Local Access. The connection between an EUL-B and anode.

Loss Deviation. The departure of the actual loss from thedesignated value.

Local Access and Transport Area (LATA). One of 161local telephone serving areas in the United States,generally encompassing the largest standard statisticalmetropolitan areas; subdivisions established as a result ofthe Bell divestiture that now distinguish local from longdistance service; lines with both end-points within theLATA (intra-LATA) are generally the sole responsibilityof the local telephone company, while lines that crossoutside the LATA (inter-LATA) are passed on to aninter-exchange carrier.

Local Area Network (LAN). A data communicationssystem confined to a limited geographical area with mod-erate to high data rates (100 kb/s to 50 Mb/s). The areamay consist of a single building, a cluster of buildings ora campus-type arrangement. The network uses some typeof switching technology, and does not use commoncarrier lines - although it may have gateways or bridgesto other public and private networks.

Local Exchange Carrier (LEC). An organization thatprovides intra-LATA telecommunications services to thepublic.

Loopback. Diagnostic procedure used for transmissiondevices; a test message is sent to a device being tested,which is then sent back to the originator and comparedwith the original transmission; loopback testing may bewithin a locally attached device or conducted remotelyover a communications line.

Main Distribution Frame. In telephony, a structure wheretelephone-subscriber lines are terminated; in conjunctionwith a PBX, the place where central office telephone linesare connected to on-premises extensions; at a telephonecentral office, a site where subscriber lines terminate.

Modem. Modulator/demodulator; electronic device thatenables digital data to be sent over analog transmissionfacilities.

Modulation. Modifying some characteristics of a waveform.

Monitor. (1) A video display. (2) Any hardware or softwarethat supervises the operation of a system and indicates anydeviation from its standard operating procedure.

MTBF. Mean Time Between Failures. Average for onedevice.

MTTR. Mean Time To Repair.

Multidrop Line. A communications line that intercon-nects several stations in different geographical locations.See Multipoint Line.

Multiplex. A technique to use a single transmission lineto provide several transmission lines, such as by sharingthe time of the line (time-division multiplexing) orsuperimposing many frequencies at the same time(frequency-division multiplexing) so that many signalsources and receivers may communicate during a giventime period.

Multiplexing/Multiplexer. The combining of multipledata lines onto a single transmission medium; anyprocess through which a line normally dedicated to asingle user can be shared by multiple users; typically userdata streams are interleaved on a bit or byte basis (timedivision) or separated by different carrier frequencies(frequency division).

Multipoint Line. A line providing simultaneous trans-mission among three or more separate points. also amultidrop line.

Network Control Signaling. The transmission of signalsin the telecommunications system that perform functionssuch as supervision (control, status, and charge signals),address signaling (e.g., dialing), calling and called numberidentifications, rate of flow, service selection, error control,and audible tone signals (call-progress signals indicatingreorder or busy conditions, and alerting) to control theoperation of the telecommunications system.

Network Termination Equipment (NTE). Network compo-nent that links directly to the terminating equipment.

Page 78: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999Appendix 1

Page 6

Node. A point in the network which is interconnected toat least two other nodes via digital facilities (paths) whichare physically diverse. A node may be located at avendor location or at an FAA location.

Noise. Random electrical signals, introduced by linecomponents or natural disturbances that tend to degradethe performance of a communications line.

Non-Blocking. A capability of the network such that thetotal number of available transmission paths is equal tothe number of ports. Therefore, all ports can have simul-taneous access through the network.

Nyquist Theorem. In communications theory, a formulastating that two samples per cycle is sufficient tocharacterize a bandlimited analog signal, in other words,the sampling rate must be twice the highest frequencycomponent of the signal (e.g., sampling at 8 kHz for a 4-kHz analog signal).

Off-Hook. The supervisory state indicative of the active(in use) condition.

On-Hook. The supervisory state indicative of the idlecondition.

Out-of-Band Signaling. Use of narrowband filters toplace the voice signal on a carrier line below 3400 Hz,reserving the 3400-to-3700-Hz band for supervisorysignals.

PAM. Pulse amplitude modulation.

Path. An analog or digital route between two nodes.

PCM (Pulse Code Modulation). Digital transmissiontechnique that involves sampling of an analoginformation signal at regular time intervals and codingthe measured amplitude value into a series of binaryvalues, which are transmitted by modulation of a pulsedor intermittent carrier; a common method of speechdigitizing using 8 bit code works or samples and asampling rate of (typically) 8 kHz.

Peak to Average Ratio (P/AR). A test to determine aline's overall bandwidth and phase nonlinearity and thusits ability to effectively transmit high speed data traffic.

Phase Jitter. The measurement, in degrees out of phase,that an analog signal deviates from the referenced phasesof the main data-carrying signal; often caused by

alternating-current components in a telecommunicationsnetwork.

Point of Presence (POP). A physical location within aLATA established by an IXC for the purpose of obtainingLATA access and LEC-provided access services. POPapplies to both switched and dedicated access, althoughdifferent POPs may be used for different services.

Point-to-Point. Describing a line that interconnects twopoints directly, where there are generally no intermediateprocessing nodes, computers, or branched lines, althoughthere could be switching facilities; a type of connection,such as phone-channel line, that links two, and only two,logical entities. See Multipoint Line.

Polling. A means of determining if devices on a multi-point line are alive and responding.

POTS. Plain old telephone service.

Power Level. The ratio of the power at a given point toan arbitrary amount of power chosen as a reference.Usually expressed in decibels based on 1 milliwatt (dBm)or 1 watt (dBw).

Preventive Maintenance. Maintenance, such as periodicinspection, cleaning, and adjustment intended to preventsystem malfunction.

RAM (Random Access Memory). Semiconductor read-writevolatile memory. Data stored is lost if power is turned off.

Ringdown. Signaling used in manual systems wherepicking up one phone automatically rings another orsignals an operator.

Signal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR). The ratio of the signalpower to noise at a given point in a given system (usuallyexpressed in decibels).

Site Level Verification. Level of verification usuallyperformed at the designated site that will verify overallsystem requirements.

Slope Also Three-Tone Slope or Gain Slope). The lossat 404 and 2804 Hz relative to that at 1004 Hz.

Stability. The property of maintaining a constant valueduring a specified time interval. Variations from theinitial value may be called drift if the change is relativelyslow, and jitter or noise if the change is relatively fast.

Page 79: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1Appendix 1

Page 7

Status Reporting. The process by which the routing of statusinformation concerning leased system failures and repairs arebroadcast to all devices that may need the information formessage routing and system monitoring and control.

Subsystem. A grouping of one or more equipment items thatperform a function that is a part of an overall system product.

Subsystem-Level Verification. Level of verification usu-ally accomplished at the contractor's facility that willverify subsystem requirements under ambient conditions.

System. An operational grouping of subsystems thatcompose the leased system. This grouping may includeemulators and test fixtures to simulate the operationalconfiguration of the leased system equipment.

System Level Verification. This level of verification isusually accomplished at the contractor's facility and willverify that the network configuration and design willmeet the system requirements under controlled electrical,mechanical, and environmental conditions.

T1. AT&T term for a digital carrier facility used totransmit a DS-1 formatted digital signal at 1.544 Mb/s.

T Carrier. A time-division-multiplexed (typically telephonecompany supplied) digital transmission facility, usually oper-ating at an aggregate data rate of 1.544 Mb/s and above.

Tariff. The formal process whereby services and rates areestablished by and for communications common carrier;submitted by carriers for government regulatory approval,reviewed, often amended, and then (usually) approved; thepublished rate for a specific communications service,equipment or facility that constitutes a contract between theuser and the communications supplier or carrier.

TELCO. Telephone central office, in most usages, butalso a generic abbreviation for telephone company.

Test. A method of verification wherein performance ismeasured during or after the controlled application offunctional and/or environmental stimuli. Quantitativemeasurements are analyzed to determine the degree ofcompliance. The process uses laboratory equipment,procedures, and/or services.

Transient. An abrupt change in voltage, of short duration.

Transmission Level Point (TLP). A point in a transmissionsystem at which the ratio, usually expressed in decibels, ofthe power of a test signal at that point to the power of the testsignal at a reference point, is specified. For example, a zerotransmission level point (0 TLP) is an arbitrarily establishedpoint on a communication line to which all relative levels atother points in the line are referred.

Trunk. A dedicated aggregate telephone line connecting twoswitching centers, central office, or data concentration devices.

Turn Up. Operational verification of a transmission lineafter cutover.

Two-Wire to Four-Wire Conversion. An arrangement thatconverts a four-wire transmission path to a two-wiretransmission path to allow a four-wire facility to connect to atwo-wire entity such as a trunk line or switching system.

Type A Locations. Type-A locations (designatedEUL-A) are major, critical facilities requiring diversetelco entrance facilities, high reliability, and highavailability. See also End-Use Locations.

Type B Locations. Type-B locations (designated EUL-B)are less critical facilities that do not have the stringentrequirements for diversity, reliability, or availability likethose for EUL-A locations. A location that is notdesignated by the government as an EUL-A, is an EUL-B.

VAPC (Voice Adaptive Predictive Coding). VAPC usesa block coding process that combines VQ with linearprediction in an adaptive structure. The vector quantizeruses an optimized codebook to code the differencebetween an input vector and a predicted vector.

VG-COMPRESSED (Voice Grade Compressed).Techniques that allow voice grade analog signals to becarried on a 16kb/s, 9.6kb/s, or 8kb/s digital channel.They may employ LDCELP, VAPC, or VQ compressionmethods.

Voice-Bandwidth Line. A line with frequency responsecharacteristics to effectively transmit voice-frequencysignals. (A frequency range of about 300 to 3000 Hz.)

Voice Frequency (vf). Describing an analog signalwithin the range of transmitted speech, typically from300 to 3400 Hz; any transmission supported by an analogtelecommunications line.

*

*

Page 80: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999Appendix 1

Page 8

Voice Grade (VG). A term used to describe the per-formance characteristics of a channel, line, facility,or service that is suitable for the transmission ofspeech, digital or analog data, or facsimile, generallywith a frequency range of about 300 to 3000 Hz.

VQ (Vector Quantization). VQ uses an optimized code-book of speech samples. It removes the pitch from theincoming voice sample, matches the resultant waveform

to the codebook, and sends the codebook index to thedecompression resource. The decompression resource usesthis information to reconstruct an approximation of theoriginal voice sample.

Zero, Zero Transmission Level Point (0,0 TLP). Indicatesthat there are two reference points on a line between whichthere will be no overall change in signal power. Establishesunity gain (no loss or gain) between these points of reference.

*

*

*

*

Page 81: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

CHANGE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATIONFEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION

6000.22ACHG 1

8/10/1999

SUBJ: MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES

Distribution: A-FAF-0(MAX);X(AF)-3;ZAF-604 Initiated By: AOS-510

1. PURPOSE.

a. This change transmits revised pages to include the Bandwidth Manager(BWM) and the FAATSAT (Federal Aviation Administration Satellite) analogservices. This directive implements Configuration Control Decision (CCD) No.N21066, Modify Order 6000.22A per Notices N6000.179, FAA TelecommunicationsSatellite (FAATSAT) Analog Line Standards and Tolerances and N6000.182,Bandwidth Manager (BWM) Standards and Tolerances for Analog and DigitalTransmission Channels.

b. This change has been reviewed and evaluated for impact upon year 2000(Y2K) functionality and has no detrimental effect upon Y2K compliance issues.

2. DISTRIBUTION. This directive is distributed to selected offices andservices within Washington headquarters, the William J. Hughes TechnicalCenter, the Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center, to the branch level within theregional Airway Facilities divisions, and all Airway Facilities field offices.

3. DISPOSITION OF TRANSMITTAL. Retain this transmittal.

PAGE CONTROL CHART

Remove Pages Dated Insert Pages Dated

iii thru vi 12/30/1996 iii thru vi 8/10/19991 thru 12 12/30/1996 1 thru 6 8/10/1999

7 12/30/19968 thru 12 8/10/1999

21 thru 30 12/30/1996 21 thru 23 8/10/199924 12/30/199625 thru 30 8/10/1999

33 thru 38 12/30/1996 33 12/30/199634 8/10/199934-1/34-2 8/10/199935 8/10/199936 12/30/199637 12/30/199638 8/10/1999

45 thru 56 12/30/96 45 8/10/199946 12/30/199647 8/10/199948 and 49 12/30/199650 8/10/199951 12/30/1996

Page 82: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22 CHG 1 8/10/1999

Page 2 Par 3

PAGE CONTROL CHART (Continued)

Remove Pages Dated Insert Pages Dated

52 8/10/199953 12/30/199654 and 55 8/10/199956 12/30/1996

61 and 62 12/30/1996 61 and 62 8/10/1999

Appendix 1

1 thru 7 12/30/1996 1 12/30/19962 8/10/19993 12/30/19964 thru 8 8/10/1999

Tue Aug 10 13:30:47 1999

Teresa E. HudsonActing Program Director for Operational Support

Page 83: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1

Page iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS

Paragraph Page

100. Objective....................................................................................................................... 1101. Reserved.

SECTION 1. ANALOG LINE INFORMATION

102. Service Specifications in Effect ..................................................................................... 1103.-106. Reserved.

SECTION 2. MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES

107. Safety............................................................................................................................ 3108. Certification................................................................................................................... 3109. Coordination of Maintenance Activities.......................................................................... 3110. Reporting Irregularities, Interruptions, and Outages ...................................................... 4111. Troubleshooting ............................................................................................................ 5112. NAS Change Proposals ................................................................................................ 5113. Precautions When Using Test Tones ............................................................................ 6114.-199. Reserved.

CHAPTER 2. TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

200. Purpose ........................................................................................................................ 7201. Reserved.

SECTION 1. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

202. System Overview .......................................................................................................... 7203. Analog Transmission Services ...................................................................................... 9204.-219. Reserved.

SECTION 2. DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES

220. Perspective ................................................................................................................... 12221.-229. Reserved.

**

Page 84: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999

Page iv

SECTION 3. ANALOG PERFORMANCE AND TEST PARAMETERS

Paragraph Page

230. Parameters Used in Analog Maintenance and Testing.................................................. 13231. In-Service Monitoring .................................................................................................... 21232.-299. Reserved.

CHAPTER 3. STANDARDS AND TOLERANCES

300. General ..................................................................... ..................................................... 25301. Notes and Conditions......................................................... ............................................ 25302. Reserved.303. Voice Grade 6 (VG-6)(LINCS, BWM, and FAATSAT) ................................................... 27304. Voice Grade 8 (VG-8)(LINCS, BWM, and FAATSAT)......................... ........................... 27305. FTS2000 .................................................................... .................................................... 28306. RCL and LDRCL VF Lines Via Analog Multiplex ............................................................ 29307. RCL and LDRCL VF Lines Via DS-1 Channel Bank....................................................... 29308. Other FAA Leased Lines...................................................... .......................................... 30309. FAA Composite Lines ........................................................ ............................................ 32310. Grounds and Leakage........................................................ ............................................ 34311. Voice Grade Adaptive Differential Pulse Code ............................................................... 34

Modulation (VG-ADPCM)(FAATSAT)312. Voice Grade Compressed (VG-COMPRESSED)(FAATSAT)................... ..................... 35313.-399. Reserved.

CHAPTER 4. PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

SECTION 1. PERFORMANCE CHECKS

400. General ..................................................................... ..................................................... 35401. Full Period Line Monitoring.................................................... ......................................... 35402.-406. Reserved.407. Daily........................................................................ ....................................................... 35408. Annually .................................................................... ..................................................... 35409. As Required ................................................................. .................................................. 36410.-420. Reserved.

SECTION 2. OTHER MAINTENANCE TASKS

421.-499. Reserved.

**

*

*

Page 85: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1

Page v

CHAPTER 5. MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

Paragraph Page

500. General ..................................................................... ..................................................... 37501. Basic Maintenance Procedure ................................................. ...................................... 37502. FAA Form 6000-14, Performance Record - Analog Lines......................... ..................... 38503. Test Equipment Required...................................................... ......................................... 42504. General Measuring Techniques ................................................ ..................................... 45505.-509. Reserved.

SECTION 1. PERFORMANCE CHECK PROCEDURES

510. Monitor Check Procedure for the Leased Interfacility NAS Communications......... ........ 47System (LINCS) Newbridge System Status Display (SSD)

511. General Procedure When Using the ALTE..................................................................... 48512. Annual Line Run Using ALTE.................................................. ....................................... 49513. “As Required” Testing Using ALTE ................................................................................ 50514. Annual Line Run Using Manual Test Equipment ............................................................ 53515. “As Required” Testing Using Manual Test Equipment .................................................... 54516. Multipoint Line Performance Checks.............................................................................. 57517.-530. Reserved.

SECTION 2. SPECIAL MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

531. Composite Line Troubleshooting............................................... ..................................... 58532. Compression Within the Network ................................................................................... 58533.-599. Reserved.

CHAPTER 6. FLIGHT INSPECTION

600. General ..................................................................... ..................................................... 59601.-699. Reserved.

CHAPTER 7. MISCELLANEOUS

700. Multipoint Lines .............................................................. ................................................ 61701. ALTE Acceptance Masks ..................................................... .......................................... 61702.-799. Reserved.

APPENDIX 1. GLOSSARY OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS TERMS (8 pages) **

**

* *

Page 86: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999

Page vi

LIST OF TABLES

Table Page

1-1. Contacts for Reporting Trouble...................................... ................................................ 52-1. Relationship of Power Ratios and Decibels .................................................................... 102-2. TLP Example ............................................................... .................................................. 125-1. Test Equipment Characteristics................................................ ...................................... 425-2. ALTE Description ............................................................ ............................................... 44

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Figure Page

1-1. Coverage of Order 6000.22A ...................................... .................................................. 11-2. Composite Line Diagram ............................................................................................... 32-1. Typical Telecommunications Line ................................... .............................................. 82-2. C-Message Weighting Response Curve ............................... ........................................ 112-3. C-Notch Filter Response Curve..................................... ................................................ 142-4. 3-kHz Flat Filter Response Curve ................................... .............................................. 152-5. Intermodulation Distortion Products.................................. ............................................. 172-6. Phase Jitter.................................................. .................................................................. 182-7. P/AR Changes on a Typical Line.................................... ............................................... 202-8. Effects of Noise on P/AR................................................................................................ 212-9. Typical In-Service and Out-of-Service Testing........................... .................................... 222-10. NMS View-Only Monitoring System .................................. ............................................ 232-11. Codex 9800 Network Management System............................. ...................................... 245-1. Sample of FAA Form 6000-14 With Entries (2 pages)...................... ............................. 395-2. Typical REACT 2000/ALTE Deployment........................................................................ 435-3. Typical REACT 2000/ALTE Analog Testing Flowchart and Menus.............. .................. 517-1. ALTE Mask for LINCS VG-6 Lines................................... .............................................. 637-2. ALTE Mask for LINCS VG-8 Lines................................... .............................................. 647-3. ALTE Mask for FTS2000 Lines..................................... ................................................. 65

**

Page 87: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

88//1100//11999999 66000000..2222AA CCHHGG 11

CChhaapp 11PPaarr 110000 PPaaggee 11

CCHHAAPPTTEERR 11.. GGEENNEERRAALL IINNFFOORRMMAATTIIOONN AANNDD RREEQQUUIIRREEMMEENNTTSS

110000.. OOBBJJEECCTTIIVVEE.. TThhee oobbjjeeccttiivvee ooff tthhiiss hhaannddbbooookk iiss ttoopprroovviiddee tthhee nneecceessssaarryy gguuiiddaannccee ffoorr tthhee pprrooppeerr mmaaiinnttee--nnaannccee aanndd iinnssppeeccttiioonn ooff FFAAAA aannaalloogg ttrraannssmmiissssiioonn lliinneess..((TThhee tteerrmm aannaalloogg rreeffeerrss ttoo aann eelleeccttrriiccaall ssiiggnnaall tthhaatt vvaarriieessiinn aammpplliittuuddee oorr ffrreeqquueennccyy ddeeppeennddiinngg oonn cchhaannggeess iinn tthheeiinntteelllliiggeennccee iinnppuutt,, ggeenneerraallllyy aann aauuddiibbllee vvooiiccee oorr ttoonnee..))UUssee iinnffoorrmmaattiioonn aavvaaiillaabbllee iinn iinnssttrruuccttiioonn bbooookkss aanndd ootthheerrhhaannddbbooookkss,, ttooggeetthheerr wwiitthh tthhiiss hhaannddbbooookk ttoo pprroovviiddee tthheettoottaall iinnffoorrmmaattiioonn ffoorr mmaaiinntteennaannccee ooff aannaalloogg lliinneess.. TThhiisshhaannddbbooookk aaddddrreesssseess tthhee mmaaiinntteennaannccee ooff aannaalloogg ttrraannss--mmiissssiioonn lliinneess bbeettwweeeenn FFAAAA ddeemmaarrccaattiioonn ((ddeemmaarrcc)) ppooiinnttssaass sshhoowwnn iinn ffiigguurree 11--11.. FFAAAA ccoommmmuunniiccaattiioonnss ssyysstteemmss --bbootthh lleeaasseedd aanndd oowwnneedd -- pprroovviiddee aa ttrraannssmmiissssiioonn uuttiilliittyy ffoorrtthhee ssuuppppoorrtt ooff sseerrvviicceess ((ee..gg..,, aaiirr--ttoo--ggrroouunndd rraaddiioo ccoommmmuunnii--

ccaattiioonnss bbeettwweeeenn ccoonnttrroolllleerrss aanndd aaiirrccrraafftt)).. FFiigguurree 11--11 bbeelloowwddeeppiiccttss tthhee aarreeaa ooff ccoovveerraaggee ooff tthhiiss hhaannddbbooookk,, wwhhiicchh iiss oonntthhee ttrraannssmmiissssiioonn mmeeddiiaa pprroovviiddeedd bbeettwweeeenn tthhee ddeemmaarrccaattiioonnppooiinnttss llooccaatteedd wwiitthhiinn FFAAAA ffaacciilliittiieess.. TThhee mmaaiinntteennaannccee aannddooppeerraattiioonn ooff tthhee ccuussttoommeerr pprreemmiissee eeqquuiippmmeenntt ((CCPPEE)) oorrnneettwwoorrkk tteerrmmiinnaattiinngg eeqquuiippmmeenntt ((NNTTEE)) -- bbootthh llooccaatteedd oonntthhee ccuussttoommeerr ssiiddee ooff tthhee ddeemmaarrcc -- aarree aaddddrreesssseedd iinn ootthheerrFFAAAA hhaannddbbooookkss aanndd ppuubblliiccaattiioonnss.. TThhee tteerrmm aannaalloogg lliinneerreeffeerrss ttoo tthhee ffoorrmmaatt aappppeeaarriinngg oonn tthhee uusseerr ssiiddee ooff tthheeddeemmaarrcc ((rreeggaarrddlleessss ooff tthhee ttrraannssmmiissssiioonn mmeeddiiaa uusseedd wwiitthhiinntthhee nneettwwoorrkk)).. IInn ootthheerr wwoorrddss,, aann aannaalloogg lliinnee iiss iinn aannaallooggffoorrmmaatt oonn tthhee uusseerr ssiiddee ooff tthhee FFAAAA ddeemmaarrcc..

110011.. RREESSEERRVVEEDD..

FFIIGGUURREE 11--11.. CCOOVVEERRAAGGEE OOFF OORRDDEERR 66000000..2222AA

AArreeaa aaddddrreesssseedd wwiitthhiinn OOrrddeerr 66000000..2222AA

TTrraannssmmiissssiioonn MMeeddiiaa ((LLIINNCCSS,, FFTTSS22000000,, FFAAAATTSSAATT,,

RRCCLL,, eettcc..))

IInn ootthheerr FFAAAA oorrddeerrss IInn ootthheerr FFAAAA oorrddeerrss

SSEECCTTIIOONN 11.. AANNAALLOOGG LLIINNEE IINNFFOORRMMAATTIIOONN

110022.. SSEERRVVIICCEE SSPPEECCIIFFIICCAATTIIOONNSS IINN EEFFFFEECCTT..

aa.. LLIINNCCSS aanndd FFAAAATTSSAATT.. AAnnaalloogg ooppeerraattiioonnaalllliinneess aarree pprroovviiddeedd ttoo tthhee FFAAAA uunnddeerr tthhee LLeeaasseedd IInntteerr--ffaacciilliittyy NNaattiioonnaall AAiirrssppaaccee SSyysstteemm CCoommmmuunniiccaattiioonnssSSyysstteemm ((LLIINNCCSS)) aanndd FFAAAA TTeelleeccoommmmuunniiccaattiioonnssSSaatteelllliittee ((FFAAAATTSSAATT)) ccoonnttrraaccttss,, ccuurrrreennttllyy wwiitthh MMCCIITTeelleeccoommmmuunniiccaattiioonnss CCoorrppoorraattiioonn.. AAlltthhoouugghh tthhee

LLIINNCCSS aanndd FFAAAATTSSAATT ccoonnttrraaccttss hhaavvee pprroovviissiioonnss ffoorrbbootthh aannaalloogg aanndd ddiiggiittaall lliinneess,, tthhiiss hhaannddbbooookk oonnllyyaaddddrreesssseess aannaalloogg lliinneess..

((11)) VVooiiccee GGrraaddee TTyyppee 66 ((VVGG--66)) LLiinneess.. TTyyppiiccaallaapppplliiccaattiioonnss ooff VVGG--66 lliinneess aarree ttoo pprroovviiddee vvooiiccee aanndd lloowwbbiitt rraattee ddaattaa sseerrvviiccee ((99..66 kkiilloobbiittss ppeerr sseeccoonndd [[kkbb//ss]],, oorrsslloowweerr))..

UUsseerr EEqquuiippmmeenntt FFAAAA DDeemmaarrcc FFAAAA DDeemmaarrcc UUsseerr EEqquuiippmmeenntt

**

**

** **

**

**

Page 88: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

66000000..2222AA CCHHGG 11 88//1100//11999999

CChhaapp 11PPaaggee 22 PPaarr 110022

((22)) VVooiiccee GGrraaddee TTyyppee 88 ((VVGG--88)) LLiinneess.. TTyyppiiccaallaapppplliiccaattiioonnss ooff VVGG--88 lliinneess aarree ttoo pprroovviiddee vvooiiccee ggrraaddee ddaattaassuuppppoorrtt aatt ssppeeeeddss ggrreeaatteerr tthhaann 99..66 kkbb//ss..

((33)) TThhee DDeeffeennssee IInnffoorrmmaattiioonn TTeecchhnnoollooggyyCCoonnttrraaccttiinngg OOffffiiccee ((DDIITTCCOO)) aatt SSccootttt AAiirr FFoorrccee BBaassee nneeaarrBBeelllleevviillllee,, IIlllliinnooiiss,, iiss tthhee FFAAAA''ss ccoonnttrraaccttiinngg ooffffiiccee ffoorrlleeaasseedd tteelleeccoommmmuunniiccaattiioonnss..

((44)) MMCCII wwiillll pprroovviiddee mmuullttiippooiinntt lliinneess tthhrroouugghhLLIINNCCSS oorr FFAAAATTSSAATT wwhheenn oorrddeerreedd bbyy tthhee FFAAAA.. MMCCIIccaann aallssoo pprroovviiddee bbrrooaaddccaasstt lliinneess tthhrroouugghh FFAAAATTSSAATT,, iiffrreeqquuiirreedd..

bb.. FFTTSS22000000.. TThhee GGeenneerraall SSeerrvviicceess AAddmmiinniissttrraattiioonn((GGSSAA)) mmaannaaggeess tthhee FFeeddeerraall TTeelleeccoommmmuunniiccaattiioonn SSyysstteemm((FFTTSS22000000)) pprrooggrraamm ffoorr uussee bbyy aallll eelleemmeennttss ooff tthhee UUnniitteeddSSttaatteess FFeeddeerraall GGoovveerrnnmmeenntt.. TThhee GGSSAA hhaass nnaattiioonnaall ccoonnttrraaccttsswwiitthh AATT&&TT aanndd SSPPRRIINNTT ttoo pprroovviiddee aaddmmiinniissttrraattiivvee tteellee--ccoommmmuunniiccaattiioonnss ffoorr tthhee ggoovveerrnnmmeenntt.. TThhee FFAAAA uusseess tthheeAATT&&TT ccoonnttrraacctt ttoo pprroovviiddee iittss aaddmmiinniissttrraattiivvee ccoommmmuunniiccaa--ttiioonnss lliinneess aanndd ssoommee sseelleecctteedd ooppeerraattiioonnaall lliinneess..

cc.. OOtthheerr LLeeaasseedd LLiinneess.. PPrriioorr ttoo FFTTSS22000000 aanndd tthheeLLIINNCCSS,, tthhee FFAAAA oobbttaaiinneedd lleeaasseedd lliinneess ffrroomm nnuummeerroouussvveennddoorrss tthhaatt pprroovviiddeedd aallmmoosstt 2200 ddiiffffeerreenntt ttyyppeess ooff aannaalloogglliinneess..

((11)) LLiinnee TTyyppeess.. TThhiiss hhaannddbbooookk wwiillll ddooccuummeennttootthheerr ttyyppeess ooff lliinneess ssttiillll bbeeiinngg uusseedd bbyy tthhee FFAAAA ((ee..gg..,,sseerrvviiccee ttyyppee 11,, aanndd sseerrvviiccee ttyyppee 55;; CC--ccoonnddiittiioonneedd ttyyppeess11,, 22,, 33,, aanndd 44;; aanndd llaassttllyy DD--ccoonnddiittiioonneedd ttyyppeess 11 aanndd 66))..TThhiiss ccaatteeggoorryy ooff ootthheerr lleeaasseedd lliinneess iiss rraappiiddllyy sshhrriinnkkiinngg iinnqquuaannttiittyy,, aass wweellll aass vvaarriieettyy..

((22)) LLiinnee CCoonnddiittiioonniinngg.. WWiitthhiinn tthhee FFAAAA,, tthheerree aarreeoollddeerr eexxiissttiinngg lliinneess wwiitthh CC-- oorr DD--ttyyppee ccoonnddiittiioonniinngg bbuuttnnoo nneeww ccoonnddiittiioonneedd lliinneess wwiillll bbee lleeaasseedd.. OOnnee mmeetthhoodduusseedd ttoo iimmpprroovvee tthhee ppaassssbbaanndd cchhaarraacctteerriissttiiccss ooff aa lleeaasseeddtteelleepphhoonnee lliinnee aanndd tthheerreebbyy iinnccrreeaassee tthhee iinnffoorrmmaattiioonnccaappaacciittyy ooff aa tteelleepphhoonnee ssyysstteemm iiss ttoo pprroovviiddee ssppeecciiaallccoonnddiittiioonniinngg oonn tthhee lliinnee.. TToo oobbttaaiinn hhiigghh--ssppeeeedd ddaattaa oonntthheessee ffeeww,, oollddeerr,, nnoonn--LLIINNCCSS vvooiiccee--ggrraaddee lliinneess,, aatttteennuuaa--ttiioonn ddiissttoorrttiioonn,, eennvveellooppee--ddeellaayy ddiissttoorrttiioonn,, ssiiggnnaall--ttoo--nnooiisseerraattiioo,, aanndd hhaarrmmoonniicc ddiissttoorrttiioonn hhaadd ttoo bbee ccoonnttrroolllleedd.. TThheeffiirrsstt ttwwoo ((aatttteennuuaattiioonn ddiissttoorrttiioonn aanndd eennvveellooppee ddeellaayyddiissttoorrttiioonn)) wweerree ccoonnttrroolllleedd tthhrroouugghh CC--ccoonnddiittiioonniinngg aannddtthhee llaatttteerr ttwwoo ((ssiiggnnaall--ttoo--nnooiissee rraattiioo aanndd hhaarrmmoonniicc ddiissttoorr--ttiioonn)) bbyy DD--ccoonnddiittiioonniinngg..

dd.. FFAAAA OOwwnneedd TTrraannssmmiissssiioonn SSyysstteemmss..

((11)) RRCCLL//LLDDRRCCLL.. TThhee rraaddiioo ccoommmmuunniiccaattiioonnsslliinnkk ((RRCCLL)) mmiiccrroowwaavvee nneettwwoorrkk iiss aann FFAAAA oowwnneedd vvooiicceeaanndd ddaattaa ttrraannssmmiissssiioonn ssyysstteemm pprrooccuurreedd ttoo pprroovviiddee FFAAAAwwiitthh ccoosstt--eeffffeeccttiivvee aanndd rreelliiaabbllee sseerrvviiccee ffoorr tthhee NNAASS..TThhee RRCCLL pprroovviiddeess aann iinntteerrccoonnnneecctteedd nnaattiioonnaall RRCCLLbbaacckkbboonnee nneettwwoorrkk aammoonngg AARRTTCCCC’’ss.. IInn aaddddiittiioonn ttoo tthheebbaacckkbboonnee RRCCLL nneettwwoorrkk,, tthhee llooww ddeennssiittyy RRCCLL ((LLDDRRCCLL))ssyysstteemm pprroovviiddeess llooccaall ccoommmmuunniiccaattiioonnss rroouutteess tthhaatt ttiieerreemmoottee ffaacciilliittiieess ((ssuucchh aass tteerrmmiinnaall rraaddaarr)) ttoo tthhee hhuubb aaiirrttrraaffffiicc ccoonnttrrooll ffaacciilliittiieess oorr ttoo tthhee RRCCLL bbaacckkbboonnee..

((22)) MMiiccrroowwaavvee aanndd CCaabbllee SSyysstteemmss.. TThheerree aarreessoommee rreeggiioonnaallllyy pprrooccuurreedd ttrraannssmmiissssiioonn ssyysstteemmss tthhaatt uusseeoollddeerr FFAAAA--oowwnneedd mmiiccrroowwaavvee oorr ccaabbllee ((mmeettaalllliicc oorr ffiibbeerr))bbeettwweeeenn ffaacciilliittiieess.. SSttaannddaarrddss,, ccoovveerriinngg tthhee lliinneess tthheesseeffaacciilliittiieess pprroovviiddee,, aarree nnoott iinncclluuddeedd iinn tthhiiss oorrddeerr bbuuttsshhoouulldd bbee pprroovviiddeedd bbyy rreeggiioonnaall ssuupppplleemmeennttss ttoo tthhiiss oorrddeerr..

((33)) BBWWMM.. TThhee bbaannddwwiiddtthh mmaannaaggeerr ((BBWWMM)) nneett--wwoorrkk iiss aa FFAAAA oowwnneedd vvooiiccee aanndd ddaattaa ttrraannssmmiissssiioonn ssyysstteemmtthhaatt iinntteeggrraatteess tthhee ssyysstteemmss ccuurrrreennttllyy iinn uussee ttoo pprroovviiddee aauunniiffiieedd nneettwwoorrkk uussiinngg TT11 bbaacckkbboonnee ttrruunnkkss.. BBWWMM pprroo--vviiddeess ffoorr ccoonnssoolliiddaattiioonn ooff bbaannddwwiiddtthh rreeqquuiirreemmeennttss aannddsswwiittcchheedd rraatthheerr tthhaann ddeeddiiccaatteedd sseerrvviicceess ffoorr eeffffiicciieenntt uuttiillii--zzaattiioonn ooff aavvaaiillaabbllee bbaannddwwiiddtthh.. EEaacchh BBWWMM nnooddee hhaass tthheeaabbiilliittyy ttoo ooppeerraattee iinnddeeppeennddeennttllyy ffoorr ffaauulltt iissoollaattiioonn aannddmmaaiinntteennaannccee.. IInn aaddddiittiioonn,, tthhee nneettwwoorrkk hhaass aa cceennttrraall ccoonnttrroollcceenntteerr ccaalllleedd tthhee BBWWMM NNeettwwoorrkk OOppeerraattiioonnss CCeenntteerr ((NNOOCC))tthhaatt pprroovviiddeess eenntteerrpprriissee wwiiddee ttrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg aanndd ssuuppppoorrttuussiinngg aa nneettwwoorrkk mmoonniittoorriinngg aanndd mmaannaaggeemmeenntt ssyysstteemm..

ee.. CCoommppoossiittee LLiinneess.. CCoommppoossiittee lliinneess aarree eenndd--ttoo--eennddaannaalloogg lliinneess mmaaddee uupp ooff ttwwoo oorr mmoorree lliinnee sseeggmmeennttsspprroovviiddeedd bbyy ddiiffffeerreenntt ssuupppplliieerrss oorr mmaaddee uupp ooff ttwwooiinnddiivviidduuaall lliinneess ccoonnnneecctteedd ttooggeetthheerr tthhaatt aappppeeaarr oonn aannaannaalloogg ddeemmaarrcc aanndd aarree ccrroossss ccoonnnneecctteedd aatt vvooiiccee ffrree--qquueennccyy ((vvff)) lleevveell.. FFAAAA ccoommppoossiittee lliinneess mmaayy iinncclluuddeesseeggmmeennttss pprroovviiddeedd bbyy ssoommee ffeeaassiibbllee ccoommbbiinnaattiioonn ooffsseevveerraall ttyyppeess ooff FFAAAA--oowwnneedd oorr lleeaasseedd lliinneess.. TThheerree aarreennuummeerroouuss eexxaammpplleess ooff ttyyppeess ooff ccoommppoossiittee lliinneess bbuutt tthheellaarrggee mmaajjoorriittyy iiss eexxppeecctteedd ttoo bbee ccoommbbiinnaattiioonnss ooffLLIINNCCSS aanndd RRCCLL//LLDDRRCCLL sseeggmmeennttss.. AAss aann eexxaammppllee,,aassssuummee aa vvooiiccee ffrreeqquueennccyy ((vvff)) lliinnee oonn oonnee RRCCLL lliinnkk iissttiieedd ttoo aa lliinnee oonn aannootthheerr RRCCLL lliinnkk aatt aann AARRTTCCCC ttoo ccrreeaatteeaa vvff lliinnee tthhaatt ggooeess ffrroomm oonnee ffaacciilliittyy tthhrroouugghh sseevveerraall RRCCLLlliinnkkss ttoo aa ddiissttaanntt ffaacciilliittyy.. IIff tthhee ccrroossss--ccoonnnneecctt aatt tthheeAARRTTCCCC’’ss iiss ddoonnee aatt vvff lleevveell,, tthhee lliinnee iiss ccoonnssiiddeerreedd

**

**

**

**

** **

** **

Page 89: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

88//1100//11999999 66000000..2222AA CCHHGG 11

CChhaapp 11PPaarr 110022 PPaaggee 33

ccoommppoossiittee.. IIff,, hhoowweevveerr,, tthhee ccrroossss--ccoonnnneecctt iiss ddoonnee aatt tthheeTT11 lleevveell oorr aatt tthhee bbaasseebbaanndd lleevveell ((aass aa ggrroouupp oorr ssuubb--ggrroouupp)),, tthhiiss iiss nnoott aa ccoommppoossiittee lliinnee aanndd sshhoouulldd mmeeeett aallllssppeecciiffiiccaattiioonnss aanndd ppaarraammeetteerrss ffoorr aann RRCCLL vvff lliinnee.. AAddiiaaggrraamm ooff aa ttyyppee ooff ccoommppoossiittee lliinnee iiss sshhoowwnn iinn ffiigguurree 11--22 bbeellooww.. ((TThhee rreessppoonnddeerr nnuummbbeerriinngg sscchheemmee rreefflleecctteedd iinntthhiiss ffiigguurree mmaayy ddiiffffeerr ffrroomm tthhee nnuummbbeerriinngg sscchheemmeess uusseeddiinn ootthheerr rreeggiioonnss..))

ff.. MMuullttiippooiinntt LLiinneess.. AA lliinnee tthhaatt hhaass mmoorree tthhaann ttwwootteerrmmiinnaattiioonn ppooiinnttss iiss ccaalllleedd aa mmuullttiippooiinntt lliinnee.. TTyyppiiccaallFFAAAA aapppplliiccaattiioonnss tthhaatt uussee mmuullttiippooiinntt lliinneess aarree tthhee vvooiiccee

iinntteerrpphhoonnee cciirrccuuiittss uusseedd ffoorr ccoooorrddiinnaattiioonn aanndd hhaanndd--ooffffbbeettwweeeenn ccoonnttrroolllleerrss.. TThheerree aarree ddaattaa aapppplliiccaattiioonnss tthhaattaallssoo uussee mmuullttiippooiinntt lliinneess.. SSeeee cchhaapptteerr 77 ffoorr aa mmoorreeccoommpplleettee ddiissccuussssiioonn oonn mmuullttiippooiinntt lliinneess..

gg.. BBrrooaaddccaasstt LLiinneess.. AA oonnee wwaayy ttrraannssmmiissssiioonn lliinneewwiitthh oonnee ssoouurrccee aanndd mmuullttiippllee ddeessttiinnaattiioonnss iiss ccaalllleedd aabbrrooaaddccaasstt lliinnee.. TThhee FFAAAATTSSAATT ccoonnttrraacctt ccaann pprroovviiddeebbrrooaaddccaasstt lliinneess,, aalltthhoouugghh tthheerree aarree nnoott ccuurrrreennttllyy aannyyaannaalloogg bbrrooaaddccaasstt lliinneess ppllaannnneedd..

110033..--110066.. RREESSEERRVVEEDD..

FFIIGGUURREE 11--22.. CCOOMMPPOOSSIITTEE LLIINNEE DDIIAAGGRRAAMM

AARRTTCCCC wwiitthh RRCCLL RRCCLL RReeppeeaatteerr LLDDRRCCLL oorr LLIINNCCSSAALLTTEE aanndd DDrroopp && IInnsseerrtt RRCCAAGGRRCCLL PPooiinntt ((DDIIPP))

RReessppoonnddeerr RReessppoonnddeerr NNoo.. 11 NNoo.. 22

SSEECCTTIIOONN 22.. MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE AACCTTIIVVIITTIIEESS

110077.. SSAAFFEETTYY.. PPeerrssoonnnneell sshhoouulldd oobbsseerrvvee aallll ssaaffeettyypprreeccaauuttiioonnss wwhheenn wwoorrkkiinngg oonn eeqquuiippmmeenntt.. FFoorr gguuiiddaanncceerreeffeerr ttoo tthhee llaatteesstt eeddiittiioonn ooff OOrrddeerr 66000000..1155..

110088.. CCEERRTTIIFFIICCAATTIIOONN.. TThheerree aarree nnoo cceerrttiiffiiccaattiioonnrreeqquuiirreemmeennttss ffoorr lleeaasseedd oorr FFAAAA--oowwnneedd lliinneess.. SSuucchh lliinneessmmaayy bbee iinncclluuddeedd aass ppaarrtt ooff aa cceerrttiiffiieedd ssyysstteemm aanndd wwoouullddtthheenn nneeeedd ttoo pprroovviiddee tthhee rreeqquuiirreedd sseerrvviiccee ffoorr tthhee ssyysstteemmbbeeiinngg cceerrttiiffiieedd.. TThheessee sseerrvviicceess uussiinngg tthhee lleeaasseedd oorr FFAAAA--oowwnneedd lliinneess aarree iinncclluuddeedd iinn aapppprroopprriiaattee FFAAAA eeqquuiippmmeennttoorrddeerrss..

110099.. CCOOOORRDDIINNAATTIIOONN OOFF MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE AACC--TTIIVVIITTIIEESS..

aa.. MMaaiinntteennaannccee aaccttiivviittiieess sshhaallll bbee ccoooorrddiinnaatteedd wwiitthhooppeerraattiioonnss ppeerrssoonnnneell ttoo pprreecclluuddee iinntteerrrruuppttiioonnss ttoo AAiirr

TTrraaffffiicc SSeerrvviiccee.. SSuuffffiicciieenntt aaddvvaannccee nnoottiiccee sshhaallll bbee ggiivveennffoorr mmaaiinntteennaannccee aaccttiivviittiieess ssoo tthhaatt,, iiff rreeqquuiirreedd,, aapppprroopprriiaatteeNNoottiicceess ttoo AAiirrmmeenn ((NNOOTTAAMM’’ss)) ccaann bbee iissssuueedd.. TThhee iinn--ffoorrmmaattiioonn nneecceessssaarryy ffoorr tthhee pprreeppaarraattiioonn ooff ssuucchhNNOOTTAAMM''ss sshhaallll bbee ffuurrnniisshheedd pprroommppttllyy.. OOppeerraattiioonnss ppeerr--ssoonnnneell sshhoouulldd rreeccooggnniizzee tthhee nneeeedd ffoorr rreelleeaassiinngg eeqquuiippmmeennttffoorr sscchheedduulleedd mmaaiinntteennaannccee wwoorrkk aanndd sshhoouulldd ooffffeerr tthheeiirrccooooppeerraattiioonn ttoo aassssuurree ccoonnttiinnuuoouuss aanndd rreelliiaabbllee ooppeerraattiioonn..RReeffeerr ttoo tthhee llaatteesstt eeddiittiioonn ooff OOrrddeerr 77221100..33,, FFaacciilliittyyOOppeerraattiioonn aanndd AAddmmiinniissttrraattiioonn,, ffoorr iinnffoorrmmaattiioonn oonn aaiirr ttrraaff--ffiicc aanndd mmaaiinntteennaannccee ccoooorrddiinnaattiioonn rreeqquuiirreemmeennttss ttoo eeffffeeccttsscchheedduulleedd mmaaiinntteennaannccee aaccttiivviittiieess..

bb.. FFAAAA tteecchhnniiccaall ppeerrssoonnnneell sshhoouulldd nnoottiiffyy tthhee MMCCIIFFAAAA NNeettwwoorrkk MMaannaaggeemmeenntt CCeenntteerr ((FFAAAANNMMCC)) nneettwwoorrkkooppeerraattiioonnss ggrroouupp oorr hheellpp ddeesskk bbeeffoorree ppeerrffoorrmmiinngg ccoomm--pprreessssiioonn tteessttiinngg,, rreemmoovviinngg ccaarrrriieerr ffrroomm aa VVGG--88 lliinnee,, oorr

**

**

Page 90: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

66000000..2222AA CCHHGG 11 88//1100//11999999

CChhaapp 11PPaaggee 44 PPaarr 110099

iinniittiiaattiinngg aannyy ppllaannnneedd eeffffoorrtt oonn aa LLIINNCCSS lliinnee tthhaatt wwiillllccaauussee aallaarrmmss iinn tthhee LLIINNCCSS mmoonniittoorriinngg ssyysstteemm.. EExxaammpplleessooff ssuucchh aaccttiivviittiieess tthhaatt mmiigghhtt ccaauussee LLIINNCCSS aallaarrmmss aarreeppoowweerr mmaaiinntteennaannccee,, mmooddeemm mmaaiinntteennaannccee oonn VVGG--88 lliinneess,,sswwiittcchhiinngg aa VVGG--88 lliinnee ttoo tthhee bbaacckkuupp ffaacciilliittyy,, oorr aannyyaaccttiivviittyy tthhaatt wwiillll ccaauussee tthhee LLIINNCCSS NNeewwbbrriiddggee mmoonniittoorriinnggeeqquuiippmmeenntt ttoo sseennssee aann oouutt--ooff--ttoolleerraannccee ccoonnddiittiioonn.. SSeeeettaabbllee 11--11 ffoorr tthhee MMCCII hheellpp ddeesskk tteelleepphhoonnee nnuummbbeerr..

111100.. RREEPPOORRTTIINNGG IIRRRREEGGUULLAARRIITTIIEESS,, IINNTTEERR--RRUUPPTTIIOONNSS,, AANNDD OOUUTTAAGGEESS.. AAfftteerr ddiiaaggnnoossttiicc tteessttiinnggttoo aassssuurree tthhaatt FFAAAA eeqquuiippmmeenntt iiss nnoott aatt ffaauulltt,, tthhee SSyysstteemmMMaannaaggeemmeenntt OOffffiiccee ((SSMMOO)) mmaannaaggeerr oorr rreepprreesseennttaattiivvee aatttthhee ccoonnttrrooll eenndd ooff tthhee lliinnee sshhaallll bbee rreessppoonnssiibbllee ffoorrrreeppoorrttiinngg tthhee sseerrvviiccee ddiiffffiiccuullttyy..

aa.. LLIINNCCSS aanndd FFAAAATTSSAATT.. TThhee SSMMOO mmaannaaggeerr oorrrreepprreesseennttaattiivvee sshhaallll ccoonnttaacctt tthhee MMCCII LLIINNCCSS hheellpp ddeesskk..

((11)) TThhee MMCCII LLIINNCCSS aanndd FFAAAATTSSAATT hheellpp ddeesskkpprroovviiddeess aa ssiinnggllee ppooiinntt--ooff--ccoonnttaacctt ffoorr rreeaall--ttiimmee ttrroouubblleemmaannaaggeemmeenntt ooff tthhee eennttiirree LLIINNCCSS aanndd FFAAAATTSSAATT nneett--wwoorrkk.. IItt iiss mmaannnneedd 2244 hhoouurrss aa ddaayy,, 77 ddaayyss aa wweeeekk.. TThhiissggrroouupp ffiieellddss aallll uusseerr ccaallllss aanndd pprroovviiddeess ffiirrsstt--lleevveell ttrroouubblleerreeppoorrttiinngg aanndd rreessoolluuttiioonn aassssiissttaannccee.. TThhee hheellpp ddeesskk iinniittii--aatteess aanndd ttrraacckkss rreeqquueessttss ffoorr ccoorrrreeccttiivvee aaccttiioonn aanndd eennssuurreesstthhaatt eessccaallaattiioonn nnoottiiffiiccaattiioonnss aarree ccoonndduucctteedd wwiitthhiinn ccoonn--ttrraaccttuuaallllyy sseett ttiimmee ppaarraammeetteerrss.. TThhee hheellpp ddeesskk aallssoo hhaass tthheeccaappaabbiilliittyy ttoo rreemmootteellyy ccoonndduucctt ppaarraammeetteerr cchheecckkss oonn lliinneesswwiitthhiinn MMCCII aanndd wwiitthh ootthheerr vveennddoorrss tthhaatt pprroovviiddee LLIINNCCSSlliinneess.. TThhee tteecchhnniiccaall aassssiissttaannccee sseeccttiioonn wwiitthhiinn tthhee hheellppddeesskk ccoooorrddiinnaatteess rreessttoorraattiioonn aaccttiivviittiieess wwiitthh tthhee aassssiiggnneeddmmaaiinntteennaannccee sseerrvviiccee oorrggaanniizzaattiioonn.. TThhiiss tteecchhnniiccaall aassssiiss--ttaannccee sseeccttiioonn ddiirreeccttss tthhee sseerrvviiccee eeffffoorrttss tthhaatt eexxtteennddbbeettwweeeenn ddiiffffeerreenntt mmaaiinntteennaannccee oorrggaanniizzaattiioonnss.. TThheeyy aallssoovveerriiffyy tthhaatt rreessttoorreedd sseerrvviicceess mmeeeett nneettwwoorrkk ssppeecciiffiiccaattiioonnssbbeeffoorree rreettuurrnniinngg tthheemm ttoo aaccttiivvee ssttaattuuss..

((22)) TThhee MMCCII LLIINNCCSS pprrooggrraamm mmaannaaggeemmeenntt ooffffiiccee((PPMMOO)) nneettwwoorrkk ooppeerraattiioonnss eelleemmeenntt wwiitthhiinn tthhee LLIINNCCSSPPMMOO nneettwwoorrkk mmaannaaggeemmeenntt ffuunnccttiioonn pprroovviiddeess sseeccoonndd--lleevveell ssuuppppoorrtt bbyy rreecceeiivviinngg ttrroouubblleess oorr qquueessttiioonnss tthhaatt tthheehheellpp ddeesskk iiss uunnaabbllee ttoo aannsswweerr..

((33)) TThhee MMCCII FFAAAATTSSAATT pprrooggrraamm mmaannaaggeemmeennttooffffiiccee ((PPMMOO)) nneettwwoorrkk ooppeerraattiioonnss eelleemmeenntt wwiitthhiinn tthheeFFAAAATTSSAATT PPMMOO nneettwwoorrkk mmaannaaggeemmeenntt ffuunnccttiioonn pprroovviiddeesssseeccoonndd--lleevveell ssuuppppoorrtt bbyy rreecceeiivviinngg ttrroouubblleess oorr qquueessttiioonnsstthhaatt tthhee hheellpp ddeesskk iiss uunnaabbllee ttoo aannsswweerr..

((44)) IIff tthheerree aarree qquueessttiioonnss tthhaatt ccaannnnoott bbee rreessoollvveeddbbyy tthhee nneettwwoorrkk ooppeerraattiioonnss eelleemmeenntt,, tthhee hheellpp ddeesskk oobbttaaiinnsstthhiirrdd--lleevveell ttrroouubbllee aassssiissttaannccee ffrroomm tthhee nneettwwoorrkk eennggiinneeeerr--

iinngg ffuunnccttiioonn ssuuppppoorrtteedd bbyy tthhee nneettwwoorrkk eeqquuiippmmeenntt pprroo--vviiddeerr..

((55)) TThhee LLIINNCCSS nnaattiioonnaall sseerrvviiccee mmaannaaggeemmeenntteelleemmeenntt,, wwiitthhiinn tthhee MMCCII LLIINNCCSS PPMMOO,, hhaass ddiirreeccttrreessppoonnssiibbiilliittyy aanndd aaccccoouunnttaabbiilliittyy ffoorr LLIINNCCSS ppeerrffoorrmmaannccee..EEaacchh FFAAAA rreeggiioonn hhaass aa rreeggiioonnaall sseerrvviiccee mmaannaaggeerr ((RRSSMM))tthhaatt rreeppoorrttss ttoo tthhee nnaattiioonnaall sseerrvviiccee mmaannaaggeerr ((NNSSMM)).. TThheeNNSSMM iiss rreessppoonnssiibbllee ffoorr ccoooorrddiinnaattiinngg rreeggiioonnaall aaccttiivviittiieessbbeettwweeeenn tthhee LLIINNCCSS PPMMOO aanndd tthhee RRSSMM’’ss.. TThhee NNSSMMrreeppoorrttss ttoo tthhee LLIINNCCSS PPMMOO ddiirreeccttoorr..

11 TThhee RRSSMM’’ss ppllaayy aa ccrriittiiccaall rroollee iinn mmaannaaggiinngg tthheeddeelliivveerraabblleess aanndd ppeerrffoorrmmaannccee ooff sseerrvviicceess ttoo tthhee FFAAAA..RRSSMM’’ss pprroovviiddee ppeerrffoorrmmaannccee aannaallyyssiiss ooff tthhee nneettwwoorrkk,,pprriioorriittiizziinngg FFAAAA iissssuueess wwiitthhiinn MMCCII ttoo ddiirreecctt MMCCII rreessoouurrcceessoonnttoo hhiigghh pprriioorriittyy sseerrvviiccee iissssuueess bbaasseedd oonn tthheeiirr kknnoowwlleeddggee ooffFFAAAA aapppplliiccaattiioonnss,, ooppeerraattiioonnss,, aanndd oorrggaanniizzaattiioonnss.. EEaacchhRRSSMM rreevviieewwss cchhrroonniicc ttrroouubblleess aanndd mmaakkeess eessccaallaattiioonnss aassrreeqquuiirreedd.. EEaacchh RRSSMM ccoolllleeccttss aanndd aannaallyyzzeess ddaattaa rreellaattiivvee ttootthheeiirr rreeggiioonn aanndd pprroodduucceess mmoonntthhllyy ssttaattuuss rreeppoorrttss ffoorr rreevviieewwwwiitthh MMCCII ooppeerraattiioonnss aanndd tthhee FFAAAA..

22 TThhee RRSSMM’’ss aarree rreessppoonnssiibbllee ffoorr ssccrreeeenniinngg aallllmmaaiinntteennaannccee rreeqquueessttss,, ffoorr bbootthh FFAAAA aanndd MMCCII rreeqquueessttss.. TThheeRRSSMM’’ss ddeetteerrmmiinnee tthhee iimmppaacctt ttoo tthhee FFAAAA aanndd ccoooorrddiinnaatteewwiitthh tthhee FFAAAA ffoorr nnoottiiffiiccaattiioonnss aanndd aapppprroovvaallss.. IInn aaddddiittiioonn,,tthhee RRSSMM’’ss aassssiisstt tthhee FFAAAA NNeettwwoorrkk MMaannaaggeemmeenntt CCeenntteerr iinnccoooorrddiinnaattiinngg mmaaiinntteennaannccee rreelleeaasseess ffoorr LLIINNCCSS cciirrccuuiittss ffoorrbbootthh rroouuttiinnee aanndd eemmeerrggeennccyy mmaaiinntteennaannccee.. RRSSMM’’ss pprroovviiddee aapprriimmaarryy oonnggooiinngg lliiaaiissoonn ffuunnccttiioonn bbeettwweeeenn tthhee FFAAAA rreeggiioonnssaanndd MMCCII.. TThhee RRSSMM’’ss sseerrvvee aass pprriimmaarryy ccoonnttaacctt ffoorr aannyytteecchhnniiccaall oorr aaddmmiinniissttrraattiivvee iissssuueess wwiitthhiinn tthheeiirr rreessppeeccttiivveerreeggiioonnss..

((66)) TThhee FFAAAATTSSAATT nnaattiioonnaall sseerrvviiccee mmaannaaggeemmeenntteelleemmeenntt,, wwiitthhiinn tthhee MMCCII FFAAAATTSSAATT PPMMOO,, hhaass ddiirreeccttrreessppoonnssiibbiilliittyy aanndd aaccccoouunnttaabbiilliittyy ffoorr FFAAAATTSSAATTppeerrffoorrmmaannccee.. TThhee NNSSMM rreeppoorrttss ttoo tthhee FFAAAATTSSAATT PPMMOOddiirreeccttoorr..

bb.. FFTTSS22000000.. TThhee GGeenneerraall SSeerrvviicceess AAddmmiinniissttrraattiioonn((GGSSAA)) iiss tthhee mmaannaaggeerr ooff sseerrvviiccee pprroovviiddeerrss ffoorr tthhee FFTTSS22000000..GGSSAA oovveerrsseeeess mmaannaaggeemmeenntt ffuunnccttiioonnss,, eennssuurreess ccoonnttrraaccttccoommpplliiaannccee,, aanndd ssuuppppoorrttss tthhee FFAAAA iiff pprroobblleemmss sshhoouulldd aarriisseewwiitthh AATT&&TT,, tthhee ccoommppaannyy ssuuppppoorrttiinngg tthhee FFAAAA aass tthheeFFTTSS22000000 sseerrvviiccee AA pprroovviiddeerr.. TThhee FFTTSS22000000 ccoonnttrraaccttrreeqquuiirreess tthhaatt bbootthh GGSSAA aanndd AATT&&TT ooppeerraattee ccuussttoommeerr sseerrvviicceeoorrggaanniizzaattiioonnss..

((11)) TThhee AATT&&TT ccuussttoommeerr sseerrvviiccee ooffffiiccee ((CCSSOO)) iiss tthheeffiirrsstt ppooiinntt ooff ccoonnttaacctt ffoorr FFTTSS22000000 nneettwwoorrkk ttrroouubblleess aanndd uusseerrccoommppllaaiinnttss.. TThhiiss 2244 hhoouurrss ppeerr ddaayy,, 77 ddaayyss ppeerr wweeeekk ooffffiiccee iiss

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

**

Page 91: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

88//1100//11999999 66000000..2222AA CCHHGG 11

CChhaapp 11PPaarr 111100 PPaaggee 55

tthhee ffiirrsstt rreessoouurrccee aann FFAAAA mmaannaaggeerr oorr hhiiss rreepprreesseennttaattiivvee wwiillllccoonnttaacctt wwhheenn iinn nneeeedd ooff FFTTSS22000000 ccuussttoommeerr ssuuppppoorrtt..

((22)) CCaallll tthhee GGSSAA FFTTSS ccuussttoommeerr ssaattiissffaaccttiioonn cceenntteerrttoo eessccaallaattee aannyy pprroobblleemm aallrreeaaddyy rreeppoorrtteedd wwiitthhiinnFFTTSS22000000.. TThhiiss ooffffiiccee iiss ooppeenn ffrroomm 77 aamm ttiillll 99 pp.. mm..eeaasstteerrnn ttiimmee,, MMoonnddaayy tthhrroouugghh FFrriiddaayy..

cc.. OOtthheerr LLeeaasseedd LLiinneess.. FFoorr nnooww,, aanndd iinn tthhee vveerryy nneeaarrffuuttuurree,, tthhee FFAAAA wwiillll ccoonnttiinnuuee ttoo uussee aa ddeeccrreeaassiinngg nnuummbbeerr oofflleeaasseedd lliinneess pprroovviiddeedd bbyy llooccaall eexxcchhaannggee ccaarrrriieerrss ((LLEECC’’ss))..RReeppoorrttiinngg ttoo,, aanndd ccoooorrddiinnaattiioonn wwiitthh tthheessee LLEECC’’ss wwiillll bbee iinnaaccccoorrddaannccee wwiitthh eexxiissttiinngg gguuiiddaannccee aanndd pprroocceedduurreess..

dd.. RRCCLL//LLDDRRCCLL..

((11)) FFoorr aannaalloogg lliinneess pprroovviiddeedd bbyy tthhee RRCCLL oorrLLDDRRCCLL nneettwwoorrkkss,, tthhee FFAAAA iiss tthhee sseerrvviinngg ccoommppaannyy aannddiiss rreessppoonnssiibbllee ffoorr sseerrvviiccee rreessttoorraattiioonn.. TThhee mmiiccrroowwaavveelliinnkkss tthhaatt ccoommpprriissee tthheessee nneettwwoorrkkss uuttiilliizzee rreedduunnddaanntt rrffcchhaannnneellss ddeessiiggnnaatteedd AA aanndd BB,, wwiitthh oonnee ooff tthheessee cchhaannnneellssbbeeiinngg uusseedd ffoorr sseerrvviiccee aanndd tthhee ootthheerr ffoorr hhoott bbaacckkuupp.. IInnnnoorrmmaall ooppeerraattiioonn,, aauuttoommaattiicc sswwiittcchhiinngg iiss iinn ppllaaccee ttoo sseennsseetthhee lloossss ooff aa cchhaannnneell aanndd sswwiittcchh sseerrvviiccee ttoo tthhee bbaacckkuuppcchhaannnneell.. HHoowweevveerr,, aa mmaannuuaall oovveerrrriiddee iiss aavvaaiillaabbllee ttoo ddee--ffeeaatt tthhee aauuttoommaattiicc sswwiittcchhiinngg.. SShhoouulldd aa sseerrvviiccee ffaaiilluurreeooccccuurr,, AARRTTCCCC ppeerrssoonnnneell ccoonnttrroolllliinngg tthhee lliinnkk wwiillll aasssseesssstthhee ccaauussee ooff tthhee ffaaiilluurree aanndd eexxeerrcciissee ccoommmmaannddss tthhrroouugghhtthhee AACCOORRNN NNeettwwoorrkk MMaannaaggeemmeenntt SSyysstteemm ttoo rreessttoorree tthheesseerrvviiccee ((AACCOORRNN iiss tthhee nnaammee,, nnoott aann aaccrroonnyymm,, ffoorr tthheeRRCCLL nneettwwoorrkk ccoonnttrrooll ssyysstteemm)).. AARRTTCCCC ppeerrssoonnnneell wwiilllltthheenn nnoottiiffyy tthhee mmaaiinntteennaannccee tteecchhnniicciiaann rreessppoonnssiibbllee ffoorr tthheessiittee tthhaatt ffaaiilleedd..

((22)) PPrriioorr ttoo aannyy mmaaiinntteennaannccee oorr rreeppaaiirr aaccttiioonn bbeeiinnggttaakkeenn oonn aann RRCCLL lliinnkk tthhaatt wwiillll rreessuulltt iinn lloossss ooff aa cchhaannnneell,,AARRTTCCCC ppeerrssoonnnneell wwiillll eennssuurree tthhaatt tthhee sseerrvviiccee iiss pprrootteecctteeddbbyy vveerriiffyyiinngg tthhaatt tthhee ssttaannddbbyy cchhaannnneell iiss ooppeerraattiinngg nnoorrmmaallllyypprriioorr ttoo sswwiittcchhiinngg sseerrvviiccee ttoo tthhaatt cchhaannnneell.. NNoottee tthhaatt tthheesswwiittcchhiinngg aaccttiioonn sshhoouulldd bbee ttaakkeenn ffoorr bbootthh hhiigghh ddeennssiittyytteerrmmiinnaallss oonn eeiitthheerr eenndd ooff tthhee lliinnkk aanndd ffoorr aallll ddrroopp aannddiinnsseerrtt ppooiinntt ((DDIIPP)) ssiitteess aalloonngg tthhee lliinnkk,, aanndd tthhaatt tthhee sswwiittcchheesssshhoouulldd bbee lleefftt iinn tthhee mmaannuuaall mmooddee ((ii..ee.. oovveerrrriiddee aauuttoommaattiiccsswwiittcchhiinngg)).. UUppoonn ccoommpplleettiioonn ooff tthhee mmaaiinntteennaannccee oorr rreeppaaiirraaccttiioonn,, AARRTTCCCC ppeerrssoonnnneell sshhoouulldd eennssuurree tthhaatt tthhee rreeppaaiirreeddcchhaannnneell iiss ooppeerraattiinngg wwiitthh nnoo aallaarrmmss,, tthheenn sseett tthhee sswwiittcchhiinnggccaappaabbiilliittyy ttoo tthhee aauuttoommaattiicc mmooddee..

ee.. BBWWMM.. FFoorr aannaalloogg lliinneess pprroovviiddeedd bbyy tthhee BBWWMM,, tthheeFFAAAA iiss tthhee sseerrvviinngg ccoommppaannyy aanndd iiss rreessppoonnssiibbllee ffoorr sseerrvviicceerreessttoorraattiioonn.. TThhee BBWWMM hhaass tthhee ccaappaabbiilliittyy ttoo aauuttoommaattiiccaallllyyffiinndd tthhee bbeesstt rroouuttee ffoorr vvooiiccee aanndd ddaattaa ttrraaffffiicc ssoo rreessttoorraattiioonnss

mmaayy bbee aaccccoommpplliisshheedd wwiitthh mmiinniimmaall oorr nnoo iinntteerrrruuppttiioonn ooffsseerrvviiccee.. TThhee ssiinnggllee ppooiinntt ooff ccoonnttaacctt ffoorr BBWWMM nneettwwoorrkkttrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg wwiillll bbee tthhee NNOOCC.. TThhee FFAAAA tteecchhnniicciiaannsspprroovviiddee ffiieelldd lleevveell mmaaiinntteennaannccee aanndd rreessttoorraattiioonn iinncclluuddiinnggffaauulltt iissoollaattiioonn aanndd ccoorrrreeccttiioonn ooff ssyysstteemm ffaaiilluurreess bbyyrreeppllaacceemmeenntt ooff LLRRUU’’ss.. FFiieelldd mmaaiinntteennaannccee ddooeess nnoott iinncclluuddeeLLRRUU--lleevveell ddiissppoossiittiioonn,, vveerriiffiiccaattiioonn,, oorr rreeppaaiirr.. TThhee FFAAAA iissrreessppoonnssiibbllee ffoorr pprroovviiddiinngg aallll ddeeppoott lleevveell mmaaiinntteennaanncceeffuunnccttiioonnss aanndd sseeccoonndd lleevveell eennggiinneeeerriinngg ssuuppppoorrtt,, aass rreeqquuiirreedd..NNEETT wwiillll pprroovviiddee aa TTeecchhnniiccaall AAssssiissttaannccee CCeenntteerr ((TTAACC)) wwiitthh2244 hhoouurrss ppeerr ddaayy,, 11--880000 sseerrvviiccee ffoorr eemmeerrggeennccyy tteecchhnniiccaallaassssiissttaannccee ffoorr bbootthh hhaarrddwwaarree aanndd ssooffttwwaarree ttoo bbee ccoonnttaacctteeddoonnllyy bbyy tthhee NNOOCC,, AAOOSS,, oorr tthhee BBWWMM PPrrooggrraamm OOffffiiccee..PPrreevveennttiivvee mmaaiinntteennaannccee iiss ppeerrffoorrmmeedd oonn--lliinnee,, wwiitthh nnoo ddoowwnnttiimmee,, wwiitthhoouutt iinntteerrrruuppttiinngg sseerrvviiccee..

ff.. FFAAAA OOwwnneedd MMiiccrroowwaavvee oorr CCaabbllee NNoott LLiisstteedd AAbboovvee..RReeppoorrttiinngg oouuttaaggeess aanndd ccoooorrddiinnaattiioonn ooff mmaaiinntteennaannccee wwiillll bbeeiinn aaccccoorrddaannccee wwiitthh rreeggiioonnaall oorr SSMMOO gguuiiddaannccee..

gg.. TTaabbllee 11--11 lliissttss tthhee tteelleepphhoonnee nnuummbbeerrss ttoo ccoonnttaacctt ffoorrrreeppoorrttiinngg ttrroouubbllee oonn FFAAAA aannaalloogg lliinneess..

111111.. TTRROOUUBBLLEESSHHOOOOTTIINNGG..

aa.. LLeeaasseedd LLiinneess.. FFoorr lleeaasseedd lliinneess,, ttrroouubblleesshhoooottiinnggaanndd rreeppaaiirr aarree tthhee rreessppoonnssiibbiilliittyy ooff tthhee sseerrvviinngg ccoommppaannyy..FFAAAA ppeerrssoonnnneell sshhoouulldd eennssuurree tthhaatt FFAAAA eeqquuiippmmeenntt oorriinntteerrccoonnnneeccttiinngg FFAAAA lliinneess aarree nnoott aatt ffaauulltt bbeeffoorree rreeppoorrtt--iinngg ttrroouubbllee ttoo tthhee sseerrvviinngg ccoommppaannyy.. FFAAAA ppeerrssoonnnneellsshhoouulldd bbee pprreeppaarreedd ttoo ssuuppppoorrtt tthhee sseerrvviinngg ccoommppaannyy''sslleeggiittiimmaattee rreeqquueessttss ffoorr aassssiissttaannccee iinn ttrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg aannddffaauulltt iissoollaattiioonn.. RReeffeerr ttoo tthhee llaatteesstt eeddiittiioonn ooff OOrrddeerr66003300..4411,, NNoottiiffiiccaattiioonn PPllaann ffoorr UUnnsscchheedduulleedd FFaacciilliittyy aannddSSeerrvviiccee IInntteerrrruuppttiioonnss aanndd OOtthheerr SSiiggnniiffiiccaanntt EEvveennttss..

bb.. FFAAAA--OOwwnneedd LLiinneess.. TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg aanndd rreeppaaiirrooff FFAAAA--oowwnneedd lliinneess wwiillll bbee ccoonndduucctteedd aass ssppeecciiffiieedd iinntthhiiss aanndd ootthheerr aapppplliiccaabbllee mmaannuuaallss..

111122.. NNAASS CCHHAANNGGEE PPRROOPPOOSSAALLSS.. IIff aann aannaalloogg lliinneewwiillll nnoott mmeeeett tthhee ssttaannddaarrddss aanndd ttoolleerraanncceess ssppeecciiffiieedd iinntthhiiss hhaannddbbooookk bbuutt mmuusstt ssttiillll bbee uusseedd,, aa llooccaall NNAASS cchhaannggeepprrooppoossaall ((NNCCPP)) wwiillll bbee ssuubbmmiitttteedd.. TThhiiss NNCCPP sshhoouullddssppeecciiffyy tthhee uussaaggee aanndd ppeerrffoorrmmaannccee ooff tthhee lliinnee oonn wwhhiicchhtthhee NNCCPP iiss ssuubbmmiitttteedd aanndd pprroovviiddee aa ddeessccrriippttiioonn ooff aannddsscchheedduullee ffoorr aannyy eeffffoorrttss ppllaannnneedd aass aa ppeerrmmaanneenntt rreessoolluu--ttiioonn.. PPrroocceedduurreess ffoorr ssuubbmmiittttiinngg aann NNCCPP aarree ssppeecciiffiieedd iinntthhee llaatteesstt eeddiittiioonn ooff OOrrddeerr 11880000..88,, NNaattiioonnaall AAiirrssppaacceeSSyysstteemm CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn MMaannaaggeemmeenntt.. IInnssttrruuccttiioonnss aarreeccoonnttaaiinneedd iinn tthhee ffrroonntt ooff NNAASS--MMDD--000011,, NNaattiioonnaall AAiirr--ssppaaccee SSyysstteemm MMaasstteerr CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn IInnddeexx..

**

**

**

**

Page 92: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

66000000..2222AA CCHHGG 11 88//1100//11999999

CChhaapp 11PPaaggee 66 PPaarr 111122

TTAABBLLEE 11--11.. CCOONNTTAACCTTSS FFOORR RREEPPOORRTTIINNGG TTRROOUUBBLLEE

SSEERRVVIICCEE PPRROOVVIIDDEERR CCOONNTTAACCTT

LLIINNCCSS oorr FFAAAATTSSAATT MMCCII LLIINNCCSS//FFAAAATTSSAATT hheellpp ddeesskk aatt 11--880000--6688 LLIINNCCSS ((11--880000--668855--44662277)).. TThhee aauuttoommaatteedd mmeennuu wwiillll ddiirreecctt tthhee ccaallll ttoo LLIINNCCSS oorrFFAAAATTSSAATT,, aass rreeqquuiirreedd.. IInn aa LLIINNCCSS rreellaatteedd eemmeerrggeennccyy,, wwhheenn tthhee hheellppddeesskk iiss uunnrreeaacchhaabbllee,, ccaallll 11--880000--229933--55884444,, ((991199)) 667777--55669966,, oorrtthhee aalltteerrnnaattee LLIINNCCSS hheellpp ddeesskk oonn ((770033)) 441144--99661155.. IInn aa FFAAAATTSSAATTrreellaatteedd eemmeerrggeennccyy,, wwhheenn tthhee hheellpp ddeesskk iiss uunnrreeaacchhaabbllee,, ccaallll 11--888888--332222--11772288 oorr ((991199)) 667777--77770055..

FFTTSS22000000 11.. RReeppoorrttiinngg ttoo AATT&&TT 11--880000--333322--44338877 oorr ((770033)) 444422--44338877 22.. RReeppoorrttiinngg ttoo GGSSAA ((770033)) 776600--77550000

OOtthheerr lleeaasseedd cciirrccuuiittss IInn aaccccoorrddaannccee wwiitthh eexxiissttiinngg gguuiiddaannccee aanndd pprroocceedduurreess..

BBWWMM BBWWMM NNOOCC aatt 11--880000--665555--55884499 oorr ((880011)) 332200--22330000//22337777 ((ccaallllss tthheeBBWWMM NNOOCC,, wwhhiicchh iiss mmoonniittoorreedd bbyy bbootthh tthhee SSLLCC aanndd AATTLL NNOOCCss))..FFoorr eemmeerrggeennccyy aassssiissttaannccee tthhrroouugghh NNEETT,, ccaallll TTAACC aatt 11--880000--663388--00008833..

RRCCLL//LLDDRRCCLL IInn aaccccoorrddaannccee wwiitthh eexxiissttiinngg gguuiiddaannccee aanndd pprroocceedduurree..

111133.. PPRREECCAAUUTTIIOONNSS WWHHEENN UUSSIINNGG TTEESSTT TTOONNEESS..TTeesstt ttoonneess uusseedd iinn lliinnee mmaaiinntteennaannccee aarree ppootteennttiiaallllyyiinntteerrffeerriinngg aanndd ddiissoorriieennttiinngg aanndd mmaayy hhaavvee nneeggaattiivveeeeffffeeccttss oonn hhuummaann aanndd eeqquuiippmmeenntt ppeerrffoorrmmaannccee.. IIff tteessttttoonneess hhaavvee nnoott bbeeeenn pprrooppeerrllyy bblloocckkeedd oouutt ffrroomm tthheeeeqquuiippmmeenntt ssiiddeess ooff aa lliinnee uunnddeerr tteesstt,, tthheeyy mmaayy ccaauusseemmaajjoorr iirrrriittaattiioonn aanndd ddiissoorriieennttaattiioonn ooff ppeerrssoonnnneell ssttiillll oonn

tthhee lliinnee.. FFoollllooww ssppeecciiffiicc pprroocceedduurreess ddeettaaiilleedd iinn cchhaapptteerr 55ffoorr wwhheenn aanndd wwhheerree ttoo aappppllyy tteesstt ttoonneess.. AAllssoo,, kkeeeeppiinnggttoonneess aatt oorr bbeellooww mmaaxxiimmuumm lleevveellss wwiillll hheellpp iinn aavvooiiddiinnggaannnnooyyaannccee ttoo ppeerrssoonnnneell oorr ccaauussiinngg iinntteerrffeerreennccee iinn aaddjjaa--cceenntt ccaarrrriieerr cchhaannnneellss..

111144.. -- 119999.. RREESSEERRVVEEDD

**

**

**

**

Page 93: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

12/30/96 6000.22A

Chap 2Par 200 Page 7

CHAPTER 2. TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

200. PURPOSE. Analog communications lines are usedby the FAA to support both voice and data applications. Thischapter provides technical background on telecommunica-tions lines as well as the various techniques and measures

used in installation, performance testing, troubleshooting,fault isolation, and restoration of analog lines.

201. RESERVED.

SECTION 1. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

202. SYSTEM OVERVIEW.

a. Human speech generates analog energy that movesfrom the mouth of the speaker to the ear of the listener.Telephones, radios, and other speech transmissiondevices are designed to accept the input of the analogwave generated by the sounds of speech, convert them toelectrical waves that have similar amplitude, and thenmodulate a receiving device at the distant end thatreproduces the same analog wave generated by theperson who spoke. Equipment can also be controlled byusing a sequence of audio control tones or pulses. Theanalog signal produced by either the speaker or thecontrol equipment is then transmitted to the remotelistener or equipment by a carrier system, which can useeither analog or digital technology.

(1) Analog transmission carrier systems are pro-vided by the FAA's RCL system and by one version ofthe LDRCL systems. For limited distance applications,analog transmissions will be routed over cable and wiresystems. A carrier system is used to transmit a numberof voice or signaling lines over a single transmissionfacility. The total number of voice and signal lines thatmay be handled over one carrier facility depends on thedesign of the system. For example, the RCL carriersystem uses a frequency division multiplexer (FDM) toprovide up to 600 voice frequency lines. Both the RCLand LDRCL have the capability of being implementedusing digital technology with the RCL providing analogand data above voice (DAV) while the LDRCL providesanalog or digital (DS1).

(2) Analog signals can be digitized and thentransmitted over the increasingly more available digitaltransmission systems. The analog waveform is firstdigitized by an analog-to-digital (A/D) converter using a

technique called pulse code modulation (PCM). Theresulting digital bits of the converted waveform areencoded and sent over the digital transmission system.At the receiving end, the digital signal is converted backto the analog waveform by a digital-to-analog (d/a)converter. The steps required to convert and transmit ananalog signal over a digital transmission system arediscussed below.

(a) A telephone or modem produces a voiceband analog signal that is band limited to 4000 Hertz(Hz). The resulting voice band amplitude is sampled at arate equal to twice the highest information rate. This rateof sampling is called the Nyquist rate. It has beendemonstrated that the minimum sampling frequencyrequired to extract all the information contained in theoriginal signal is two times the original signal band-width. Thus, for this example, with a 4000-Hz band-width for the voice signal, the Nyquist rate is 4000 x 2 =8000. This signal is a series of pulses that follows theamplitude of the analog waveform and is called a pulseamplitude modulated (PAM) representation of theoriginal analog signal.

(b) Pulse code modulation (PCM) is an exten-sion of PAM. PCM is the most common method ofdigitizing analog signals. This PCM sampling processconverts a vf analog line into a 64 kb/s standard rateknown as digital signal level zero (DS-0). PCM is a twostep technique. First the incoming analog signal issampled 8000 times per second. These samples are thenconverted to pulses using the PAM process. In thesecond step of PCM conversion, the amplitude of eachpulse of the PAM signal is converted to an 8-bit digitalpulse stream by an analog-to-digital (a/d) converter. Theresulting output is a digital representation of the pulsestream and the sampled analog waveform. The signal-

Page 94: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999

Chap 2Page 8 Par 202

to-noise ratio is maximized by nonlinearly converting thelevel of the PAM signal to digital values. Low amplitudePAM signals are encoded to have a higher degree ofresolution to compensate for low level noise. Likewise,higher amplitude PAM signals require less digital resolu-tion because their noise levels are much less significant.The output of the a/d converter is one of 256 possibledigital values represented in eight bits (28 = 256). Theeight bit PCM signal is then converted to a serial bit streamfor eventual digital transmission. The resulting rate of thebit stream is: 8000 Hz sampling rate of the PAM signal x8 bits per sample = 64,000 bits per second, or 64 kb/s.

(c) Another extension of PAM and PCM isAdaptive Differential PCM (ADPCM), which can furtherreduce the rate required to transmit voice to 32 kb/s. InADPCM, only the difference between the amplitude of thepreceding sample and the current sample is coded andtransmitted. Since the difference between sequential sam-ples is less than the samples themselves, the signal can berepresented using fewer bits. ADPCM also further modi-fies the bit stream to reduce the number of bits requiredbased upon the ongoing characteristic of data alreadytransmitted.

(d) Further compression may be realized usingVG-COMPRESSED coding. VG-COMPRESSED will be16kb/s for the FAATSAT and 8kb/s, 9.6kb/s, or 16kb/s forBWM. Coding techniques may be LDCELP (Low DelayCode Excited Linear Prediction), VAPC (Voice AdaptivePredictive Coding), or VQ (Vector Quantization).LDCELP is a voice compression method that uses a back-ward-adaptive analysis-by-synthesis algorithm defined byITU Recommendation G.728. This recommendationdefines a voice compression process where a backwardadaptation of gain and predictor values is used to achievean algorithmic delay of 0.625ms. Because of the total one

way delay, the compression of the input voice signal isapproximately 5 ms at 16 kb/s and 12 ms at 9.6 kb/s and8 kb/s. VQ uses an optimized codebook of speech sam-ples. It removes the pitch from the incoming voice sample,matches the resultant waveform to the codebook, andsends the codebook index to the decompression resource.The decompression resource uses this information toreconstruct an approximation of the original voice sample.VAPC uses a block coding process that combines vectorquantization with linear prediction in an adaptive structure.The vector quantizer uses an optimized codebook to codethe difference between an input vector and a predictedvector.

b. Transmission Impairments. Three variables affectthe adequacy of voice communications: level or volume,noise, and bandwidth. For data communications, attenua-tion distortion, envelope delay, phase jitter, and frequencyshift are also important.

(1) Level or Volume. Consider the simple tele-communications line illustrated in figure 2-1. Thetelephone or other network termination equipment(NTE) converts the changes in air pressure of soundwaves from a speaker's voice to a varying electricalcurrent that is an analog of the acoustic signal. Theelectrical characteristics of the line between the sendingand receiving instruments modify the electrical signal insuch a way as to reduce its volume (or increase its loss),change the bandwidth of the signal, and may generateextraneous signals such as noise, crosstalk, and distor-tion. Loss is overcome by amplification in telecommu-nications lines. But amplifiers or repeaters cause un-desired side effects as well as the desired effect of offset-ting loss. In addition to their cost, repeaters also adddistortion in the form of limiting bandwidth and addingnoise.

FIGURE 2-1. TYPICAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS LINE

Demarc Leased Line Demarc or RCL/LDRCL

Near End Distant EndSubscriber Subscriberor NTE or NTE

**

**

*

*

Page 95: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1

Chap 2Par 202 Page 9

(2) Noise. Noise is defined as any unwantedenergy on a line. There are definite tradeoffs among thevarious noise impairments and the quality of the signalas perceived by the listener. The most important meas-urement of noise is the signal-to-noise ratio expressed indB. Data signals exhibit an entirely different tolerance tonoise than do humans. A data signal might be satisfac-tory in the presence of uniform steady hissing or whitenoise that would be bothersome to humans. On the otherhand, impulse noise (clicks or pops) will destroy a datasignal on a line that might be satisfactory for speechcommunications. Phase and gain hits are abrupt changesin the phase or amplitude of a received sinusoidal wave.The three primary sources of line noise are externalsources (power lines, lightning, nearby electrical appara-tus, and crosstalk from adjacent telecommunicationslines); thermal noise developed within the telecommuni-cations equipment; and distortion generated by non-linearity in line elements, primarily amplifiers. Thesmall imperfections in an amplifier's transfer character-istics distort the amplified signal so that extra signalcomponents appear in the output signal; this is aggra-vated by operating the amplifier beyond its designcapability.

(3) Bandwidth. Bandwidth is the line attributethat, along with frequency response, controls thenaturalness of transmitted speech. As with level, this is asubjective evaluation. The human ear can detect tones inthe range of 20 to 16,000 Hz, but because the voice haslittle energy component below 300 Hz or above 3,500Hz, a telephone line that transmits a band of frequenciesin this range is quite adequate for voice communications.Telephone receivers have been designed to be mostsensitive to the frequencies between 500 and 2,500 Hzbecause research has shown that most of the frequencycomponents of ordinary speech fall within this range.Because of the difficulty of constructing filters andamplifiers with uniform transmission at all frequencieswithin the pass band, the high- and low-frequency endsof the transmitted spectrum suffer more loss or attenua-tion than frequencies in the center of the band.

(4) Attenuation Distortion. Telecommunicationslines rarely have a perfectly flat response across the voicefrequency band. Lines can be brought into closetolerance by the addition of equalizers where the cost ofthe treatment is justified by the demands of the service.

(5) Envelope Delay Distortion. The design ofamplifiers and multiplexers requires components that

introduce varying amounts of delay to different frequen-cies within the voice frequency (vf) passband. For exam-ple, a vf signal near the center frequency of a vf passbandfilter will transit through that filter much faster than a vfsignal near the band edge of the filter. This characteristic isknown as envelope delay. Data signals are composed ofcomplex vf tones. Envelope delay results in these tonesarriving at the receiver at different times, resulting in asignal at the receiver that is not identical to the originalsignal. Delay equalizers in the line or terminal equipmentare used to compensate for envelope delay.

(6) Phase Jitter. Phase jitter is defined as the un-wanted change in phase or frequency of a transmitted signaldue to modulation by another signal during transmission. Ifa simple sinusoid frequency is frequency or phasemodulated during transmission, the received signal will havesidebands. The amplitude of these sidebands compared tothe received signal is a measure of the phase jitter impartedto it during transmission. Phase jitter is measured in degreesof variation peak to peak for each hertz of transmitted signal.Phase jitter shows up as unwanted variations in zerocrossings of a received signal. Since it is the zero crossingsthat most data modems use to distinguish marks and space,the higher the data rate, the more jitter can affect the errorrate of the received bit stream. Modulation componentsdefined as jitter usually occur close to the carrier from about0 to ±300 Hz maximum.

(7) Frequency Shift. Frequency shift is caused bycarrier drift within a transmission facility and will beapparent because its affect is to cause the carrier to dropout of sync. When the carrier is sync locked to thenetwork pilot or clock the frequency will not shift morethan the levels required in Chapter 3. If the carrier is notsynced, the frequency will shift out of specification. Anyobserved frequency deviation greater than the specifiedlevels is cause for the line owner to be notified.

203. ANALOG TRANSMISSION SERVICES.

a. Decibel.

(1) The decibel (dB) is a logarithmic unit thatdescribes a ratio. Voice frequency lines are designedaround the human ear, which has a logarithmic response tochanges in power. Therefore, in telephony the decibel, alogarithmic rather than a linear measurement, is used as ameasure of relative power between lines or transmissionlevel points. A change of 1 dB is barely perceptible underideal conditions. Increases or reductions of 3 dB

*

*

Page 96: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999

Chap 2Page 10 Par 203

result in doubling or halving the power of a line andare readily detectable to the average listener's ear.This is a good figure to remember: doubling thepower means a 3-dB gain; halving the power means a3-dB loss.

(2) Consider a power ratio. The number ofdecibels (dB) = 10 log10 (the ratio between the inputand output power levels). As a formula this is written:

2

110log10PPdecibelsofnumber =

where P1 is the measured power level and P2 is thereference power level.

(3) When a line has 10 dB of attenuation, itmeans the output power is only one-tenth of the inputpower. If the input power is 1 milliwatt (mW) and theoutput power is 0.1 mW, the line loss is 10:1. Thepower ratio is 10 to 1 and the attenuation is 10 dB. Itis useful to make simple calculations concerningdecibels without needing pencil and paper. Considerthe relationship of power ratios and decibels shown intable 2-1.

TABLE 2-1. RELATIONSHIP OF POWER RATIOS AND DECIBELS

b. Basic Derived Decibel Units.

(1) dBm. Where dB specifies a relative powerratio, dBm specifies an absolute power level. By defini-tion dBm is a power level referenced to 1 milliwatt (mW)

in which 0 dBm = 1 mW. The formula is written:

For example, an amplifier with an output of 20 W has anoutput in dBm of:

dBmmWmW

mWWdBminPower

4311020log10

120log10

3

+=

×=

=

The plus sign in this answer indicates that the level isabove the reference, 0 dBm or 1 mW.

(2) dBm0. The notation dBm0 is an absolutepower level and is used to indicate the power level

reading relative to 0 TLP, or what it would read ifcorrected to account for gains or losses. Thus a dBmreading of -6 dBm at a +7 TLP (transmission level point)would be corrected to a −13 dBm0. (−6 dBm -[+7 TLP]= −13 dBm0)

(3) dBRN. Noise is measured with respect to areference noise level of -90 dBm or 1 picowatt (pW) orone-trillionth (10-12) watt. This level, defined as 0 dBRN,is at the threshold of human audibility. Noise level isexpressed in decibels above this reference noise asdBRN. In general, for broadband noise, dBm = dBRN -90 or dBRN = dBm + 90.

(4) dBRNC.

(a) Not only the level but also the frequency ofnoise determines its interfering effects on human per-ception. If noise is evenly distributed across the voicefrequency band (called white noise) the noise in the 500-to 2500-Hz range will be more annoying to the listenerthan low and high frequency noise because both the earand the telephone equipment are more sensitive to thesemiddle frequencies. To compensate for this, noise ismeasured through a C-message weighting filter. This

Power Ratio dB Power Ratio dB

101 (10) +10 10-1 (1/10) -10102 (100) +20 10-2 (1/100) -20103 (1,000) +30 10-3 (1/1,000) -30104 (10,000) +40 10-4 (1/10,000) -40105 (100,000) +50 10-5 (1/100,000) -50106 (1,000,000) +60 10-6 (1/1,000,000) -60

mWmWpowerdBmPower

1)(log10)( =

Page 97: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1

Chap 2Par 203 Page 11

filter, shown in figure 2-2, passes noise in roughly thesame proportion as the sensitivity of the human ear.

(b) The notation dBRNC is used when the C-message weighting network is employed (see paragraph207c(2) on C-message weighting). A notation of 30dBRNC indicates that the noise level has been C-

message weighted and is 30 dB above the referencenoise level. White noise over a 300- to 3000-Hz band-width, when C-weighted, results in about a 2 dB reduc-tion. Thus, a white noise signal at 0 dBm produces a -2dBm, or 88 dBRN, C-weighted signal. If the white noisepower is -60 dBm, the C-message-weighted noise is -60+ (90 - 2) = 28 dBRNC.

FIGURE 2-2. C-MESSAGE WEIGHTING RESPONSE CURVE

(5) dBRNC0. When noise is measured at a zerolevel TLP, or mathematically adjusted to a zero TLP, it isexpressed as dBRNC0.

c. Zero Transmission Level Point (0 TLP).

(1) The signal power level of analog lines must belimited so that it resembles the average telephone voicepower that is being carried on a line within the telecom-munications network. This control is necessary to avoidsignal distortion from carrier overloading, which in turnmay cause noise and crosstalk. When measuring varioustransmission parameters, it is sometimes necessary todescribe the power present at a particular point in a lineand compare this power to the power present at otherpoints in the line. The power present at a particular pointin a line depends on the power at the source, and the lossor gain between the source and that point. Since thisinformation is not always available, it is convenient todescribe the power present in the line by comparing it tosome standard reference point. The reference point for

measuring power is called the zero transmission levelpoint (0 TLP).

(2) Using the zero TLP concept, the power presentat a point in a line is described by stating what this powerwould be if it were measured at the zero TLP. The unitused to describe the power referred back to the zero TLPis dBm0. For example, the value −13 dBm0 signifies that−13 dBm was measured at the zero TLP, or that it wouldmeasure −13 dBm if the power measured in a line werecorrected to account for the gains or losses between thezero TLP and the point of measurement.

(3) 0,0 TLP indicates that there are two referencepoints, between which there will be no loss or gain insignal power (unity gain/zero loss circuit). One TLPreference point would be at each of the two terminatingFAA/TELCO demarcs on a line. The same levels wouldbe measured at each demarc. This is done to standardizelevels and facilitate faster and easier line restorals and, inthe case of composite lines, to enable interconnection

Page 98: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999

Chap 2Page 12 Par 203

with no requirements for adjustment by active or passiveelements. The FAA transition to 0,0 TLP permitsrerouting with no realignment or equipment changes.

(4) Table 2-2 is an example of a line with actualmeasurements of signal and noise values at severalpoints in the line. It shows a line in which the signalflows from left to right and the level of the signal (or testtone) is measured in dBm at each point in the line. Thesignal experiences no loss over the leased line. Noise isalso measured (in dBRNC) at each point in the line. Inthis example, there is a 2-dB increase in noise along theleased line.

d. Power Level on Lines and Test Tones.

(1) The telecommunications industry has estab-lished standards to prevent network degradation createdby customer premise equipment (CPE). To comply withFAA and industry standards and provide customers withthe greatest dynamic range, the maximum sustained levelon any FAA-leased analog service cannot exceed −13dBm averaged over a 3-second period. The interfacesignal levels must be controlled to prevent transmissionfacility overload. Test parameters should specify thattest tones used in line performance should not exceed a

level which will produce a −13 dBm0 level averaged over3 seconds during actual in-service conditions.

(2) In order for lines to operate at their optimalsystem performance, and for recorded test data to bevalid when compared to actual in-service conditions, it isimportant that the average transmitted level be as close aspractical to −13 dBm at the 0 TLP. A transmitted levelless than −13 dBm might cause these undesirable results:

(a) Signal-to-noise ratio decreased by the sameamount as the transmitted carrier signal is below −13dBm.

(b) Impulse noise margin effectively reduced bythe same amount as the carrier level is below −13 dBm.Quantizing is the means by which a digital facilitysamples a signal and assigns a digital code to representthe amplitude (power) of that signal. Digital quantizingwithin the private network is designed for optimumoperation at −13 dBm. A lower signal power level mayresult in a less than perfect reproduction of the quadra-ture amplitude modulation (QAM) phase changes inhigh-speed data modems.

204.-219. RESERVED.

TABLE 2-2. TLP EXAMPLE

Audio TerminalSignal leased line EquipmentInput Signal

0 TLP 0 TLP Input

TLP +7 0 0 −9 TLP

dBm −6 −13 −13 −22 dBm

dBm0 −13 −13 −13 −13 dBm0

dBRNC 20 13 (2-dB noise increase) 15 6 dBRNC

dBRNC0 13 13 (2-dB noise increase) 15 15 dBRNC0

SECTION 2. DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES.

220. PERSPECTIVE. This handbook addresses themaintenance of analog lines between FAA demarcs and doesNOT address maintenance of lines within the FAA facilitythat carry the service to the terminating equipment. In

general, the interface between FAA equipment and analoglines will be covered in specific equipment handbooks.

221.-229. RESERVED.

7 dB Pad 9 dB Pad

Page 99: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1

Chap 2Par 230 Page 21

FIGURE 2-8. EFFECTS OF NOISE ON P/AR

TIME (mS) TIME (mS)

Peak Value Peak Value

Average Value

Average Value

0 2 4 6 8

a. P/AR with no noise b. P/AR signal in the presence of high noise levels

231. In-Service Monitoring.

a. Monitoring with Standard Test Equipment. Thein-service method allows live lines to be monitored atvarious access points without disturbing traffic. Thus in-service monitoring that does not disrupt traffic is moresuitable for routine monitoring than out-of-servicetesting. Additionally, in-service monitoring indicatesperformance under actual operating conditions. Theprimary disadvantage of in-service monitoring is that itsmeasurements are not as precise as those available without-of-service testing. Also, some network equipmentmay not support in-service monitoring activities. Seefigure 2-9 for typical layouts for in-service and out-of-service testing. The LINCS, DMN, and BWM areequipped for, and employ, in-service monitoringthroughout the FAA. The FAATSAT is not so equippedunless used with DMN equipment. The FAATSATanalog circuits are monitored at the satellite aggregatelevel and, also, at the mux equipment level. In somelocations and on selected services, the remotemaintenance adaptable concentrator (RMAC) provides acapability to monitor leased lines so that a total orintermittent loss of transmission is recorded andidentified as a maintenance alert to AF personnel.

b. Monitoring LINCS Lines with the NewbridgeNetwork Management System (NMS).

(1) The status of all LINCS lines (including analoglines) is monitored on a real-time basis at the LINCSnetwork management centers using the Newbridge NMS,manned by MCI for the FAA LINCS program. ANewbridge view-only workstation, called the systemstatus display (SSD), is installed at designated FAAlocations which allows these sites to view those lines thatare on the LINCS backbone. Procedures for using theNewbridge SSD are discussed in chapter 5, paragraph510. A typical configuration of the display system isshown in figure 2-10.

(2) These FAA system status display workstationsprovide monitor-and-display capabilities only, and do notsupport network configuration changes, or commands toperform remote diagnostic tests. (The NewbridgeNetwork Management System at the MCI LINCSnetwork management center has the more powerfulsoftware and additional hardware that allows them toperform network provisioning, monitoring, andconfiguration changes, as well as remote diagnostictesting.) The purpose of the view-only workstation is to

*

*

*

*

**

Page 100: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999

Chap 2Page 22 Par 231

FIGURE 2-9. TYPICAL IN-SERVICE AND OUT-OF-SERVICE TESTING

provide its network map, which graphically depicts theconfiguration of the LINCS network elements and usescolor to indicate their operational status. The SSDalso has the capability to view LINCS trouble tickets.

(3) When performance of network elements fallsbelow specified thresholds, and these elements thereforeare declared unavailable, the system status display

automatically updates display presentations (change inpath or icon color) to reflect current status. Theoperator is automatically presented with a graphicdisplay of the network configuration using differenticons to represent end-user location A (EUL-A)multiplexer nodes, EUL-B channel banks, backbonetransmission paths, and individual user channels.Successive levels of graphic detail are provided as the

* *

Page 101: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1

Chap 2Par 231 Page 23

operator zooms in on an icon. Within the equipment ofEUL sites, individual cards, equipment bays, or modulescan be displayed. All configuration icons are color codedto display status: normal operation, degraded perform-ance, service failure (unavailable), or out-of-service tomaintenance (unavailable). Changes in color correspond tochanges in network element status.

(4) For VG-6 lines, the Newbridge uses a 3250-Hztone to allow it to monitor status of analog lines. However,for VG-6 NT (no tone) lines required for air-to-ground radiowith CSTI RCE, the Newbridge monitors the CSTI modemdata stream via specialized monitoring equipment installedat each site. For VG-8 lines, the Newbridge monitors thedata stream transmitted by the FAA modems.

FIGURE 2-10. NMS VIEW-ONLY MONITORING SYSTEM

*

*

**

Page 102: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A 12/30/96

Chap 2Page 24 Par 231

c. DMN Monitoring.

(1) The Data Multiplex Network (DMN) uses theCodex 9800 network management system (NMS) toprovide full-period monitoring of the analog linescarrying data from the Codex 3600 modems. Refer tofigure 2-11. The modem analyzes its received carrier to

determine impairments generated by the line. Theseimpairments include line loss (in the form of receivedsignal level), signal-to-noise ratio, impulse hits, phasejitter, frequency offset, and harmonic distortion. Valuesfor these impairments are sent from the modem to the9800 NMS via the network channel, where they arecompared to threshold values previously entered by the

FIGURE 2-11. CODEX 9800 NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

NOTE: Performance of analog line no. 1 is monitored by modems no. 1 and no. 2. Performance ofanalog line no. 2 is monitored by modems no. 3 and no. 4. Performance parameters of both lines areprovided to the 9800 NMS via the network channel.

DMN system administrator. These thresholds arespecified in Order 6170.10, Maintenance of Data Multi-plexing Network Equipment. If the value of any of theimpairments exceeds the threshold entered the 9800NMS will sound an alarm, print out an alarm event, anddisplay the line in red. The 9800 NMS also has thecapability to provide a snapshot of the line. This is adisplay of impairment values as they are at a givenmoment. Trend testing of the line may be accomplishedusing the 9800 NMS as it will store impairment values atperiodic intervals and provide statistical analyses of the

data gathered. In this way, the specialist can tell if a lineis degrading to a catastrophic event.

(2) The 75 bits per second network channel carriescontrol and status information from the modems to the9800 NMS. The operation of this channel is such thatanalog lines used for tail circuits, where neither of themodems is collocated with the 9800 NMS, may still bemonitored by the 9800 NMS.

232.-299. RESERVED.

Page 103: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1

Chap 3Par 300 Page 25

CHAPTER 3. STANDARDS AND TOLERANCES

300. GENERAL. This chapter prescribes the standardsand tolerances for leased and FAA-owned analog lines.The terms used are defined and described in Order6000.15 or in the glossary of this order. Key perform-ance parameters are identified by an arrow () placed inthe left margin. The line characteristics for commercialleased lines in this order are extracted from the LINCScontract, Bellcore Technical Reference TR-TSY-000335,Issue 2, May 1990; and FCC Tariff Number 9.Additional types of commercial leased lines that regionsmay obtain from local telephone companies might requirea regional supplement to this order.

301. NOTES AND CONDITIONS. The followingdescribes the requirements, variances, and/or test limits tobe considered when applying the values listed in thestandards and tolerances.

a. The maximum power for test tones on FAA analoglines is established as −13 dBm at the zero TLP. (Seeparagraph 203d(1).)

b. On LINCS VG-6 lines (except air-to-ground linesequipped with CSTI RCE, which are VG-6 NT (no 3250Hz tone)), MCI uses a 3250 Hz tone for network moni-toring; do not transmit a test tone within 50 Hz of thatfrequency. For LINCS VG-6 NT and VG-8 lines, MCImonitors the data transmitted by FAA data modems.Since MCI uses this data stream for monitoring, the FAAMUST contact the MCI NMC prior to performing anyline or modem testing that will disrupt the data stream.On all lines, care should be exercised to avoid trans-mission of a test tone on a vendor’s loopback frequency.These frequencies are exempted from measurements.

c. In the standards and tolerance tables, parametersthat apply only to lines used exclusively in data applica-tions are indicated by a footnote.

d. The plus sign (+) in the tolerance/limits columnsindicates more loss than the 1004-Hz reference loss. Theminus sign (-) indicates less loss than the 1004-Hz refer-ence loss. For example, if the 1004-Hz reference loss fora line being tested was 14 dB, and the tolerance/limit isstated as +5, -1 dB, the line will be out of tolerance if itsattenuation for that frequency is outside the limits of 19

to 13 dB. The ALTE can normalize frequency attenua-tion measurements with respect to 1004 Hz and provide adirect reading in terms of + or - dB from 1004 Hz.

e. Standards and tolerances/limits.

(1) Each essential system, subsystem, and equip-ment performance parameter has been assigned a stan-dard value that is usually the optimum value from asystems engineering viewpoint. These standard valuesare compatible with the system as a whole and the designcapability of the equipment involved. In addition, eachparameter (standard value) has been assigned an initialand an operating tolerance/limit expressed in terms ofpermissible deviation from the standard or in absolutemaximum and/or minimum performance levels, asappropriate, for use during maintenance and certificationactivities.

(2) The terms standard, initial, and operating toler-ances/limits are defined as follows:

(a) The standard is the optimum value assignedto a parameter of the system and is compatible with thesystem as a whole and the design capability of theequipment involved.

(b) The initial tolerance/limit is the maximumdeviation from the standard value of the parameter, orrange, permissible when the system or equipment isaccepted for use in the National Airspace System at thetime of initial commissioning, or after any readjustment,restoration (other than after a cable cut), modification, ormodernization.

(c) The operating tolerance/limit is the maxi-mum deviation from the standard value of the parameteror the range within which a system or equipment maycontinue to operate on a commissioned basis withoutadjustment or corrective maintenance and beyond whichremedial action by maintenance personnel is mandatory.

(3) In summary, the above FAA guidance is thatmaintenance personnel should, when there is any degreeof adjustment available, strive to attain the standard val-ues for all analog lines but accept a line that achieves

*

*

Page 104: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999

Chap 3Page 26 Par 301

performance within the values specified for the initialtolerance/limits.

f. The capability of remote maintenance monitoring(RMM) systems being installed at different facilitiesvaries with facility type. The ability to do part or allof the performance checks from a remote location doesnot alter the required periodic maintenance interval norreduce the number of parameters to be checked. If thecapability exists to check one or more parameters froma remote location, it is acceptable to check thoseparameters remotely.

g. This chapter lists standards and tolerances forthe line types (VG-6, VG-8, VG-ADPCM, and VG-COMPRESSED) provided by the Leased Inter-facility NAS Communications System (LINCS),FAA Telecommunications Satellite (FAATSAT),and Bandwidth Manager (BWM). This chapter alsolists standards for Federal Telephone System 2000(FTS2000), Radio Communications Link (RCL), andLow-Density Radio Communications Link (LDRCL)lines. In addition to standard two-point analog lines,LINCS provides multipoint lines and FAATSATprovides multipoint and broadcast lines. For bothmultipoint and broadcast lines, these standards andtolerances are applicable between the host or sourcepoint and each destination point. In addition, thesestandards and tolerances are applicable for voicemultipoint lines between each destination point. If avoice multipoint line extends from facility A tofacilities B and C, the standards and tolerancesprovided herein apply to line performance betweenA and B, between B and C, and between A and C(see Chapter 7 for a more detailed discussion ofLINCS and FAATSAT multipoint lines). If abroadcast or data multipoint line extends fromfacility A to facilities B and C, the standards andtolerances provided herein apply to line perform-ance between A and B and between A and C.

h. Looped parameters. Refer to paragraph 505c forinformation on adjusting the tolerance values of parame-ters when line performance is measured in a looped modevice end-to-end.

i. Local FAA authorities may accept new leased linesfrom the vendor without requiring FAA qualified person-nel to conduct separate line runs if ALL the followingconditions are met:

(1) The vendor’s tests are witnessed by qualifiedpersonnel who are able to judge satisfactory results.

(2) The vendor provides a copy of their test datademonstrating satisfactory test results (meets or exceedsestablished line parameters).

(3) The line is under real-time monitoring beforeand after being placed in operational status.

(4) For voice multipoint lines, the user performsfunctional checks of voice and signaling to ensure satis-factory operation with end points and technicians reviewvendor test results which confirm line parameters to bewithin acceptable tolerances. For data multipoints, theuser performs functional checks to ensure satisfactorydata communications with all end points and techniciansreview vendor test results.

(Qualification of FAA or FAA contract personnel to wit-ness testing may be determined by the System Manage-ment Office (SMO) manager.)

j. Test results for site records may be on either FAAForm 6000-14 or test equipment hardcopy printouts.Hardcopy results may be generated either by the con-tractor (with qualified technicians witnessing) or by FAApersonnel using the Automated Line Test Equipment(ALTE).

302. RESERVED.

*

*

Page 105: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1

Chap 3Par 303 Page 27

Reference Tolerance/LimitParameter Paragraph Standard Initial Operating

303. VOICE GRADE 6 (VG-6) (LINCS, ........BWM, AND FAATSAT).

512, 513,514, 515

→→→→ a. 1004-Hz net loss.................................. 0 dB ±1.5 dB Same as initial

→→→→ b. Attenuation distortion.

(1) 304 - 3004 Hz 1004-Hz net loss −1, +5 dB Same as initial

(2) 404 - 2804 Hz ............................... 1004-Hz net loss −1, +4 dB Same as initial

(3) 504 - 2504 Hz ............................... 1004-Hz net loss −1, +3 dB Same as initial

→→→→ c. Signal-to-C-notched-noise ratio ........ 32 dB ≥30 dB Same as initial

→→→→ d. Intermodulation distortion1.

(1) Second order ................................. 35 dB >33 dB Same as initial

(2) Third order .................................... 42 dB >40 dB Same as initial

→→→→ e. Envelope delay distortion1 .................(804 - 2604 Hz)

≤650 µsec ≤700 µsec Same as initial

→→→→ f. Phase jitter1.

(1) 4 - 300 Hz ..................................... 9° <10° Same as initial

(2) 20 - 300 Hz ................................... 4° <5° Same as initial

→→→→ g. Impulse noise at threshold noted1 ..... No more than 15counts in 15 min.(at 65 dBRNC0)

No more than 15counts in 15 min.(at 67 dBRNC0)

Same as initial

h. Frequency Shift. ................................. 0 Hz ±1.0 Hz Same as initial

i. P/AR .................................................... Commissioned value ±4 units Same as initial

304 VOICE GRADE 8 (VG-8) (LINCS, ........BWM, AND FAATSAT).

512, 513,514, 515

→→→→ a. 1004-Hz net loss.................................. 0 dB ±1.5 dB Same as initial

→→→→ b. Attenuation distortion.

(1) 304 - 3004 Hz ............................... 1004-Hz net loss −1, +5 dB Same as initial

(2) 404 - 2804 Hz ............................... 1004-Hz net loss −1, +2 dB Same as initial

→→→→ c. Signal-to-C-notched-noise ratio ........ 34 dB ≥32 dB Same as initial

→→→→ d. Intermodulation Distortion1.

(1) Second order ................................. 46 dB >45 dB Same as initial

(2) Third order .................................... 49 dB >48 dB Same as initial

1Parameters apply to lines used exclusively in data applications.

**

*

*

Page 106: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999

Chap 3Page 28 Par 304

Reference Tolerance/LimitParameter Paragraph Standard Initial Operating

→→→→ e. Envelope delay distortion1 .................(804 - 2604 Hz)

≤650 µsec ≤700 µsec Same as initial

→→→→ f. Phase jitter1.

(1) 4 – 300 Hz..................................... 8° <9° Same as initial

(2) 20 - 300 Hz ................................... 3° <4° Same as initial

→→→→ g. Impulse noise at threshold noted1 ..... No more than 15counts in 15 min.(at 65 dBRNC0)

No more than 15counts in 15 min.(at 67 dBRNC0)

Same as initial

h. Frequency Shift .................................. 0 Hz ±1.0 Hz Same as initial

i. P/AR .................................................... Commissioned value ±4 units Same as initial

305. FTS2000. 512, 513,514, 515

→→→→ a. 1004-Hz net loss.................................. 0 dB −2, +2.5 dB Same as initial

→→→→ b. Attenuation distortion.

(1) 304 - 3004 Hz ............................... 1004-Hz net loss −3, +12 dB Same as initial

(2) 404 - 2804 Hz ............................... 1004-Hz net loss −2, +6 dB Same as initial

→→→→ c. Signal-to-C-notched-noise ratio ........ ≥28 dB Same as standard Same as standard

→→→→ d. Intermodulation distortion1.

(1) Second order ................................. ≥45 dB Same as standard Same as standard

(2) Third order .................................... ≥43 dB Same as standard Same as standard

→→→→ e Envelope delay distortion1 .................(804-2604 Hz)

≤1250 µsec Same as standard Same as standard

→→→→ f. Phase jitter1.

(1) 4 to 300 Hz.................................... <12° Same as standard Same as standard

(2) 20 to 300 Hz.................................. <8° Same as standard Same as standard

→→→→ g. Impulse noise at threshold noted1 .... . No more than 15 counts in 15 min.(at 71 dBRNC0)

Same as standard Same as standard

h. Frequency Shift .................................. 0 Hz ±2.0 Hz Same as initial

i. P/AR2................................................... Commissioned Value ±4 units Same as initial

1Parameters apply to lines used exclusively in data applications.2P/AR for FTS2000 is a non-tariffed item for use only within the FAA and is based on industry guidelines.

*

*

*

*

Page 107: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1

Chap 3Par 306 Page 29

Reference Tolerance/LimitParameter Paragraph Standard Initial Operating

306. RCL AND LDRCL VF LINES VIA .......ANALOG MULTIPLEX.

512, 513,514, 515

→→→→ a. 1004-Hz net loss.

(1) When not part of a composite .......line1.

0 dB ±1.5 dB Same as initial

(2) When part of a composite .............line1.

0 dB ±4 dB Same as initial

→→→→ b. Attenuation distortion.

(1) 304 - 3004 Hz ............................... 1004-Hz net loss −1, +3 dB Same as initial

(2) 404 - 2804 Hz ............................... 1004-Hz net loss −1, +1.5 dB Same as initial

→→→→ c. Signal-to-C-notched-noise ratio ........ 34 dB ≥32 dB Same as initial

→→→→ d. Intermodulation distortion2.

(1) Second order ................................. 46 dB ≥45 dB Same as initial

(2) Third order .................................... 49 dB ≥48 dB Same as initial

→→→→ e. Envelope delay distortion2 .................(804-2604 Hz)

≤400 µsec Same as standard Same as standard

→→→→ f. Phase jitter2 ........................................(1 kHz tone)

<3º Same as standard Same as standard

→→→→ g. Impulse noise at threshold noted2 ..... No more than 15counts in 15 min.(at 65 dBRNC0)

No more than 15counts in 15 min.(at 67 dBRNC0)

Same as initial

h. Frequency Shift .................................. 0 Hz ±1.0 Hz Same as initial

i. P/AR .................................................... Commissioned value ±4 units Same as initial

307. RCL AND LDRCL VF LINES VIA .......DS-1 CHANNEL BANK.

512, 513,514, 515

→→→→ a. 1004-Hz net loss.

(1) When not part of a composite .......line.1

0 dB ±1.5 dB Same as initial

(2) When part of a composite line1 .... 0 dB ±4 dB Same as initial

→→→→ b. Attenuation distortion.......................(404-2804 Hz)

1004-Hz net loss ±1.5 dB Same as initial

1A line is composite when it is brought down to voice frequency level and then sent over another line segment at voice frequency level. An RCL/LDRCL line that is a segment of a composite line has less stringent loss tolerance to allow adjustment to meet the overall requirement of the composite line.2Parameters apply only to lines used exclusively in data applications.

*

*

Page 108: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999

Chap 3Page 30 Par 307

Reference Tolerance/LimitParameter Paragraph Standard Initial Operating

→→→→ c. Signal-to-C-notched-noise ratio ........ 34 dB ≥34 dB Same as initial

→→→→ d. Intermodulation distortion¹.

(1) Second order ................................. 45 dB ≥45 dB Same as initial

(2) Third order .................................... 48 dB ≥48 dB Same as initial

→→→→ e. Envelope delay distortion¹ .................(804-2604 Hz)

≤250 µsec Same as standard Same as standard

→→→→ f. Phase jitter¹.

(1) 4 - 300 Hz ..................................... 8° <9° Same as initial

(2) 20 - 300 Hz ................................... 3° <4° Same as initial

→→→→ g. Impulse noise at threshold noted¹ ..... No more than 15counts in 15 min.(at 65 dBRNC0)

No more than 15counts in 15 min.(at 67 dBRNC0)

Same as initial

h. Frequency Shift ................................. . 0 Hz ±1.0 Hz Same as initial

i. P/AR .................................................... Commissioned value ±4 units Same as initial

308. OTHER FAA LEASED LINES .............. 512, 513,514, 515

a. Service type 1.

→→→→ (1) 1004-Hz net loss ........................... Commissioned value ±4 dB Same as initial

→→→→ (2) Attenuation distortion.

(a) 304 – 3004 Hz ........................ 1004-Hz net loss −3, +12 dB Same as initial

(b) 404 – 2804 Hz ........................ 1004-Hz net loss −2, +9 dB Same as initial

b. Service type 5.

→→→→ (1) 1004-Hz net loss ........................... Commissioned value ±4 dB Same as initial

→→→→ (2) Attenuation distortion.

(a) 304 – 3004 Hz ........................ 1004-Hz net loss −3, +12 dB Same as initial

(b) 404 – 2804 Hz ........................ 1004-Hz net loss −2, +10 dB Same as initial

(c) 504 – 2504 Hz ........................ 1004-Hz net loss −2, +8 dB Same as initial

→→→→ (3) Signal-to-C-notched-noise ratio .... ≥24 dB Same as standard Same as standard

→→→→ (4) Intermodulation distortion1.

(a) Second order........................... ≥27 dB Same as standard Same as standard

(b) Third order ............................. ≥32 dB Same as standard Same as standard

→→→→ (5) Envelope delay distortion1 ............(804 - 2604 Hz)

≤1750 µsec Same as standard Same as standard

¹Parameters apply only to lines used exclusively in data applications.

*

*

Page 109: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

12/30/96 6000.22A

Chap 3Par 309 Page 33

Reference Tolerance/LimitParameter Paragraph Standard Initial Operating

→→→→ (3) Signal-to-C-notched-noise ratio .... ≥28 dB Same as standard Same as standard

(4) P/AR ............................................. Commissioned value ±4 units Same as initial

b. Used for air-to-ground radio.............circuits.

→→→→ (1) 1004-Hz net loss ........................... 0 dB −2, +3 dB Same as initial

→→→→ (2) Attenuation distortion.

(a) 304 - 3004 Hz......................... 1004-Hz net loss −3, +12 dB Same as initial

(b) 404 - 2804 Hz......................... 1004-Hz net loss −2, +6 dB Same as initial

→→→→ (3) Signal-to-C-notched-noise ratio .... ≥28 dB Same as standard Same as standard

(4) P/AR ............................................. Commissioned value ±4 units Same as initial

c. Used for data services at speeds of....9.6 kb/s and below.

→→→→ (1) 1004-Hz net loss ........................... 0 dB ±4 dB Same as initial

→→→→ (2) Attenuation distortion.

(a) 304 - 3004 Hz......................... 1004-Hz net loss −3, +8 dB Same as initial

(b) 404 - 2804 Hz......................... 1004-Hz net loss −2, +5 dB Same as initial

→→→→ (3) Signal-to-C-notched-noise ratio .... 30 dB ≥28 dB Same as initial

→→→→ (4) Intermodulation distortion1.

(a) Second order........................... 35 dB ≥33 dB Same as initial

(b) Third order ............................. 42 dB ≥40 dB Same as initial

→→→→ (5) Envelope delay distortion1 ............(804 - 2604 Hz)

≤650 µsec ≤700 µsec Same as initial

→→→→ (6) Phase jitter1.

(a) 4 - 300 Hz............................... 9° <10° Same as initial

(b) 20 - 300 Hz............................. 4° <5° Same as initial

→→→→ (7) Impulse noise at threshold noted1 . No more than 15counts in 15 min.(at 65 dBRNC0)

No more than 15counts in 15 min.(at 67 dBRNC0)

Same as initial

(8) P/AR ............................................. Commissioned value ±4 units Same as initial

1Parameters apply only to lines used exclusively in data applications.

Page 110: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999

Chap 3Page 34 Par 309

Reference Tolerance/LimitParameter Paragraph Standard Initial Operating

d. Used for data services at speeds ........higher than 9.6 kb/s.

→→→→ (1) 1004-Hz net loss ........................... 0 dB ±4 dB Same as initial

→→→→ (2) Attenuation distortion.

(a) 304 - 3004 Hz......................... 1004-Hz net loss −2, +8 dB Same as initial

(b) 404 - 2804 Hz......................... 1004-Hz net loss −1, +2 dB Same as initial

→→→→ (3) Signal-to-C-notched-noise ratio .... 34 dB ≥32 dB Same as initial

→→→→ (4) Intermodulation distortion1.

(a) Second order........................... 46 dB ≥45 dB Same as initial

(b) Third order ............................. 49 dB ≥48 dB Same as initial

→→→→ (5) Envelope delay distortion1 ............(804 - 2604 Hz)

≤650 µsec ≤700 µsec Same as initial

→→→→ (6) Phase jitter1.

(a) 4 - 300 Hz............................... 8° <9° Same as initial

(b) 20 - 300 Hz............................. 3° <4° Same as initial

→→→→ (7) Impulse noise at threshold noted1 . No more than 15counts in 15 min.(at 65 dBRNC0)

No more than 15counts in 15 min.(at 67 dBRNC0)

Same as initial

(8) P/AR ............................................. Commissioned value ±4 units Same as initial

310. GROUNDS AND LEAKAGE .................FAA-owned lines

6950.22,para 32

311. VOICE GRADE ADAPTIVE..................DIFFERENTIAL PULSE CODEMODULATION (VG-ADPCM)(FAATSAT).

512, 513,514, 515

→→→→ a. 1004-Hz net loss.................................. 0 dB ±1.5 dB Same as initial

→→→→ b. Attenuation distortion.

(1) 304 - 3004 Hz ............................... 1004-Hz net loss −1, +5 dB Same as initial

(2) 404 - 2804 Hz ............................... 1004-Hz net loss −1, +4 dB Same as initial

(3) 504 - 2504 Hz ............................... 1004-Hz net loss −1, +3 dB Same as initial

→→→→ c. Signal-to-C-notched-noise ratio ........ 32 dB ≥30 dB Same as initial

1Parameters apply only to lines used exclusively in data applications.

*

*

Page 111: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1

Chap 3Par 312 Page 34-1/34-2

Reference Tolerance/LimitParameter Paragraph Standard Initial Operating

312. VOICE GRADE COMPRESSED(VG-COMPRESSED) (BWM ANDFAATSAT).

512, 513,514, 515

→→→→ a. 1004-Hz net loss.................................. 0 dB ±1.5 dB Same as initial

→→→→ b. Attenuation distortion.

(1) 304 - 3004 Hz ............................... 1004-Hz net loss −1, +5 dB Same as initial

(2) 404 - 2804 Hz ............................... 1004-Hz net loss −1, +4 dB Same as initial

(3) 504 - 2504 Hz ............................... 1004-Hz net loss −1, +3 dB Same as initial

→→→→ c. Signal-to-C-notched-noise ratio ........ 31 dB ≥29 dB Same as initial

313.-399. RESERVED.

*

*

Page 112: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1

Chap 4Par 400 Page 35

CHAPTER 4. PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

400. GENERAL. This chapter establishes the mainte-nance activities and schedules required for analog lineson a periodic basis. The chapter identifies the perform-ance checks (i.e., tests, measurements, and observations)of normal operating controls and functions, which arenecessary to determine whether operation is withinestablished tolerances/limits. The table of performancechecks represents the maximum intervals permittedbetween tasks. (For guidance, refer to the current editionof Order 6000.15, General Maintenance Handbook forAirway Facilities.)

401. FULL PERIOD LINE MONITORING. Periodicmaintenance testing is not required on lines for which theFAA has available continuous, real-time monitoring. Thistype of monitoring is presently available on all linesprovided under the LINCS program, lines used with theData Multiplex Network (DMN) equipment and with theBandwidth Manager (BWM), but not with lines provided bythe FAA Telecommunications Satellite (FAATSAT) unlessused with DMN. On lines with monitoring, the networkmonitoring capability is such that the contractor or FAA isaware of, and able to react to, line deterioration in real time.

402.-406. RESERVED.

SECTION 1. PERFORMANCE CHECKS

Reference ParagraphPerformance Checks Standards and

TolerancesMaintenanceProcedures

407. DAILY. Where installed, check the LINCS and/or FAATSAT systemstatus display (SSD) or the BWM events and alarm logs for alarm icons andoutstanding alarm indications for lines within assigned airspace. Review alarminformation on the monitor and/or printer. (A daily check of the DMN NetworkManagement System is already required by Order 6170.10.)

-------- 510

408. ANNUALLY. (Not Required Where Full-Period Monitoring is |Provided).

a. Measure and record net loss at 1004 Hz. 303 thru 309 512 (ALTE) 514 (Manual)

b. Measure and record attenuation distortion (three-tone slope) andsignal-to-C-notched noise ratio. (See notes 1 and 2.) 303 thru 309 512 (ALTE)

514 (Manual)c. Check for satisfactory transfer to all standby or redundant lines

switchable by FAA. (See note 3.) -------- --------

NOTE 1: The Peak to Average Ratio (P/AR) test may be run in lieu of annual attenuation distortion and signal-to-C-notched noise tests.If P/AR is unsatisfactory, do a complete line run to identify out-of-tolerance parameters.

NOTE 2: Except short-haul lines not involving the serving company's test centers, repeaters, or carrier equipment. Exempted lines aretypically found on airports and are short, direct runs between control facilities and remote sites.

NOTE 3: Standby (or redundant) lines are those lines present at an FAA demarc that do not normally carry operational traffic. Standbylines are not vendor-provided diverse paths. In the event of failure of a line carrying operational traffic, the FAA specialist responsiblemay transfer the traffic to the standby line using manual patching or with FAA-controlled automatic switching.

*

*

*

*

Page 113: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A 12/30/96

Chap 4Page 36 Par 409

SECTION 1. PERFORMANCE CHECKS (Continued)

Reference ParagraphPerformance Checks Standards and

TolerancesMaintenanceProcedures

409. AS REQUIRED.

a. On all FAA leased lines, as part of initial line acceptance, verify allparameters of the particular line as identified in chapter 3. (See note 4.)

303 thru 309 513 (ALTE)515 (Manual)516 (Multipoint)

b. Before commissioning a composite line, perform a segment-by-segmentcheck of all parameters listed in chapter 3 for the type of line used foreach segment in a composite line. When segment-by-segment tests aresatisfactory, run an end-to-end check for the entire line.

303 thru 309 513 (ALTE)515 (Manual)

c. To revalidate an FAA analog line returned to service after failure:

(1) Point-to-point lines. Check to ensure that the reported parameter iswithin the applicable operating tolerance listed in chapter 3. (Seenote 5.)

303 thru 309 513 (ALTE)515 (Manual)

(2) Multipoint lines. Perform functional checks to ensure requiredservice is provided.

-------- 516

410.-420. RESERVED.

NOTE 4: Local FAA authorities may accept new leased lines from the vendor without requiring FAA qualified personnel to conductseparate line runs if ALL the following conditions are met: a. The vendor’s tests are witnessed by qualified personnel who are able to judge satisfactory results. (Qualification of FAA or FAAcontract personnel to witness testing may be determined by the SMO manager.)

b. The vendor provides a copy of test data demonstrating satisfactory test results (meets or exceeds established line parameters).c. The line is under real-time monitoring before and after being placed in operational status.d. For voice multipoint lines, users perform functional checks of voice and signaling to ensure satisfactory operation with end points,

and technicians review vendor test results which confirm line parameters to be within acceptable tolerances. For data multipoints, usersperform functional checks to ensure satisfactory data communications with all end points, and technicians review vendor test results.

NOTE 5: Inoperative lines due to cable cuts are not an out-of-tolerance condition as defined in chapter 3. Restoration requires onlyperformance verification; for example, contact with customer premise equipment at the distant end.

SECTION 2. OTHER MAINTENANCE TASKS

421.-499. RESERVED.

Page 114: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

12/30/96 6000.22A

Chap 5Par 500 Page 37

CHAPTER 5. MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

500. GENERAL. This chapter establishes the proce-dures for accomplishing the various essential mainte-nance activities required for analog lines, on either a pe-riodic or incidental basis. The chapter is divided intothree sections. Section 1 describes the procedures to beused in making the performance checks listed in chapter4, section 1. In section 2 are special maintenance proce-dures such as trouble shooting composite lines. Refer toOrder 6000.15, General Maintenance Handbook for Air-way Facilities, for additional general guidance.

501. BASIC MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE. Thegoal of this chapter is to identify procedures that will en-sure timely testing while fully satisfying acceptance,safety, and other operational requirements.

a. With widespread application of network and linemonitoring by centralized network management centers,it is not necessary to perform routine maintenanceevaluations on lines that are under constant and real-timemonitoring. Thus, for analog lines having real-timemonitoring and for which the FAA has immediate andcontinuing access to the monitoring data, there is no peri-odic maintenance required by this handbook. For exam-ple, LINCS VG-6 and VG-8 lines have continuous real-time monitoring, with the FAA having constant and con-tinuous access to the monitoring data.

b. Local FAA authorities may accept new leased linesfrom the vendor without requiring FAA qualified person-nel to conduct separate line runs if ALL the followingconditions are met:

(1) The vendor’s tests are witnessed by qualifiedpersonnel who are able to judge satisfactory results.(Qualification of FAA or FAA contract personnel to wit-ness testing may be determined by the Airways FacilitiesSMO Manager.)

(2) The vendor provides a copy of their test datademonstrating satisfactory test results (meets or exceedsestablished line parameters).

(3) The line is under real-time monitoring beforeand after being placed in operational status.

(4) For voice multipoint lines, the user performsfunctional checks of voice and signaling to ensure sat-isfactory operation with end points, and technicians re-view vendor test results which confirm line parameters tobe within acceptable tolerances. For data multipoints, theuser performs functional checks to ensure satisfactorydata communications with all end points and techniciansreview vendor test results.

c. Parameters listed in chapter 3 generally have onevalue (the most stringent level) listed under Standardand another less stringent value under Initial Tolerance.The Operating Tolerance value is either "same as stan-dard" or "same as initial". Whenever a line is tested, theFAA technician will accept the line as being within toler-ances if the tested parameter value meets or exceeds theinitial tolerance level. If line parameters can be adjusted,the FAA technician will work to bring the value as closeas possible to the standard value.

d. The following cautions on input power should befollowed when testing analog lines.

(1) The power level limit for FAA analog lines is−13 dBm, 3-second average. Power levels exceeding−13 dBm could cause noise in adjacent channels.

(2) For RCL and LDRCL vf lines referred to the 0TLP, the maximum is −13 dBm, 3-second average.

e. For acceptance and commissioning, compositelines will be tested first segment-by-segment to establisha baseline useful in later fault isolation or troubleshoot-ing. If the segment-by-segment testing is satisfactory,end-to-end testing should then be accomplished.

f. Vendors have the option to include a loopback de-vice on the vendor side of the demarc to sectionalize andfacilitate restoration of leased lines. Although these de-vices are normally set to operate with a 2713-Hz tone,some FAA applications require that a tone of 2413 Hz beused. Care must be taken to ensure that FAA testingdoes not inadvertently activate these devices which willresult in the loss of the line until the devices can be de-activated. The 2713-Hz loopback tone is perilously

Page 115: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999

Chap 5Page 38 Par 501

close to the 2805-Hz guard tone used by many early ver-sions of FAA VFSS equipment used to control RCAGchannels. The 2413-Hz alternative is perilously close tothe 2450-Hz key tone used for BUEC equipment. As aresult, during the implementation of LINCS some regionshave negotiated with local exchange companies to pro-vide 1913-Hz tone to activated loopback control devicesinstalled on radio control circuits.

502. FAA FORM 6000-14, PERFORMANCE RECORD -ANALOG LINES. Order 6000.15 contains guidance anddetailed instructions for field utilization of FAA Form6000 series Technical Performance Record forms. En-tries shall be made in accordance with the instructions inOrder 6000.15, except as indicated in the subparagraphsthat follow. Figure 5-1 is a sample FAA Form 6000-14which shows typical entries for an analog line.

a. Computer-Generated Test Results. Hardcopyprintouts of computer generated test results may be usedfor site records in lieu of FAA Form 6000-14. Suchhardcopy results may be generated either by the contrac-tor with FAA technicians witnessing, or by FAA person-nel using the automated line test equipment (ALTE).

b. Instructions on use of Form 6000-14.

(1) FAA Form 6000-14 is the single generic formwhich may be used for recording and filing maintenanceactions on all types of analog lines. The form is designedso that local reproduction will allow blank forms to bemade up in advance for all lines of a particular categoryby entering common information such as line type,sending facility, and relevant parameters.

(2) Form 6000-14 is designed so that all the rele-vant information on standards and tolerances may belisted on the front of the form with room for the optionalfrequency plot on the back. This form may be used forrecording maintenance information on all FAA analoglines. Since this form is for use on all line types listed inchapter 3, some blocks on the form will not apply tosome lines. Only fill in the blocks relevant to the linebeing tested.

(3) Elements of the form should be completed as follows:

(a) Circuit Identifier. Enter circuit identifierassigned; where available the communications service

authorization (CSA) should be used. When there is noCSA, use an appropriate circuit identifier such as the cir-cuit number.

(b) Acceptance Date. Enter the date that theline was originally accepted.

(c) Testing Date. Enter the date that testing isbeing conducted.

(d) Sending Facility/Receiving Facility. Enterappropriate facility names to indicate the direction inwhich line testing was conducted. Identify any respond-ers installed.

(e) Configuration. Appropriate block ischecked to indicate that the line was tested in either end-to-end or looped mode.

(f) Line Test Set-up (1004 Hz). At the sendingend, enter the TLP level of the point at which the test setwas connected to the line and the actual test tone levelused to transmit the 1004-Hz tone. In most cases, the testset should be connected to a 0 TLP point and the sendinglevel should be −13 dBm. Make the same entries for thereceiving end. At the time of set-up, allow the line tostabilize for a minimum of five (5) minutes while moni-toring the frequency readout for deviations (single endedmode only). If the frequency deviates more than the re-quired amount or the line drops sync, record the event inthe Comments/Notes section of the form.

(g) Line Type. Enter the line type based on thetransmission media, not usage. Examples: LINCS VG-6,RCL via analog mux, and composite. For compositelines, list the individual line types that make up the line inthe notes section of the form.

(h) Usage. Check voice or data as appropriate.

(i) Receive Level and Envelope Delay. Thistable allows receive level and envelope delay to be re-corded for up to 33 different frequencies. In the secondcolumn, enter actual received level in dBm. In the thirdcolumn, enter absolute envelope delay (the reading pro-vided by the test set) in microseconds (µsec). When re-cording results of a three-tone slope test, enter the test re-sults in the blocks for the 404-, 1004-, and 2804-Hz fre-quencies.

*

*

Page 116: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1

Chap 5Par 503 Page 45

last test results so that the history of a particular line canbe reviewed and analyzed by authorized technicians.

(c) Printouts. When the testing results aresaved, the technician is also prompted as to whether theresults are to be printed and on what printer. Such print-outs may be used as the hard copy file or used to assist infilling out form 6000-14.

(7) Passwords and User ID’s. The ALTE sys-tems administrator normally assigns and controls accessto passwords required by the ALTE processor to permitsign-on by users from throughout the facility as well asremote users. Different passwords may be used to enableALTE access for different types of functions and thusallow users access only to required elements of ALTEthat are needed for them to complete their personal tasks.User identification can be handled by assignment of someknown user ID such as the maintenance managementsystem (MMS) ID.

(8) Description of the Ameritec AM3 Responder.At the remote end of lines connected to the ALTE orwhere segments of composite lines interface, the FAAusually installs a responder. In most cases this will be anAmeritec model AM3 responder. This four-wire re-sponder can be commanded by dual-tone multifrequency(DTMF) tones sent on the line under test. Similar typesof responders may also be used, provided they can becommanded by the ALTE. The model AM3 and ALTEcombination allows the following functions to be tested.

(a) For line runs, select the ALTE menu forLoop Test Routines and conduct the level and noise testto get looped net loss at 1004 Hz and also the signal-to-C-notched noise ratio. The looped P/AR test should berun to determine if it is within operational limits. If theP/AR test here appears to be outside acceptable limits,move on to procedures to conduct a complete line run toisolate the cause.

(b) Should a line tested in looped mode be outof tolerance, proceed to the ALTE menu for Single EndedAmeritec Tests. Here again, the P/AR test may be con-ducted first to determine which segment of the line is outof operational tolerance. Then run the single-end testsfor appropriate test parameters to help isolate which pa-rameters are out of tolerance.

504. GENERAL MEASURING TECHNIQUES.

a. Overall Loss and Frequency Response. To deter-mine the overall loss and frequency response characteristicsof an analog line, fixed level audio frequency tones in thevoice frequency range (300 to 3000 Hz) are applied to thesending end of the line to be tested. Depending on theparticular test being conducted, these tones may be eitherat every 100 Hz (to develop the baseline for lines beingcommissioned) or with a three-tone slope with frequen-cies at 404, 1004, and 2804 Hz. Measure and record thelevel of these tones at the receiving end of the tested linewith appropriate testing equipment. Refer the recordedlevels to a reference level established at 1004 Hz and(optionally) transcribe these values to the plot on FAAForm 6000-14 to depict the overall loss and frequency re-sponse characteristics of the line. Frequency stabilitymay only be confirmed after a minimum of five (5) min-utes stabilizing time.

b. Discrepancies. Testing measurements can be madefor a segment of the line or for the line from end-to-end.Measurements normally start at the reference frequency of1004 Hz where a check is made against the standard listed inchapter 3. If performance discrepancies are discovered atthis point, no further testing should be conducted until thefault causing the discrepancy is isolated and corrected; untilthen, any further measurements likely will be erroneous.

c. Looped parameters. Circumstances sometimesrequire that a line be tested with the distant end loopedback (using a responder or remotely controlled testequipment).

(1) A loopback test is an effective way of locatingfaults and impairments. By looping and testing lines atprogressively further points, the element causing thecomplaint will be identified.

(2) Since the parameters of chapter 3 are for end-to-endtesting, an adjustment is required to evaluate a looped line. Toconvert end-to-end parameter values to looped parameters,double the tolerance listed for net loss, attenuation distortion,phase jitter, envelope delay distortion, and impulse noise for thetype of line being tested. The tolerances for signal-to-C-notchnoise ratio and intermodulation distortion are logarithmicallydoubled for looped measurements. That is, they are degradedby 3 dB. The P/AR parameter will remain as ±4 units from

*

*

Page 117: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A 12/30/96

Chap 5Page 46 Par 504

commissioned value for both end-to-end and loopedtests.

d. Measuring Techniques. The accuracy of voltageand decibel measurements is often as dependent onmeasuring techniques as it is on the quality of testinginstruments used. Factors that affect techniques are:purpose of the measurement, line impedance, line bal-ance, and the nature of the measured signal. Generally,measurements are made to test the performance of a linein service, to locate trouble, or to align a line to meetspecifications. In-service and troubleshooting meas-urements are usually made on a bridging basis. Systemalignment often involves power level measurementsusing a resistive load equal to the characteristic imped-ance of the line.

e. Bridging and Terminated Measurements. Of thesetwo methods of inserting the test equipment into the line tobe tested, the preferred method is to use terminated meas-urements.

CAUTION: Always be aware that test tones used inline maintenance are potentially interfering and disori-enting (in other words, they may have negative effectson human and equipment performance). If test toneshave not been properly blocked out from the equip-ment sides of a line under test, they may cause majorirritation and disorientation to personnel still on theline. Follow specific procedures detailed in chapter 5for when and where to apply test tones. Also, keepingtones at or below maximum levels will help in avoid-ing annoyance to personnel or causing interference inadjacent carrier channels.

(1) Bridging. Bridging measurements are usuallymade where disabling the line is inconvenient, where theline impedance is known to be a definite fixed value, orwhere only voltage is to be measured. In bridging meas-urements, the test equipment meter is connected directlyacross a functioning line; e.g., a meter is connectedacross the terminals of a telephone loop and telephone setto measure power level on a bridging basis. The accu-racy of this measurement in dBm depends upon howclose the impedance characteristic of the loop and tele-phone set is to 600 Ω.

(2) Terminated. In terminated measurements, afixed impedance replaces the load provided by the termi-nating equipment that is normally connected to the line.The impedance may be internal or external to the meter.Most transmission test sets have built-in impedance. Theadvantage of terminated measurements is that the imped-ance of the load is known and fixed, which results inmore valid measurements.

f. Line Impedance. When making voltage or powerlevel measurements, particular attention must be paid toline impedance. If the impedance at the point of meas-urement is 600 Ω resistive, most test sets will read powerlevels directly in dBm. Should the line impedance be aknown value other than 600 Ω, dBm can be obtained byuse of the formula:

REdBm 001.0/102

log10=

where R is the line impedance in ohms and E is the volt-age rms (root mean square) across the impedance.

g. Termination Balance. A potential source of errorin measurement is the use of an unbalanced meter tomeasure voltage or power levels in a balanced line. If anattempt is made to bridge or terminate balanced lineswith a meter that has unbalanced input terminals (oneterminal connected directly to the meter chassis), stray,common-mode voltage on the wiring of the line mightcause erroneous readings. Also, crosstalk between theline under test and other lines may be increased while thetest set is connected.

h. Signal Level and Noise. Another source of errorin voltage or power measurements is the presence ofnoise. When measuring small voltages or low power lev-els, noise voltages in the line may make the meter readingtoo high. When reading test tone voltages of less than0.01 volt or less than −20 dBm, line voltage should bemeasured without the test tone to determine the amountof noise. If the noise is more than 12 dB below the testtone, it should not appreciably affect the accuracy of themeasurement.

i. Composite Signal Level of Several Tones. Whenseveral tones are combined in a common load impedance,

Page 118: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1

Chap 5Par 504 Page 47

the level of the composite signal is NOT the sum of the in-dividual signal tone levels in dBm. To obtain the total, orcomposite, level of several signal tones applied simultane-ously to a common line, each individual level must be con-verted to an absolute power in watts; the individual powerlevels are then added and the total converted to dBm.

EXAMPLE: Find the composite level of eight tones,each at a level of +2 dBm and each of a different fre-quency in the voice frequency band. The formula forconverting dBm levels to power is:

1

2log10PPdBm =

The calculation is:

mWPAnti

mWP

1102log;

1log100.2 22 ==

The power level for each tone is:

mWmWP 582.1)1(582.12 ==

Adding power levels:

1.582 + 1.582 + 1.582 + 1.582 + 1.582 + 1.582 +1.582 + 1.582 = 12.7 mW

Converting back to dBm level:

dBmmW

mWdBm 11)103.1(101

7.12log10 ===

NOTE: The above formula is adaptable to all calcula-tions and is not restricted to situations with equal tones.

505.-509. RESERVED.

SECTION 1. PERFORMANCE CHECK PROCEDURES

510. MONITOR CHECK PROCEDURE FOR THELEASED INTERFACILITY NAS COMMUNICA-TIONS SYSTEM (LINCS) NEWBRIDGE SYSTEMSTATUS DISPLAY (SSD).

a. Object. This procedure checks the NewbridgeSSD to view the condition of the LINCS network and ofselected LINCS lines.

b. Discussion. The SSD is a valuable tool for moni-toring the health of the local LINCS network. The displayscreen shows icons that represent both facility-level andinterface-card level elements of the network. Lines thatconnect the icons represent the digital communicationspaths between facilities. A change in color of an icon orline represents a change in performance or status of thatelement. The printer provides a hard copy of network in-formation for later review. When degradation of a networkelement has been detected, and the technician is certainthat the problem is not FAA related, the LINCS help deskshould be contacted. The LINCS help desk uses the New-bridge Network Management System (NMS) that has thesame status display as the SSD. The NMS logically hasmore powerful software (and additional hardware) to en-able the help desk to accomplish detailed network per

formance tasks. For more detailed information refer tothe LINCS operational handbook.

c. Test Equipment Required. Newbridge systemstatus display system.

d. Conditions. This procedure requires that the tech-nician be familiar with operation of the SSD and has re-ceived training on this system. Instructions which referto clicking the mouse button are referring to the leftmouse button unless otherwise stated.

e. Detailed Procedure.

(1) SSD Set-Up.

(a) Verify that all components of the SSD arepowered on. Verify also that the printer is on and con-figured for use with the SSD.

(b) If it has not already been done, log in to theSSD by entering the appropriate password. Upon suc-cessful login, the network map window will appear.

(2) Checking the SSD.

*

*

*

*

*

*

Page 119: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A 12/30/96

Chap 5Page 48 Par 510

(a) View the SSD screen. If a red triangular signwith an exclamation mark in it is shown, click once on it.The red triangle with the exclamation mark is the troubleticket icon. This icon indicates that a new network troubleticket has been received.

(b) The screen will show in red the network mapelement that generated the new trouble ticket. Double clickon the red network element to display the device-level view.

(c) If the red trouble ticket icon is not shown butthere are red network elements, double clicking on the rednetwork elements will display the device-level view of thoseelements.

(d) If neither the trouble ticket icon nor any rednetwork elements are shown in the network view, it may benecessary to refresh the SSD. Refreshing the display is ac-complished by selecting any network element and clicking onit once. Next, press and hold the right mouse button and amenu will appear. From that menu select HIGHLIGHT andwhile still holding the right mouse button, move the pointer onthe screen to the right until a second menu appears. Positionthe pointer to select SHOW TROUBLE TICKET from thesecond menu and then release the mouse button.

(e) Double click on the red device-level element inthe network view screen. A detail window will appear onthe right side of the screen. This window shows a card-levelview of the problem device.

(f) Single click on the red card-level device to se-lect it.

(g) Press and hold the right mouse button; a menuwill appear. Select LIST from the menu, and, while stillholding the right mouse button, move the screen pointer tothe right until a second menu appears. Position the pointerto select TROUBLE TICKET from the second menu andrelease the right mouse button.

(h) A trouble ticket window will appear below thedevice window. Click once on MAKE LIST from the win-dow to list the trouble tickets and their status.

(i) Double click on a trouble ticket to open it.Once opened, the trouble ticket can be viewed for status orprinted.

(j) Closing the trouble ticket window ac-knowledges the trouble ticket. Close all device-levelviews and return to the network view. Click on theMAP IS SHOWING OBJECTS WITH OPEN TROU-BLE TICKETS box in the network view. All elementsin the network will be shown in green. Refresh thedisplay as described in step (d) above.

(k) If an open trouble ticket is encountered,contact the LINCS MCI technician or the networkmanagement center help desk.

511. GENERAL PROCEDURE WHEN USINGTHE ALTE. The following information should beused in conjunction with procedures in succeedingparagraphs whenever the ALTE is used to test lines:

a. The ALTE may be used by personnel within afacility so equipped by physically working with com-ponents of the system such as at the computer console(usually near the main demarc) or by using one of thecommunications test sets (CTS) that may be availableelsewhere throughout the facility.

b. The ALTE can be used by anyone with a PC, amodem, and proper passwords and communicationssoftware. With prior arrangement, personnel fromother FAA facilities with at least an MTAU may ar-range with the ALTE systems administrator in a facil-ity to use the local ALTE remotely by obtaining pass-words, User IDs, and procedures that allow them tocall assigned modems which place them in communi-cations with the ALTE network controller and thusinto the metallic test access unit (MTAU). The majoradvantage of arranging remote access to the ALTE isthat the personnel from the distant facility can thencall into the remote facility to test/maintain lines theyhave running through that facility without needinganyone from the remote facility to meet them on theline(s) under test. Advanced arrangements are re-quired for this remote access so that passwords anduser ID’s can be assigned/made known and restrictedcircuit access can be programmed into the ALTE.

c. Determine if the tests will be conducted usingmacros previously programmed into the ALTE data-base or using tests determined individually by the cur-rent operator.

Page 120: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

12/30/96 6000.22A

Chap 5Par 511 Page 49

(1) To use ALTE macros, enter the name of theselected macro when so prompted by the ALTE menuscreens. See appendix 2 for details of developing andusing ALTE acceptance masks and the appropriate He-kimian REACT 2000 manuals for details on developingand using macros.

(2) Procedures for individually selected tests areoutlined below and further discussed in the appropriateHekimian user manuals.

d. When tests are completed, release the line and printor store the test results. Test results at commissioning orrecommissioning might be stored in the ALTE databaseas the benchmark against which later test results arecompared. Subsequent test results can be stored in thedatabase as LAST (up to 10 LAST results per line).Stored test results may later be recalled by any operatorwith a valid log-on. Test results may also be printed outon a printer specified by the transportation system spe-cialist (the selected printer can be at the ALTE or a re-mote printer at the operator’s location).

e. Review the test results to determine if the line satis-fies all key parameters listed in chapter 3. If parametersare satisfied, return the line to service and file/post the testresults. If key parameters are unsatisfactory, submit atrouble ticket and take the line out of service.

f. Log off the ALTE.

512. ANNUAL LINE RUN USING ALTE.

a. Object. This procedure provides for checking thebasic parameters of line performance (gain, attenuationdistortion, and signal-to-noise) on an annual basis usingthe ALTE.

b. Discussion.

(1) Annual line runs are performed on all lines, in-cluding standby (or redundant) lines, with the exceptionof lines described in paragraph 401.

(2) Chapter 3 lists the specific performance pa-rameters, tolerances, and limits applicable to all classesof analog lines used within the FAA.

(3) Annual line runs on composite lines should beperformed on an end-to-end basis, with results comparedto the composite line parameters listed in paragraph 309.If the results indicate the composite line is not within tol-erances, the line should be taken out of service for main-tenance. Segment-by-segment tests should then be per-formed to determine which is defective and correctiveaction should be taken on the defective segment.

(4) FAA Form 6000-14 may be used to recordmaintenance action on all analog lines. Local authoritiesmay also utilize computer printouts (from FAA ALTE orcontractor-automated testing equipment) as the record forsuch maintenance or may have such printouts attached toa form 6000-14.

c. Test Equipment Required. Automated Line TestEquipment (ALTE). (This is the Hekimian REACT 2000.)

d. Conditions.

(1) Ensure that the line to be tested has been re-leased from service by air traffic control personnel orother user and that the operating equipment at each endhas been lifted from the line. Service may be maintainedby either providing a satisfactory alternate route for op-erational data or during scheduled maintenance timewhen advanced coordination has arranged for the opera-tional service to be unavailable to the user during speci-fied times.

(2) The maximum FAA test tone power level ap-plied at any frequency shall be −13 dBm at the 0 TLP.

NOTE: This power level is used for measuringfrequency attenuation, measuring net loss at 1004Hz, and other line performance evaluations. Equip-ment lineup levels are specified in applicableequipment orders.

(3) Use part 3 of the ALTE/Hekimian REACT 2000user manual with the version number that corresponds withthe software release installed on the ALTE. The Hekimianuser manual describes how to use the REACT Sys-tem/ALTE to test analog lines, specifically describing themenus and menu selections as well as the procedures forperforming each type of ALTE analog test.

Page 121: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999

Chap 5Page 50 Par 512

(4) The ALTE menus assist users in efforts to ac-cess, configure, and test analog lines. Actions to be takenin the various menus are slightly different depending onwhether circuits to be tested are contained in the ALTEdatabase or not. See figure 5-3 for a view of typicalALTE/REACT analog testing flowchart and menus - ac-tual menus may be slightly different than those shown asthe software versions change and menus are updated.Working through the ALTE menus allows the user toidentify the type of testing operation desired, then to se-lect the testing resources to be used and the analog line tobe tested, to conduct desired testing on that line, andlastly to get the results of such testing stored in the com-puter or printed on the screen or selected printer.

e. Detailed Procedure. Use in combination with thegeneral procedure for ALTE of paragraph 511.

(1) Frequency Stability. First send a tone andmonitor the output of the 3701 directly for 5 minutes. Ifthe frequency deviates by more than the specifiedamount, stop testing and contact the appropriate person-nel. This test must be done end-to-end in single endedmode and cannot be done in looped mode as the fre-quency shift would cancel on the return trip.

(2) 1004-Hz Loss. Perform the 1004 Hz net losstest in the looped mode. Evaluate the results in accor-dance with the tolerance listed in chapter 3 for that typeof line, and if within tolerance (looped testing results aretwice the deviation on measurements as shown in bluepages for single-ended test results), proceed with testingother parameters. If out of tolerance, do not proceed onto other parameters until the cause of the difficulty hasbeen identified and corrected. This parameter must bewithin tolerance before additional parameters are tested.

(3) P/AR. Conduct a P/AR test and analyze theresults. If this is within tolerance, (no more than ± 4units from the commissioned value in the looped mode),the annual line run requirement is satisfactorily com-pleted, and the test can be ended and results can be filed.If the P/AR result is not within tolerance, proceed to theattenuation distortion and signal-to-C-notched noise ratiotests described below in order to develop more detailedinformation on the line.

(4) Attenuation Distortion. If the P/AR test isout of tolerance, perform a three-tone slope test on theline and record the results. When prompted to normalizethe results to the 1004-Hz net loss test, recommend re-plying yes so that the ALTE results printout/screen dis-plays the values already adjusted for more or less loss

relative to the 1004-Hz reference. Deviation of loopedmode test results may be twice the values shown inchapter 3.

(5) Signal-to-C-notched noise ratio. If the P/ARtest is out of tolerance, perform, analyze, and record thesignal-to-C-notched noise ratio test as specified in theHekimian manual. Looped mode measurements will be 3dB less (or twice as bad) than parameters shown inchapter 3.

513. “AS REQUIRED” TESTING USING ALTE.

a. Object. This procedure provides for using theALTE to perform testing required for initial acceptanceof lines, for acceptance of composite lines, and for re-validating lines that were out-of-service for mainte-nance.

b. Discussion.

(1) Testing of lines is required when the line isinitially accepted for service, or after completion of cor-rective action for a line that was out-of-tolerance. Ven-dor test data may be used to satisfy this requirement iftesting was witnessed by qualified FAA or FAA contractpersonnel, a copy of test data is provided to the facility,and the line is under real-time monitoring.

(2) Chapter 3 lists the specific performance pa-rameters, tolerances, and limits applicable to all classesof analog lines used within the FAA.

(3) FAA Form 6000-14 may be used to recordmaintenance action on all analog lines. Local authoritiesmay also utilize computer printouts (from FAA ALTE orcontractor-automated testing equipment) as the record forsuch maintenance or may have such printouts attached toa form 6000-14.

c. Test Equipment Required. Automated Line TestEquipment (ALTE) (Hekimian REACT 2000).

d. Conditions.

(1) The maximum FAA test tone power level ap-plied at any frequency shall be −13 dBm at the 0 TLP.

NOTE: This power level is used for measuringfrequency attenuation, measuring net loss at 1004Hz, and other line performance evaluations. Equip-ment line-up levels are specified in applicableequipment orders.

*

*

*

*

Page 122: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

FIG

UR

E 5-

3. T

YPI

CA

L R

EAC

T 20

00/A

LTE

AN

ALO

G T

EST

ING

FLO

WC

HA

RT

AN

D M

ENU

S12/30/96 6000.22A

Chap 5Par 513 Page 51

Page 123: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999

Chap 5Page 52 Par 513

(2) Use part 3 of the ALTE/Hekimian REACT2000 user manual with the version number that corre-sponds with the software release installed on the ALTE.The Hekimian user manual describes how to use the RE-ACT System/ALTE to test analog lines, specifically de-scribing the menus and menu selections as well as the pro-cedures for performing each type of ALTE analog test.

(3) The ALTE menus assist users in efforts to ac-cess, configure, and test analog lines. Actions to be takenin the various menus are slightly different depending onwhether circuits to be tested are contained in the ALTEdatabase or not. See figure 5-3 for a view of typicalALTE/REACT analog testing flowchart and menus - ac-tual menus may be slightly different than those shown asthe software versions change and menus are updated.Working through the ALTE menus allows the user toidentify the type of testing operation desired, then to se-lect the testing resources to be used and the analog line tobe tested, to conduct desired testing on that line, andlastly to get the results of such testing stored in the com-puter or printed on the screen or selected printer.

e. Detailed Procedure. Use in combination with thegeneral procedure for ALTE of paragraph 511.

(1) Line Acceptance. The procedure below is de-signed for the variety of ALTE users in the FAA. Forspecific and detailed procedures, refer to the HekimianREACT 2000 user manuals specifically written for thesoftware release installed on the ALTE.

(a) Establish communications with theALTE/REACT system controller.

(b) Log onto the ALTE system.

(c) Enter the identification (if in the database)or otherwise specify the line to be tested. If the line to betested is in the ALTE database, identification is accom-plished by giving the line number or selecting it from alist in the database. If not in the database, the line to betested must be completely defined so the ALTE is givenall specifications and locations necessary for testing to beaccomplished.

(d) Select required test resources from the list-ing of test resources available. The test resources are theterminal servers, modems, or CTS equipment needed toconduct the desired testing within the ALTE system.When successfully logged into the selected test resources,the OPERATION menu will appear. From the OPERA-TION menu select ACCESS and TEST to obtain access

to the line to be tested. If access is successful, the ANA-LOG ACCESS menu appears.

(e) Split the line and perform looped mode andsingle-ended tests.

1 Test the frequency stability of the line bymonitoring the 3701 output directly for 5 minutes. If thefrequency deviates by more than the specified amount,stop testing and contact the appropriate personnel. Thistest must be done end-to-end in single ended mode andcannot be done in looped mode as the frequency shiftwould cancel on the return trip.

2 Attenuation distortion, three-tone slope,envelope delay, and level and noise testing may be con-ducted using ALTE sweep tests. Follow instructions onthe monitor for the sweep test and when tests of these pa-rameters are completed, store or record the results.

3 Use the multiple tests in single-ended andthen looped condition to test the following: 3-tone slope,impulse noise, phase jitter, level and frequency, C-notched noise, and signal-to-noise ratio.

4 If there is a need, other ALTE tests areavailable on the menus which will allow other tests to beperformed to assist in diagnosing the type of difficultythat may be present when a line does not meet specifiedparameters.

5 When commissioning a line, conduct atest of P/AR in the looped mode and then in each di-rection. Record the results on Form 6000-14, or usethe ALTE printout. P/AR is a weighted measure oftotal attenuation, phase distortion, and noise. It ismost sensitive to envelope delay and return loss prob-lems. P/AR can be used effectively as an indicator ofdifficulties during preventive maintenance and trou-bleshooting/fault isolation operations. If the P/ARvalue in subsequent testing has changed ± 4 units fromthe value recorded at commissioning, it is likely thatsome line characteristic has changed significantly andshould be further investigated.

6 The testing ends either with the line beingconsidered satisfactory (tested values satisfactorily meetor exceed all key parameters) and placed in service, orwith a trouble call to the vendor.

7 Record/store all test results as benchmark(for initial acceptance) or last (when completing a majortest or a total line run).

*

*

Page 124: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

12/30/96 6000.22A

Chap 5Par 513 Page 53

(2) Revalidation. Revalidation of a line that hasbeen out-of-service for maintenance requires retesting ofthe parameter(s) that required the line be removed fromservice for maintenance in the first place. Detailed pro-cedures for this testing are the same as that for Line Ac-ceptance in subparagraph (1) with the exception that onlyparameters previously out-of-tolerance must be retested.If these parameter test values are now shown to be withinthe tolerances of Chapter 3, the line is put back to serviceand the new test values are filed/stored.

(3) Acceptance of Composite Lines. Acceptanceof a composite line is accomplished first by testing eachsegment of the line as detailed in subparagraph (1) toconfirm that it meets or exceeds the published standardfor its type of service (LINCS VG-6 or VG-8, FTS2000,RCL/LDRCL, et al). Record the segment-by-segmenttest results on Form 6000-14, or printout the results usingthe ALTE. This will serve as a baseline for future trou-bleshooting and fault isolation on the composite line.After testing each segment and confirming they arewithin tolerances, test the entire composite line as de-tailed in subparagraph (1) and confirm that it meets orexceeds the standards and tolerances of paragraph 309 forthe type of service that the line will be supporting (voice,radio, or data). If responders have been used in con-ducting line runs or other testing, reset the responders be-fore attempting to place the line in service.

514. ANNUAL LINE RUN USING MANUAL TESTEQUIPMENT.

a. Object. This procedure provides for checking thebasic parameters of line performance (gain, attenuationdistortion, and signal-to-noise) on an annual basis usingmanually operated communications test sets.

b. Discussion.

(1) Manual testing of analog lines may be accom-plished where the ALTE is not available. This testing will re-quire two individuals and two test sets, one at each end of theline, with communications between the two to coordinate thetesting. Testing is accomplished by injecting a known signalinto one end of the line and analyzing the signal received atthe other end for impairments created by the line. This proc-ess is done in both directions, transmit and receive.

(2) The HP4935 Transmission Impairment Meas-

urement System (TIMS), or its equivalent, is commonlyfound in the field and is capable of performing all re-quired annual line testing. It can also check all chapter 3parameters for lines used for voice but not data applica-tions. The Hekimian 3700 communications test system(CTS) and CXR Telcom 5200 universal transmissionanalyzer (UTA) will test all chapter 3 parameters, in-cluding those required for data applications. Table 5-1lists manually operated test equipment found in FAAfield facilities. Refer to the table and operators manual toensure that the unit planned for use is capable of per-forming the tests required.

(3) Annual line runs are performed on all lines, in-cluding standby (or redundant) lines, with the exceptionof lines described in paragraph 401.

(4) Chapter 3 lists the specific performance pa-rameters, tolerances, and limits applicable to all classesof analog lines used within the FAA.

(5) Annual line runs on composite lines should beperformed on an end-to-end basis, with results comparedto the composite line parameters listed in paragraph 309.If the results indicate the composite line is not within tol-erances, the line should be taken out of service for main-tenance. Segment-by-segment tests should then be per-formed to determine which is defective and correctiveaction should be taken on the defective segment.

(6) FAA Form 6000-14 may be used to recordmaintenance action on all analog lines.

c. Test Equipment Required. Two HP4935 TIMSor equivalent communications test sets.

d. Conditions.

(1) Ensure that the line to be tested has been releasedfrom service by air traffic control personnel or other userand that the operating equipment at each end has been liftedfrom the line. Service may be maintained by either provid-ing a satisfactory alternate route for operational data or dur-ing scheduled maintenance time when advanced coordina-tion has arranged for the operational service to be unavail-able to the user during specified times.

(2) The maximum FAA test tone power level ap-plied at any frequency shall be −13 dBm at the 0 TLP.

Page 125: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999

Chap 5Page 54 Par 514

NOTE: This power level is used for measuring fre-quency attenuation, measuring net loss at 1004 Hz, andother line performance evaluations. Equipment lineuplevels are specified in applicable equipment orders.

(3) Ensure that the operating equipment at eachend has been lifted from the line. To lift equipment,open-line plugs are inserted in the EQUIP jacks on thedemarcation jackfield.

(4) The specialist should be familiar with the opera-tion of the test equipment used, and should review the usersmanual for the test equipment before and during the testing.

e. Detailed Procedure. The following procedure iswritten around the use of the HP4935 TIMS as it is com-monly available when manual testing is required. Thesteps are easily translated for use with other test sets.

(1) At both ends of the line to be tested, set up aTIMS as follows:

Transmit and receive impedance to 600 ΩMeasurement key on LEVEL FREQUENCYDisplay to TRMTSet transmit frequency to 1004 HzSet output level to −13 dBmSet receive filter to C-message

(1) At both ends of the line to be tested, connectthe transmit and receive jacks of the TIMS to the transmitand receive pairs respectively of the line. Connectionshould be made to the line-side of the jackfield if one isprovided at the demarc for the line.

(2) At both ends of the line to be tested, set the dis-play to RCV and read the power level indicated. Record thelevel on FAA Form 6000-14. Monitor the received fre-quency for a minimum of five (5) minutes to check for anyfrequency shift. If the frequency does not deviate more thanthe rounding of the 1 Hz units digit and the line does notdrop sync, then the frequency stability has been established.

(3) If both TIMS are equipped with the option formeasuring P/AR, skip to step (10).

(4) At both ends of the line to be tested, set thedisplay to TRMT, set frequency to 404 Hz, and set outputlevel to −13 dBm.

(5) At both ends of the line to be tested, set thedisplay to RCV and read the power level indicated. Rec-ord the level on FAA Form 6000-14.

(6) At both ends of the line to be tested, set thedisplay to TRMT, set frequency to 2804 Hz, and set out-put level to −13 dBm.

(7) At both ends of the line to be tested, set thedisplay to RCV and read the power level indicated. Rec-ord the level on FAA Form 6000-14.

(8) At both ends of the line to be tested, set thedisplay to TRMT, set frequency to 1004 Hz, and set out-put level to −13 dBm. Press measurement key to selectSIGNAL TO NOISE and press filter key to select C-MESSAGE.

(9) At both ends of the line to be tested, set thedisplay to RCV and read the signal-to-C-notched noiseratio in the right display. Record readings on FAA Form6000-14.

(10) At both ends of the line to be tested, set dis-play to TRMT, set measurement key to P/AR, and setoutput level to −13 dBm.

(11) At both ends of the line to be tested, set dis-play to RCV and read the value for P/AR. Record thevalue in FAA Form 6000-14.

(12) Compare readings with published standardsand tolerances. If readings are in tolerance, disconnectequipment and return the line to service. If line is notwithin tolerance, take steps to protect the operationalservice and contact the service provider for correctiveaction.

515. “AS REQUIRED” TESTING USING MANUALTEST EQUIPMENT.

a. Object. This procedure provides for using manu-ally operated communications test sets to perform testingrequired for initial acceptance of lines, for acceptance ofcomposite lines, and for revalidating lines that were out-of-service for maintenance.

b. Discussion.

(1) Testing of lines is required when the line isinitially accepted for service, or after completion of cor-rective action for a line that was out-of-tolerance. Ven-dor test data may be used to satisfy this requirement iftesting was witnessed by qualified FAA or FAA contractpersonnel, a copy of test data is provided to the facility,and the line is under real-time monitoring.

*

*

Page 126: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1

Chap 5Par 515 Page 55

(2) Manual testing of analog lines may be accom-plished where the ALTE is not available. This testingwill require two individuals and two test sets, one at eachend of the line, with communications between the two tocoordinate the testing. Testing is accomplished by in-jecting a known signal into one end of the line and ana-lyzing the signal received at the other end for impair-ments created by the line. This process is done in bothdirections, transmit and receive.

(3) The HP4935 Transmission Impairment Meas-urement System (TIMS), or its equivalent, is commonlyfound in the field and is capable of performing all re-quired annual line testing. It can also check all chapter 3parameters for lines used for voice but not data applica-tions. The Hekimian 3700 communications test system(CTS) and CXR Telcom 5200 universal transmissionanalyzer (UTA) will test all chapter 3 parameters, in-cluding those required for data applications. Table 5-1lists manually operated test equipment found in FAAfield facilities. Refer to the table and operators manual toensure that the unit planned for use is capable of per-forming the tests required.

(4) Chapter 3 lists the specific performance pa-rameters, tolerances, and limits applicable to all classesof analog lines used within the FAA.

(5) The P/AR test should be run end-to-end and withthe line looped back to establish a baseline for future testing.

(6) Use FAA Form 6000-14 to record data takenand calculated values for parameters applicable to theline. A separate form is required for each end of a line.Local authorities may also utilize computer printouts(from contractor-automated testing equipment) as the re-cord for such maintenance or may have such printoutsattached to a form 6000-14.

c. Test Equipment Required. For lines used invoice applications, two HP4935 TIMS or equivalent arerequired. For lines used in data applications, two Heki-mian CTS or CXR5200 UTA or equivalent are required.

d. Conditions.

(1) Ensure that the line to be tested has been re-leased from service by air traffic control personnel orother user and that the operating equipment at each endhas been lifted from the line. Service may be maintainedby either providing a satisfactory alternate route for op-erational data or during scheduled maintenance timewhen advanced coordination has arranged for the opera-

tional service to be unavailable to the user during speci-fied times.

(2) The maximum FAA test tone power level ap-plied at any frequency shall be −13 dBm at the 0 TLP.

NOTE: This power level is used for measuring fre-quency attenuation, measuring net loss at 1004 Hz, andother line performance evaluations. Equipment lineuplevels are specified in applicable equipment orders.

(3) Ensure that the operating equipment at eachend has been lifted from the line. To lift equipment,open-line plugs are inserted in the EQUIP jacks on thedemarcation jackfield.

(4) The specialist should be familiar with the op-eration of the test equipment used, and should review theusers manual for the test equipment before and during thetesting.

e. Detailed Procedure.

(1) Line Acceptance. The following procedure iswritten in generic terms so that it may be used with dif-ferent test sets.

(a) 1004-Hz Net Loss, Attenuation Distortion,and Frequency Shift.

1 At both ends of the line to be tested, set upa test set configured as follows: transmit and receive im-pedance to 600 Ω; transmit frequency to 1004 Hz; outputlevel to −13 dBm; and receive filtering to C-message.

2 At both ends of the line to be tested, con-nect the transmit and receive sections of the test set to thetransmit and receive pairs respectively of the line. Con-nection should be made to the lineside of the jackfield ifone is provided at the demarc for the line.

3 At both ends of the line to be tested, readthe received signal power level. Record the level onFAA Form 6000-14. Monitor the received frequency fora minimum of five (5) minutes to check for any fre-quency shift. If the frequency does not deviate more thanthe rounding of the 1 Hz units digit and the line does notdrop sync, then the frequency stability has been estab-lished.

4 At both ends of the line to be tested, set thetransmit frequency to 304 Hz and ensure the output levelremains at −13 dBm.

**

*

*

Page 127: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A 12/30/96

Chap 5Page 56 Par 515

5 At both ends of the line to be tested, readthe received signal power level. Record the level onFAA Form 6000-14.

6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 for all frequencieslisted on FAA Form 6000-14.

(b) Signal-to-C-Notched Noise. At both endsof the line to be tested, set the transmit frequency to 1004Hz and the output level to −13 dBm. Select C-messagefiltering on the receive section of the test set and setmeasurement mode to signal-to-noise. Read the signal-to-C-notched noise directly on the test sets and record onFAA Form 6000-14. If the test sets used do not directlycompute signal-to-C-notched noise, perform the follow-ing:

1 Select a C-message filter on the receivesection and read the power level of the tone plus noise.

2 Select a C-notch filter on the receive sec-tion and read the power level of the noise only.

3 Compute the signal-to-C-notched noise bysubtracting the reading of step 2 from that of step 1, andrecord on FAA Form 6000-14.

(c) Impulse Noise. At both ends of the line tobe tested, set transmit frequency to 1004 Hz and level to−13 dBm. Set receive filtering to C-notch (the C-message filter of the TIMS includes a 1010-Hz notch)and measurement mode to impulse noise. Set thresholdto that indicated in the Standards column of chapter 3 forthe line being tested, and duration to 15 minutes. Afterthe 15 minutes is up, record the number of impulsescounted by the test sets on FAA Form 6000-14.

(d) Peak to Average Ratio (P/AR).

1 At both ends of the line being tested, setmeasurement mode to P/AR and set the output level to−13 dBm. Measure P/AR directly on the test sets and re-cord on FAA Form 6000-14.

2 At one end of the line being tested, dis-connect the test set and loop back the receive pair tothe transmit pair. (Note that the procedure has as-sumed zero loss lines throughout.) At the other endof the line, measure P/AR directly on the test set andrecord in the Comments/Notes block of FAA Form6000-14.

(e) Envelope Delay Distortion.

1 At both ends of the line being tested, set upa test set (Hekimian 3700 or CXR 5200 or equal), and settest mode to DELAY or EDD. Designate and set one testset as MASTER and one as SLAVE. The test set desig-nated as MASTER will display results of testing regard-less of the direction of the line being tested.

2 Set up the transmit section of each test setfor the frequency range applicable for the line beingtested. Set frequency step for 100 Hz. Set output level to−13 dBm.

3 Set up test sets for return reference meas-urements. In this mode, amplitude modulated, swept fre-quency, vf signals are transmitted from the master to theslave. The slave test set extracts the modulating signal anduses it to modulate a reference 1804-Hz vf signal, which issent back to the master. This test checks the delay of theline pair transmitting vf from the master end of the line tothe slave end. Read test results from the master test set andrecord on FAA Form 6000-14 for this line pair.

4 Set up test sets for forward reference meas-urements. In this mode, an amplitude modulated 1804-Hzvf signal is transmitted from the master to the slave. Theslave test set extracts the modulating signal and uses it tomodulate swept frequency, vf signals, which are sent backto the master. This test checks the delay of the line pairtransmitting vf from the slave end of the line to the masterend. Read test results from the master test set and recordon FAA Form 6000-14 for this line pair.

(f) Intermodulation Distortion.

1 At both ends of the line being tested, set upa test set (Hekimian 3700 or CXR 5200 or equal), and settest mode to IMD. Set output level to −13 dBm.

2 Read the noise-corrected levels for the sec-ond and third order intermodulation products and record onFAA Form 6000-14. On the CXR5200, the corrected levelsmay be read directly on the display. On the Hekimian 3700,procedures contained in the Hekimian users manual must befollowed to correct the levels for noise contribution.

(g) Phase Jitter.

1 At both ends of the line being tested, set upa test set (Hekimian 3700 or CXR 5200 or equal), and

Page 128: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1

Chap 7Par 700 Page 61

CHAPTER 7. MISCELLANEOUS

700. MULTIPOINT LINES.

a. General. Multipoint lines are used for voice ordata communications where a controlling end point needsto communicate with more than one other end point. Forthe purpose of this discussion (acceptance, maintenance,and corrective action), FAATSAT broadcast lines will betreated the same as multipoint lines except that end point-to-end point checks are not required. In the FAA, mostvoice multipoint lines are used for interphone servicebetween controllers or from controllers to selected sitesthroughout an airspace, generally with all end points ableto communicate with all other end points. Data multi-points are used in applications where the remote endpoints sequentially exchange data with the controllingpoint but not with other remote end points. On LINCSthe bridging is generally accomplished either at theLINCS node or at a local exchange carrier (LEC) centraloffice. On FAATSAT, the bridging is accomplished atthe FAATSAT node.

b. Maintenance Philosophy.

(1) Leased Multipoint Lines. Since the bridges forLINCS multipoint lines are almost universally locatedwithin vendor spaces or central offices and are providedfull-period monitoring, FAA personnel will not be requiredto perform separate line runs before accepting leased mul-tipoints. Line runs will be required for FAATSAT multi-point or broadcast lines (see chapter 4). When the vendorturns over the multipoint line, FAA user personnel willperform functional checks to ensure that the entire line isproviding required communications between end points, asrequired. Technical personnel will review vendor providedreports of line acceptance testing to ensure that the linewas within appropriate parameters.

(a) Functional Checks. User personnel willconduct checks from the controlling location of the mul-tipoint line to all remote ends to determine that requiredvoice or data communications are satisfactory and thatsignaling, if required, is working. The operational linemust support the stated requirements for communicationseither among all end points or between the controllingend point and sequentially with each remote end point.

(b) Review of Vendor Test Reports. FAAtechnical personnel will review vendor supplied test re-ports to ensure that all line segments of the multipointswere within acceptable parameters when accepted andplaced into service.

(c) Corrective Action. After acceptance,when the user reports unsatisfactory operation of a mul-tipoint line, FAA personnel will test to determine if thepaths from FAA demarcs to end user equipment at eachend are working properly. When FAA portions of themultipoint are determined to be operating correctly, butthe line is still not working satisfactorily, then the entiremultipoint line will be turned over to the vendor for cor-rective action.

(2) FAA-Owned Bridges/Multipoint Lines. Mainte-nance will be as specified in regional supplements for theregion that designed and installed the multipoint lines.

c. LINCS Multipoint Lines. LINCS multipoint lineswill be designed by the vendor in accordance with con-tract specifications and FAA requirements.

(1) The 3250-Hz tone used for monitoring VG-6lines by the LINCS network management center is re-moved from multipoints before being connected to thebridge so that no monitoring tones cross the bridge.

(2) Carrier detection is used for monitoring LINCSVG-8 lines and does not need any special handling foruse on multipoint data lines.

d. Voice Multipoint Lines. Voice multipoints are pro-vided under the LINCS and FAATSAT contracts. TheLINCS and FAATSAT vendors will design the voicemultipoint line to meet FAA requirements, generally us-ing VG-6 point-to-point lines from the site of the multi-point bridge to selected end points.

e. Data Multipoint Lines. Data multipoints will be de-signed using LINCS or FAATSAT VG-6 or VG-8 linesto connect remote end points to the bridge. Remote endpoints are able to exchange data with the controlling end-point but not with other remote end points.

*

*

* *

*

*

* *

* *

*

*

Page 129: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999

Chap 7Page 62 Par 701

701. ALTE ACCEPTANCE MASKS.

a. General. The Hekimian REACT 2000/AutomatedLine Test Equipment (ALTE) used at FAA ARTCCs, andselected other facilities, has the capability of developingand using a series of computer macro programs that arecalled acceptance masks. These acceptance masks canprovide the ALTE operator with information on a linebeing tested as to whether that line passed or failed a setof identified parameters. This paragraph establishes thevalues in the masks for circuits in chapter 3 of this orderand identifies how these masks may be used in FAAmaintenance of analog lines.

b. Guidelines. The parameters listed on the bluepages which are chapter 3 of this order (as modified byall official changes) will take precedence in determiningacceptable parameter values. Acceptance masks must bechecked and modified as necessary to keep them incompliance with parameters listed in chapter 3.

(1) Masks may be developed locally to expeditemaintenance operations. Specific guidance on how toenter parameter values from chapter 3 are shown below.

(2) Local authorities must ensure that bothacceptance and failure of analog lines remain in strictcompliance with chapter 3 parameters. It is suggestedthat the local ALTE transportation system specialistconfirm periodically (semi-annually) that local ALTEacceptance masks used are in compliance with theparameter tolerances in this order.

(3) When there is conflict between an ALTEacceptance mask and chapter 3 of this order, chapter 3governs.

(4) The telecommunications industry terms used inthe Hekimian documentation are defined as follows.

(a) Acceptance limit (AL) is the maximum mar-gin value or deviation that is allowed at service turn-up oracceptance. For establishing ALTE acceptance masks,when the document requires the AL limit, use the standardvalue from chapter 3.

(b) Immediate action limit (IAL) is theboundary of acceptable performance and the thresholdbeyond which the local exchange carrier will accept a

customer's trouble report and take immediate correctiveaction. When the IAL limit is identified, use the tolerancevalue from the initial column of chapter 3.

c. Detailed Entries.

(1) The specific details for acceptance masks areincluded in part 9 of the current Hekimian documentationon ALTE/REACT 2000 (HKMN 660-750-025) under thesection on REACT SMARTEST in the segment thatcovers the DS0 Acceptance Database. Since thedocumentation is revised with each new software release,ensure that documentation and software release are insynchronization. The following subparagraphs giveguidance in developing acceptance masks for analog linesused in the FAA.

(a) MASK. Name of the type of circuit as usedin chapter 3.

(b) 1004-Hz Loss. Enter the positive andnegative deviations in dB as shown in the blue pages.

(c) Attenuation Distortion in dB. Enter thefrequency ranges and standards/tolerances from the bluepages. Enter the same value in both the AL and IALcolumns. (AL is a required entry.)

(d) Impulse Noise. Enter 15 minute timeperiod. Enter a four digit number, 0015, in the IAL LOentry for the number of incursions allowed in the 15minute time period.

(e) Delay in sec (Envelope Delay Distor-tion). Enter the values for AL/Standard and IAL/Initialfrom the blue pages and use a leading zero if necessary tomake the entry a four-digit number.

(f) Jitter. Enter the degrees of initial toleranceas identified in the blue pages (as stated in the Hekimiandocument, BELL indicates standard weighting of 20 Hz-to-300 Hz and LF indicates the extended low frequencyweighting of 4 Hz-to-300 Hz.)

(g) IMD R2, R3 (Intermodulation Distor-tion). Enter initial tolerance values under the IALcolumn. The left two-digit number corresponds to thelevel of second order IMD products and the right numbercorresponds to the level of third order IMD products.

Page 130: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

12/30/96 6000.22AAppendix 1

Page 1

APPENDIX 1: GLOSSARY OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS TERMS

A and B Signaling. The procedure most often used in T1transmission facilities in which one bit, robbed from eachof the 24 subchannels in every sixth frame, is used forcarrying dial and control information.

Acceptance Limit (AL). A telecommunications industryterm for the maximum value of, or deviation from, adesign parameter that is allowed at service turnup oracceptance.

Acoustic Coupler. A device that converts electricalsignals into audio signals, enabling data to be transmittedover telephone lines via a conventional telephone hand-set.

Address. A unique sequence of letters or numbers for thelocation of data or the identity of an intelligent device.

ADPCM (Adaptive Differential Pulse Code Modula-tion). A technique that allows analog signals to be car-ried on a 32 kb/s digital channel. Sampling is performedat 8 Hz with 3 or 4 bits used to describe the differencebetween adjacent samples.

Adaptive Routing. A means of selecting the optimumpath for message transfer or packet routing.

Algorithm. A set of instructions or mathematical formu-las used to solve a given communications problem.

Alternate Route. A redundant or diversity transmissionroute that provides the same telecommunications connec-tivity as the primary route to which it is referenced.

Analog. An electrical signal that varies continuously inamplitude or frequency depending on changes in sound,light, heat, etc.

Analog/Digital Converter (A/D). A device that convertsan analog transmission signal into digital format.

ANSI. American National Standards Institute; theprinciple standards development body supported by over1000 American trade organizations, professional socie-ties and companies. The U. S. member body to ISO(International Standards Organization).

ASCII: American Standard Code for InformationInterchange; a seven-bit-plus parity code established byANSI to establish a uniform means of transferringinformation between data processing systems, communi-cations systems, and terminal equipment.

Attenuation Distortion. The difference in loss at one fre-quency with respect to the loss at a reference frequency; thereference frequency is 1004 Hz unless otherwise specified.Attenuation distortion is controlled either at specified frequen-cies, or throughout a frequency band. (See also Slope.)

Automatic. A capability that results in an action beinginitiated within the network without human intervention.

AWG. American Wire Gauge; conventional designatorof wire size.

Backbone Network. The high-density portion of a net-work that connects primary nodes.

Bandpass. The portion of a band, expressed in fre-quency differences (bandwidth), in which the signal lost(attenuation) of any frequency when compared to thestrength of a reference frequency is less than the valuespecified in the measurement.

Bandwidth. The range of frequencies available fortelecommunications; the difference expressed in Hertzbetween the highest and lowest frequencies of a band.The theoretical maximum speed at which a given net-work topology, line or communication line operates.

Baud. Unit of signaling speed. The speed in baud is thenumber of discrete conditions or events per second.(Baud is an older term that was used mostly for tele-types, the newer term is bits per second).

Bellcore. Bell Communications Research; organized andfunded by the Bell Operating companies followingAT&T divestiture, for the purpose of establishing tele-phone-network standards and interfaces; includes muchof what had been Bell Laboratories.

Bell Operating Company (BOC). Any of the 22 operat-ing companies created by the AT&T divestiture.

Page 131: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999Appendix 1

Page 2

Blocking. The inability of a telecommunications systemto establish a connection because paths are unavailable.

Bus. A simultaneous and non-interfering transmissionpath servicing multiple devices.

BWM (Bandwidth Manager). A multiservice accessplatform used as the core of a multiservice backbonenetwork. On a single platform, a BWM system fullyintegrates the functions of a voice and data networkingmultiplexer, a multiprotocol router, and a networkmanagement system. BWM is a FAA owned system.

C Conditioning. Type of line conditioning that controlsattenuation, distortion, and delay distortion so they liewithin specific limits.

C-Message Noise. The frequency-weighted, short-termaverage noise within an idle line. The frequencyweighing, called C-message, is used to account for thevariations in 500-type telephone set transducer efficiencyand user annoyance to tones as a function of frequency.

C-Notched Noise. On a line with a holding tone, the C-message, frequency-weighted noise that is removed at themeasuring end through a notch (very narrow band) filter.

Call. The sequence of events begun when an end usermakes a request for service and provides an address code,and concluded when communication between the endusers has terminated.

Central Office (CO). The telephone company switchingfacility or center at which subscribers' local loopsterminate. It handles a specific geographic area and isidentified by the first three digits of the local telephonenumber. Since divestiture, these are invariably thefacilities of the local Bell operating company.

Channel Bank. A device that multiplexes many slow-speed voice or data conversations onto a high-speed linkand controls the flow of these conversations.

Circuit. A physical or logical path allowing thetransmission of information; the path connecting a datasource and a data "sink" (receiver). The term "circuit"may be used interchangeably with "channel," "line," or"path."

Circuit Diversity. A physical and electrical separation inrouting of transmission paths such that a failure at onegeographical location will not cause loss of both paths.

Comite Consultatif International de Telephonie et deTelegraphie (CCITT). International Consultative Com-mittee for Telephone and Telegraph, a United Nationsorganization.

Composite Line. An end-to-end analog line made up oftwo or more line segments provided by different suppliers.

Control Station. The station on a network thatsupervises control procedures, including polling, calling,and error recovery.

Copper Facility. Any wire-based transmission mediumutilizing copper wire or cable.

Crosstalk. The unwanted transfer of energy from oneline (the disturbing line) to another line (the disturbedline).

Customer-Premise Equipment (CPE). Equipmentand facilities on the customer/FAA side of the pointof interconnection with the telecommunications net-work.

D Conditioning. A type of conditioning that controlsharmonic distortion and signal-to-noise ratio so that theyreside within specified limits.

Data. Digitally represented information, which includesvoice, text, facsimile, and video.

Database. Collection of data which is structured andorganized in a disciplined fashion to facilitate informa-tion retrieval.

DB (DECIBEL). The logarithmic unit of signal powerratio commonly used in telephony. It is used to expressthe relationship between two signal powers, usuallybetween two acoustic, electric, or optical signals; it isequal to 10 times the common logarithm of the ratio ofthe 2 signal powers.

DBM. Decibel referenced to one milliwatt; relativestrength of a signal, calculated in decibels, when thesignal is compared in a ratio to a value of one milliwatt;used mainly in telephony to refer to relative strength of asignal (e.g., at 0 dBm, a signal delivers 1 milliwatt to aline load, while at -30 dBm a signal delivers .001milliwatt to a load).

DBRN. A unit used to express noise power relative toone picowatt (-90 dBm).

*

*

**

Page 132: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

12/30/96 6000.22AAppendix 1

Page 3

DBRNC. Noise power in dBRN, measured with C-message weighing.

DBRNC0. Noise power in dBRNC referred to ormeasured at a zero transmission level point (0/TLP).

Decibel (dB). See dB above.

Delay Distortion. Change in signal from transmittingend to receiving end resulting from the non-uniformspeed of transmission of various frequency componentsof a signal through a transmission medium.

Delay Time, End-To-End. The time to traverse theleased system from one end user location to another,including processing, queuing, connecting, transmis-sion/retransmission and propagation delays. Measure ofround trip transmission delay. Useful for detectingpossible cause of protocol timeouts.

Demarcation (DEMARC) Point. The demarcation pointbetween the wiring that comes in from the local telephonecompany, and customer-premises equipment or CPE.

Demodulation. The process of retrieving a signal from amodulated carrier wave.

Deviation. The departure from a standard or specifiedvalue.

D/I. See Drop and Insert below.

DIP Site. A drop and insert point, usually on the RCL, atwhich voice grade lines are dropped and inserted.

Digital. Referring to communications procedures, tech-niques, and equipment by which information is encodedas either a binary 1 or 0; the representation of informationis discrete binary form, discontinuous in time, as opposedto the analog representation of information in variable,but continuous, waveforms.

Digroup. A digital group, or when 24 voiceband analogchannels are combined or multiplexed to form a DS-1 signal.

Drop and Insert. A term applied to a multiplexer that canadd data (insert) to a T1 data stream, or act as a terminatingnode (drop) to other multiplexers connected to it.

Drop Cable. In local area networks, a cable that connectsperpendicularly to the main network cable, or bus, andattaches to data terminal equipment (DTE).

Echo. Part of a signal transmission reflected or other-wise returned with sufficient magnitude and delay to bereceived as interference.

Echo Return Loss (ERL). A frequency-weighted measure ofreturn loss over the middle of the voiceband (approximately560 to 1965 Hz), where talker echo is most annoying.

EIA (Electronics Industry Association). A U.S. stan-dards organization specializing in the electrical and func-tional characteristics of interface equipment.

End-User. An end-user may be either an FAA or con-tractor person who will operate equipment that uses thetelecommunications medium.

End-User Location (EUL). A place at which a leasedtransmission line is terminated. Service is delivered to aspecific demarcation point at the location. Each EUL willbe designated by the government as a type A location(EUL-A) or a type B location (EUL-B). See type A ortype B locations.

Envelope Delay Distortion (EDD). A characteristic ofanalog lines that results when some frequencies arriveahead of others, even though they were transmitted at thesame time. It is normally expressed as a difference intime between arrival of the frequencies at the receive endof a line; difference in times between the frequency thatarrived last and the frequency that arrived first.

Exchange. A unit established by a telephone companyfor the administration of communications service in aspecified geographic area that usually embraces a city,town, or village and its environs.

Expected Measured Loss (EML). The calculated value ofthe 1004-Hz loss that one would expect to measure betweentwo test points with the proper terminating impedances atthe test points. It is the sum of the inserted connection lossand test access loss including any test pads.

FAA Designated Demarcation Point. This DEMARC isthe physical point interconnecting the government com-munications equipment and the leased system.

Page 133: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999Appendix 1

Page 4

FAATSAT (FAA Telecommunications Satellite). Asystem to provide satellite-based telecommunicationsservices to aid in the elimination of single points offailure. FAATSAT incorporates both fixed andtransportable earth stations in the main domestic networkand incorporates mobile stations for use in emergencysituations worldwide. FAATSAT is a leased service.

Facilities. Any telephone company cable, poles, conduit,microwave, or carrier equipment, wire center distributingframes, central office, switching equipment, computers(both hardware and software), business machines, etc.,utilized to provide services offered.

FCC: Federal Communications Commission, regulatesU.S. communications.

Filter. Device that transmits a certain range of frequen-cies while suppressing unwanted frequencies or noise, orwhile separating lines in communications lines.

Frequency Shift. The difference between the frequencyof a signal applied at the input of a line and the frequencyof that signal at the output of the line.

Full Duplex. The capability of transmission in eitherdirection, at the same time.

Gain/Frequency Characteristic. The gain-versus-fre-quency characteristic of the line over the bandwidthprovided.

Government Facility. A facility owned, operated, leased,or contracted by or for the government.

Half Duplex. Transmission in either direction, but not atthe same time.

Harmonic. An alternating signal whose frequency is anintegral multiple of the fundamental basic frequency.

Hertz (Hz). Measurement that distinguishes electro-magnetic waveform energy, number of cycles, or com-plete waves that pass a reference point per second;measurement of frequency, by which one Hertz equalsone cycle per second.

Hybrid. An electronic line or transformer that inter-connects a local (two-wire) loop with four-wire long-haulfacilities.

Immediate Action Limit (IAL). A telecommunicationsindustry term for the bound of acceptable performanceand the threshold beyond which the local exchangecarrier will accept a customer's trouble report and takeimmediate corrective action.

Impulse Noise. Any momentary occurrence of the noiseon a line significantly exceeding the normal noise peaks.It is analyzed by counting the number of occurrences thatexceed a threshold during a specified period of time.

In-Band Signaling. Use of audio tones inside the con-ventional voice frequency line to convey signalinginformation.

Interface. The point at which two systems, or two partsof one system, interconnect.

Interference. Any unwanted noise or crosstalk on acommunications line that reduces the intelligibility of thedesired speech or signal.

Intermodulation Distortion (IMD). A measure of thenonlinearity of a line. It is measured using four tones andevaluating the ratios (in decibels) of the transmittedcomposite four-tone signal power to the second-orderproducts of the tones (R2), and the third-order productsof the tones (R3).

Interexchange Carrier (IXC). Any corporation engaged forhire in interstate or foreign communication by wire, fiber, orradio between two or more local access and transport areas(LATA’s). This does not preclude carrying intra-LATAtraffic concurrent with state regulatory approval.

Jitter. The slight movement of a transmission signal intime or phase that can introduce errors and loss ofsynchronization in high-speed synchronous communica-tions; see Phase Jitter.

K/bits or kb/s. Kilobits per second; standard measure ofdata rate and transmission capacity.

Kilohertz (kHz). One thousand Hertz or one thousandcycles per second.

LDCELP (Low Delay Code Excited Linear Prediction).LDCELP is a voice compression method that uses abackward-adaptive analysis-by-synthesis algorithm de-fined by ITU Recommendation G.728.

*

*

**

*

*

Page 134: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1Appendix 1

Page 5

LED (Light Emitting Diode). A semiconductor lightsource that emits visible light or invisible infraredradiation.

Line Conditioning. Telephone company service thatreduces envelope delay, noise, and attenuation distortion,enabling the subscriber to transmit higher speed data thanover traditional telephone lines.

Local Access. The connection between an EUL-B and anode.

Loss Deviation. The departure of the actual loss from thedesignated value.

Local Access and Transport Area (LATA). One of 161local telephone serving areas in the United States,generally encompassing the largest standard statisticalmetropolitan areas; subdivisions established as a result ofthe Bell divestiture that now distinguish local from longdistance service; lines with both end-points within theLATA (intra-LATA) are generally the sole responsibilityof the local telephone company, while lines that crossoutside the LATA (inter-LATA) are passed on to aninter-exchange carrier.

Local Area Network (LAN). A data communicationssystem confined to a limited geographical area with mod-erate to high data rates (100 kb/s to 50 Mb/s). The areamay consist of a single building, a cluster of buildings ora campus-type arrangement. The network uses some typeof switching technology, and does not use commoncarrier lines - although it may have gateways or bridgesto other public and private networks.

Local Exchange Carrier (LEC). An organization thatprovides intra-LATA telecommunications services to thepublic.

Loopback. Diagnostic procedure used for transmissiondevices; a test message is sent to a device being tested,which is then sent back to the originator and comparedwith the original transmission; loopback testing may bewithin a locally attached device or conducted remotelyover a communications line.

Main Distribution Frame. In telephony, a structure wheretelephone-subscriber lines are terminated; in conjunctionwith a PBX, the place where central office telephone linesare connected to on-premises extensions; at a telephonecentral office, a site where subscriber lines terminate.

Modem. Modulator/demodulator; electronic device thatenables digital data to be sent over analog transmissionfacilities.

Modulation. Modifying some characteristics of a waveform.

Monitor. (1) A video display. (2) Any hardware or softwarethat supervises the operation of a system and indicates anydeviation from its standard operating procedure.

MTBF. Mean Time Between Failures. Average for onedevice.

MTTR. Mean Time To Repair.

Multidrop Line. A communications line that intercon-nects several stations in different geographical locations.See Multipoint Line.

Multiplex. A technique to use a single transmission lineto provide several transmission lines, such as by sharingthe time of the line (time-division multiplexing) orsuperimposing many frequencies at the same time(frequency-division multiplexing) so that many signalsources and receivers may communicate during a giventime period.

Multiplexing/Multiplexer. The combining of multipledata lines onto a single transmission medium; anyprocess through which a line normally dedicated to asingle user can be shared by multiple users; typically userdata streams are interleaved on a bit or byte basis (timedivision) or separated by different carrier frequencies(frequency division).

Multipoint Line. A line providing simultaneous trans-mission among three or more separate points. also amultidrop line.

Network Control Signaling. The transmission of signalsin the telecommunications system that perform functionssuch as supervision (control, status, and charge signals),address signaling (e.g., dialing), calling and called numberidentifications, rate of flow, service selection, error control,and audible tone signals (call-progress signals indicatingreorder or busy conditions, and alerting) to control theoperation of the telecommunications system.

Network Termination Equipment (NTE). Network compo-nent that links directly to the terminating equipment.

Page 135: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999Appendix 1

Page 6

Node. A point in the network which is interconnected toat least two other nodes via digital facilities (paths) whichare physically diverse. A node may be located at avendor location or at an FAA location.

Noise. Random electrical signals, introduced by linecomponents or natural disturbances that tend to degradethe performance of a communications line.

Non-Blocking. A capability of the network such that thetotal number of available transmission paths is equal tothe number of ports. Therefore, all ports can have simul-taneous access through the network.

Nyquist Theorem. In communications theory, a formulastating that two samples per cycle is sufficient tocharacterize a bandlimited analog signal, in other words,the sampling rate must be twice the highest frequencycomponent of the signal (e.g., sampling at 8 kHz for a 4-kHz analog signal).

Off-Hook. The supervisory state indicative of the active(in use) condition.

On-Hook. The supervisory state indicative of the idlecondition.

Out-of-Band Signaling. Use of narrowband filters toplace the voice signal on a carrier line below 3400 Hz,reserving the 3400-to-3700-Hz band for supervisorysignals.

PAM. Pulse amplitude modulation.

Path. An analog or digital route between two nodes.

PCM (Pulse Code Modulation). Digital transmissiontechnique that involves sampling of an analoginformation signal at regular time intervals and codingthe measured amplitude value into a series of binaryvalues, which are transmitted by modulation of a pulsedor intermittent carrier; a common method of speechdigitizing using 8 bit code works or samples and asampling rate of (typically) 8 kHz.

Peak to Average Ratio (P/AR). A test to determine aline's overall bandwidth and phase nonlinearity and thusits ability to effectively transmit high speed data traffic.

Phase Jitter. The measurement, in degrees out of phase,that an analog signal deviates from the referenced phasesof the main data-carrying signal; often caused by

alternating-current components in a telecommunicationsnetwork.

Point of Presence (POP). A physical location within aLATA established by an IXC for the purpose of obtainingLATA access and LEC-provided access services. POPapplies to both switched and dedicated access, althoughdifferent POPs may be used for different services.

Point-to-Point. Describing a line that interconnects twopoints directly, where there are generally no intermediateprocessing nodes, computers, or branched lines, althoughthere could be switching facilities; a type of connection,such as phone-channel line, that links two, and only two,logical entities. See Multipoint Line.

Polling. A means of determining if devices on a multi-point line are alive and responding.

POTS. Plain old telephone service.

Power Level. The ratio of the power at a given point toan arbitrary amount of power chosen as a reference.Usually expressed in decibels based on 1 milliwatt (dBm)or 1 watt (dBw).

Preventive Maintenance. Maintenance, such as periodicinspection, cleaning, and adjustment intended to preventsystem malfunction.

RAM (Random Access Memory). Semiconductor read-writevolatile memory. Data stored is lost if power is turned off.

Ringdown. Signaling used in manual systems wherepicking up one phone automatically rings another orsignals an operator.

Signal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR). The ratio of the signalpower to noise at a given point in a given system (usuallyexpressed in decibels).

Site Level Verification. Level of verification usuallyperformed at the designated site that will verify overallsystem requirements.

Slope Also Three-Tone Slope or Gain Slope). The lossat 404 and 2804 Hz relative to that at 1004 Hz.

Stability. The property of maintaining a constant valueduring a specified time interval. Variations from theinitial value may be called drift if the change is relativelyslow, and jitter or noise if the change is relatively fast.

Page 136: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1Appendix 1

Page 7

Status Reporting. The process by which the routing of statusinformation concerning leased system failures and repairs arebroadcast to all devices that may need the information formessage routing and system monitoring and control.

Subsystem. A grouping of one or more equipment items thatperform a function that is a part of an overall system product.

Subsystem-Level Verification. Level of verification usu-ally accomplished at the contractor's facility that willverify subsystem requirements under ambient conditions.

System. An operational grouping of subsystems thatcompose the leased system. This grouping may includeemulators and test fixtures to simulate the operationalconfiguration of the leased system equipment.

System Level Verification. This level of verification isusually accomplished at the contractor's facility and willverify that the network configuration and design willmeet the system requirements under controlled electrical,mechanical, and environmental conditions.

T1. AT&T term for a digital carrier facility used totransmit a DS-1 formatted digital signal at 1.544 Mb/s.

T Carrier. A time-division-multiplexed (typically telephonecompany supplied) digital transmission facility, usually oper-ating at an aggregate data rate of 1.544 Mb/s and above.

Tariff. The formal process whereby services and rates areestablished by and for communications common carrier;submitted by carriers for government regulatory approval,reviewed, often amended, and then (usually) approved; thepublished rate for a specific communications service,equipment or facility that constitutes a contract between theuser and the communications supplier or carrier.

TELCO. Telephone central office, in most usages, butalso a generic abbreviation for telephone company.

Test. A method of verification wherein performance ismeasured during or after the controlled application offunctional and/or environmental stimuli. Quantitativemeasurements are analyzed to determine the degree ofcompliance. The process uses laboratory equipment,procedures, and/or services.

Transient. An abrupt change in voltage, of short duration.

Transmission Level Point (TLP). A point in a transmissionsystem at which the ratio, usually expressed in decibels, ofthe power of a test signal at that point to the power of the testsignal at a reference point, is specified. For example, a zerotransmission level point (0 TLP) is an arbitrarily establishedpoint on a communication line to which all relative levels atother points in the line are referred.

Trunk. A dedicated aggregate telephone line connecting twoswitching centers, central office, or data concentration devices.

Turn Up. Operational verification of a transmission lineafter cutover.

Two-Wire to Four-Wire Conversion. An arrangement thatconverts a four-wire transmission path to a two-wiretransmission path to allow a four-wire facility to connect to atwo-wire entity such as a trunk line or switching system.

Type A Locations. Type-A locations (designatedEUL-A) are major, critical facilities requiring diversetelco entrance facilities, high reliability, and highavailability. See also End-Use Locations.

Type B Locations. Type-B locations (designated EUL-B)are less critical facilities that do not have the stringentrequirements for diversity, reliability, or availability likethose for EUL-A locations. A location that is notdesignated by the government as an EUL-A, is an EUL-B.

VAPC (Voice Adaptive Predictive Coding). VAPC usesa block coding process that combines VQ with linearprediction in an adaptive structure. The vector quantizeruses an optimized codebook to code the differencebetween an input vector and a predicted vector.

VG-COMPRESSED (Voice Grade Compressed).Techniques that allow voice grade analog signals to becarried on a 16kb/s, 9.6kb/s, or 8kb/s digital channel.They may employ LDCELP, VAPC, or VQ compressionmethods.

Voice-Bandwidth Line. A line with frequency responsecharacteristics to effectively transmit voice-frequencysignals. (A frequency range of about 300 to 3000 Hz.)

Voice Frequency (vf). Describing an analog signalwithin the range of transmitted speech, typically from300 to 3400 Hz; any transmission supported by an analogtelecommunications line.

*

*

Page 137: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 1 8/10/1999Appendix 1

Page 8

Voice Grade (VG). A term used to describe the per-formance characteristics of a channel, line, facility,or service that is suitable for the transmission ofspeech, digital or analog data, or facsimile, generallywith a frequency range of about 300 to 3000 Hz.

VQ (Vector Quantization). VQ uses an optimized code-book of speech samples. It removes the pitch from theincoming voice sample, matches the resultant waveform

to the codebook, and sends the codebook index to thedecompression resource. The decompression resource usesthis information to reconstruct an approximation of theoriginal voice sample.

Zero, Zero Transmission Level Point (0,0 TLP). Indicatesthat there are two reference points on a line between whichthere will be no overall change in signal power. Establishesunity gain (no loss or gain) between these points of reference.

*

*

*

*

Page 138: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

CHANGE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATIONFEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION

6000.22ACHG 2

4/12/2002

SUBJ: MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES

Distribution: A-FAF-0 (MAX); X(AF)-3; ZAF-604 Initiated By: AOS-510

1. PURPOSE. This change transmits pages to revise the periodic maintenancetables in the maintenance handbook to facilitate the use of the analog linesfor checking and certifying the analog lines. This directive implementsConfiguration Control Decision (CCD) No. N23486, Change Order 6000.22A,Maintenance of Analog Lines.

2. DISTRIBUTION.

a. This directive is distributed to selected offices and services withinWashington headquarters, the William J. Hughes Technical Center, the MikeMonroney Aeronautical Center, to the branch level within the regional AirwayFacilities divisions, and to all Airway Facilities field offices.

b. An electronic version and distribution report of this directive isavailable on an Intranet site located at http://aos-ext.amc.faa.gov/ under the“Technical Documentation” heading.

c. To obtain additional hard copies of this publication, contact Printing& Distribution Team, AMI-700B, at (405) 954-3771.

3. DISPOSITION OF TRANSMITTAL. Retain this transmittal.

PAGE CONTROL CHART

Remove Pages Dated Insert Pages Dated

iii 8/10/1999 iii 8/10/1999iv 8/10/1999 iv 4/12/200235 8/10/1999 35 4/12/200236 12/30/1996 36 12/30/1996

Fri Apr 12 15:19:04 2002

Gregg W. DvorakProgram Director for Operational Support

Page 139: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

8/10/1999 6000.22A CHG 1

Page iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS

Paragraph Page

100. Objective....................................................................................................................... 1101. Reserved.

SECTION 1. ANALOG LINE INFORMATION

102. Service Specifications in Effect ..................................................................................... 1103.-106. Reserved.

SECTION 2. MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES

107. Safety............................................................................................................................ 3108. Certification................................................................................................................... 3109. Coordination of Maintenance Activities.......................................................................... 3110. Reporting Irregularities, Interruptions, and Outages ...................................................... 4111. Troubleshooting ............................................................................................................ 5112. NAS Change Proposals ................................................................................................ 5113. Precautions When Using Test Tones ............................................................................ 6114.-199. Reserved.

CHAPTER 2. TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

200. Purpose ........................................................................................................................ 7201. Reserved.

SECTION 1. TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

202. System Overview .......................................................................................................... 7203. Analog Transmission Services ...................................................................................... 9204.-219. Reserved.

SECTION 2. DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES

220. Perspective ................................................................................................................... 12221.-229. Reserved.

**

Page 140: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A CHG 2 4/12/2002

Page iv

SECTION 3. ANALOG PERFORMANCE AND TEST PARAMETERS

Paragraph Page

230. Parameters Used in Analog Maintenance and Testing.................................................. 13231. In-Service Monitoring .................................................................................................... 21232.-299. Reserved.

CHAPTER 3. STANDARDS AND TOLERANCES

300. General ..................................................................... ..................................................... 25301. Notes and Conditions......................................................... ............................................ 25302. Reserved.303. Voice Grade 6 (VG-6)(LINCS, BWM, and FAATSAT) ................................................... 27304. Voice Grade 8 (VG-8)(LINCS, BWM, and FAATSAT)......................... ........................... 27305. FTS2000 .................................................................... .................................................... 28306. RCL and LDRCL VF Lines Via Analog Multiplex ............................................................ 29307. RCL and LDRCL VF Lines Via DS-1 Channel Bank....................................................... 29308. Other FAA Leased Lines...................................................... .......................................... 30309. FAA Composite Lines ........................................................ ............................................ 32310. Grounds and Leakage........................................................ ............................................ 34311. Voice Grade Adaptive Differential Pulse Code ............................................................... 34

Modulation (VG-ADPCM)(FAATSAT)312. Voice Grade Compressed (VG-COMPRESSED)(FAATSAT)................... ..................... 35313.-399. Reserved.

CHAPTER 4. PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

SECTION 1. PERFORMANCE CHECKS

400. General ..................................................................... ..................................................... 35401. Full Period Line Monitoring.................................................... ......................................... 35402.-406. Reserved.407. WITHDRAWN BY CHG 2........................................ ....................................................... 35408. Annually .................................................................... ..................................................... 35409. As Required ................................................................. .................................................. 36410.-420. Reserved.

SECTION 2. OTHER MAINTENANCE TASKS

421.-499. Reserved.

**

Page 141: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

4/12/2002 6000.22A CHG 2

Chap 4Par 400 Page 35

CHAPTER 4. PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

400. GENERAL. This chapter establishes the mainte-nance activities and schedules required for analog lineson a periodic basis. The chapter identifies the perform-ance checks (i.e., tests, measurements, and observations)of normal operating controls and functions, which arenecessary to determine whether operation is withinestablished tolerances/limits. The table of performancechecks represents the maximum intervals permittedbetween tasks. (For guidance, refer to the current editionof Order 6000.15, General Maintenance Handbook forAirway Facilities.)

401. FULL PERIOD LINE MONITORING. Periodicmaintenance testing is not required on lines for which theFAA has available continuous, real-time monitoring. Thistype of monitoring is presently available on all linesprovided under the LINCS program, lines used with theData Multiplex Network (DMN) equipment and with theBandwidth Manager (BWM), but not with lines provided bythe FAA Telecommunications Satellite (FAATSAT) unlessused with DMN. On lines with monitoring, the networkmonitoring capability is such that the contractor or FAA isaware of, and able to react to, line deterioration in real time.

402.-406. RESERVED.

SECTION 1. PERFORMANCE CHECKS

Reference ParagraphPerformance Checks Standards and

TolerancesMaintenanceProcedures

407. WITHDRAWN BY CHG 2

408. ANNUALLY. (Not Required Where Full-Period Monitoring is |Provided).

a. Measure and record net loss at 1004 Hz. 303 thru 309 512 (ALTE) 514 (Manual)

b. Measure and record attenuation distortion (three-tone slope) andsignal-to-C-notched noise ratio. (See notes 1 and 2.) 303 thru 309 512 (ALTE)

514 (Manual)c. Check for satisfactory transfer to all standby or redundant lines

switchable by FAA. (See note 3.) -------- --------

NOTE 1: The Peak to Average Ratio (P/AR) test may be run in lieu of annual attenuation distortion and signal-to-C-notched noise tests.If P/AR is unsatisfactory, do a complete line run to identify out-of-tolerance parameters.

NOTE 2: Except short-haul lines not involving the serving company's test centers, repeaters, or carrier equipment. Exempted lines aretypically found on airports and are short, direct runs between control facilities and remote sites.

NOTE 3: Standby (or redundant) lines are those lines present at an FAA demarc that do not normally carry operational traffic. Standbylines are not vendor-provided diverse paths. In the event of failure of a line carrying operational traffic, the FAA specialist responsiblemay transfer the traffic to the standby line using manual patching or with FAA-controlled automatic switching.

* *

Page 142: I MAINTENANCE OF ANALOG LINES · 2013. 9. 6. · 12/30/96 6000.22A FOREWORD 1; PURPOSE. a. This handbook prescribes technical standards, toler- ances, and procedures applicable to

6000.22A 12/30/96

Chap 4Page 36 Par 409

SECTION 1. PERFORMANCE CHECKS (Continued)

Reference ParagraphPerformance Checks Standards and

TolerancesMaintenanceProcedures

409. AS REQUIRED.

a. On all FAA leased lines, as part of initial line acceptance, verify allparameters of the particular line as identified in chapter 3. (See note 4.)

303 thru 309 513 (ALTE)515 (Manual)516 (Multipoint)

b. Before commissioning a composite line, perform a segment-by-segmentcheck of all parameters listed in chapter 3 for the type of line used foreach segment in a composite line. When segment-by-segment tests aresatisfactory, run an end-to-end check for the entire line.

303 thru 309 513 (ALTE)515 (Manual)

c. To revalidate an FAA analog line returned to service after failure:

(1) Point-to-point lines. Check to ensure that the reported parameter iswithin the applicable operating tolerance listed in chapter 3. (Seenote 5.)

303 thru 309 513 (ALTE)515 (Manual)

(2) Multipoint lines. Perform functional checks to ensure requiredservice is provided.

-------- 516

410.-420. RESERVED.

NOTE 4: Local FAA authorities may accept new leased lines from the vendor without requiring FAA qualified personnel to conductseparate line runs if ALL the following conditions are met: a. The vendor’s tests are witnessed by qualified personnel who are able to judge satisfactory results. (Qualification of FAA or FAAcontract personnel to witness testing may be determined by the SMO manager.)

b. The vendor provides a copy of test data demonstrating satisfactory test results (meets or exceeds established line parameters).c. The line is under real-time monitoring before and after being placed in operational status.d. For voice multipoint lines, users perform functional checks of voice and signaling to ensure satisfactory operation with end points,

and technicians review vendor test results which confirm line parameters to be within acceptable tolerances. For data multipoints, usersperform functional checks to ensure satisfactory data communications with all end points, and technicians review vendor test results.

NOTE 5: Inoperative lines due to cable cuts are not an out-of-tolerance condition as defined in chapter 3. Restoration requires onlyperformance verification; for example, contact with customer premise equipment at the distant end.

SECTION 2. OTHER MAINTENANCE TASKS

421.-499. RESERVED.